readability enhancements

* added personal CTRL keymap

* added personal dz60rgb keymap

* enabled new rgb effect

* added space cadet shift

* media player track buttons now orange

* updated keymaps with rgb setting and visual HSV setting preview

* fixed source stuff?

* added support for underglow toggle (bugged to all hell)

* everything now behaves as expected when ti comes to RGB toggles, thank god

* removed ifdefs

* changed color of MAS_CRM

* uh, whitespace

* changed rgb positions and modifiers within RGB matrix thing for CTRL and DZ60RGB

* updated keymap to work kindof

* KEYMAP: changed list of rgb effects

* changed CTRL rgb defaults

* KEYMAP: new LED layout for ctrl

* fixed white LED position in indicator

* changed capslock tap timing

* Added new keymap - dz68rgb

* Apply suggestions from code review

Co-Authored-By: fauxpark <fauxpark@gmail.com>

* Apply suggestions from code review

Co-Authored-By: Drashna Jaelre <drashna@live.com>

.clang-format

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+---
+BasedOnStyle: Google
+AlignAfterOpenBracket: Align
+AlignConsecutiveAssignments: 'true'
+AlignConsecutiveDeclarations: 'true'
+AlignOperands: 'true'
+AllowAllParametersOfDeclarationOnNextLine: 'false'
+AlwaysBreakAfterDefinitionReturnType: None
+AlwaysBreakAfterReturnType: None
+AlwaysBreakBeforeMultilineStrings: 'false'
+BinPackArguments: 'true'
+BinPackParameters: 'true'
+ColumnLimit: '1000'
+IndentCaseLabels: 'true'
+IndentPPDirectives: AfterHash
+IndentWidth: '4'
+MaxEmptyLinesToKeep: '1'
+PointerAlignment: Right
+SortIncludes: 'false'
+SpaceBeforeAssignmentOperators: 'true'
+SpaceBeforeParens: ControlStatements
+SpaceInEmptyParentheses: 'false'
+TabWidth: '4'
+UseTab: Never
+
+...

.editorconfig

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ root = true
 
 [*]
 indent_style = space
-indent_size = 2
+indent_size = 4
 
 # We recommend you to keep these unchanged
 charset = utf-8
@@ -16,12 +16,18 @@ insert_final_newline = true
 trim_trailing_whitespace = false
 indent_size = 4
 
+[{qmk,*.py}]
+charset = utf-8
+max_line_length = 200
+
 # Make these match what we have in .gitattributes
 [*.mk]
 end_of_line = lf
+indent_style = tab
 
 [Makefile]
 end_of_line = lf
+indent_style = tab
 
 [*.sh]
 end_of_line = lf

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/blank.md

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+---
+name: Blank issue
+about: If you're 100% sure that you don't need one of the other issue templates, use this one instead. 
+
+---

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/bug_report.md

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+---
+name: Bug report
+about: Create a report to help us improve the QMK Firmware
+---
+<!-- Provide a general summary of the bug in the title above. -->
+
+<!--- This template is entirely optional and can be removed, but is here to help both you and us. -->
+<!--- Anything on lines wrapped in comments like these will not show up in the final text. -->
+
+## Describe the Bug
+
+<!-- A clear and concise description of what the bug is. -->
+
+## System Information
+
+ - Keyboard:  
+   - Revision (if applicable):  
+ - Operating system:
+ - AVR GCC version: 
+<!-- Run `avr-gcc --version` to find this out. -->
+ - ARM GCC version: 
+<!-- Run `arm-none-eabi-gcc --version` to find this out. -->
+ - QMK Firmware version:
+<!-- Run `git describe --abbrev=0 --tags` to find this out. -->
+ - Any keyboard related software installed? 
+   - [ ] AutoHotKey
+   - [ ] Karabiner
+   - [ ] Other:
+
+## Additional Context
+
+<!-- Add any other relevant information about the problem here. -->

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/feature_request.md

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+---
+name: Feature request
+about: Suggest a new feature or changes to existing features 
+---
+<!--- Provide a general summary of the changes you want in the title above. -->
+
+<!--- This template is entirely optional and can be removed, but is here to help both you and us. -->
+<!--- Anything on lines wrapped in comments like these will not show up in the final text. -->
+
+## Feature Request Type
+
+- [ ] Core functionality
+- [ ] Add-on hardware support (eg. audio, RGB, OLED screen, etc.)
+- [ ] Alteration (enhancement/optimization) of existing feature(s)
+- [ ] New behavior
+
+## Description
+
+<!-- A few sentences describing what it is that you'd like to see in QMK. Additional information (such as links to spec sheets, licensing info, other related issues or PRs, etc) would be helpful. -->

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/other_issues.md

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+---
+name: Other issues
+about: Anything else that doesn't fall into the above categories. 
+---
+<!--- Provide a general summary of the changes you want in the title above. -->
+
+<!--- Anything on lines wrapped in comments like these will not show up in the final text. -->
+
+<!-- Please check https://docs.qmk.fm/#/support for additional resources first. If that doesn't answer your question, choose the bug report template instead, as that may be more appropriate. -->

.github/PULL_REQUEST_TEMPLATE.md

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+<!--- Provide a general summary of your changes in the title above. -->
+
+<!--- This template is entirely optional and can be removed, but is here to help both you and us. -->
+<!--- Anything on lines wrapped in comments like these will not show up in the final text. -->
+
+## Description
+
+<!--- Describe your changes in detail here. -->
+
+## Types of Changes
+
+<!--- What types of changes does your code introduce? Put an `x` in all the boxes that apply. -->
+- [ ] Core
+- [ ] Bugfix
+- [ ] New feature
+- [ ] Enhancement/optimization
+- [ ] Keyboard (addition or update)
+- [ ] Keymap/layout/userspace (addition or update)
+- [ ] Documentation
+
+## Issues Fixed or Closed by This PR
+
+* 
+
+## Checklist
+
+<!--- Go over all the following points, and put an `x` in all the boxes that apply. -->
+<!--- If you're unsure about any of these, don't hesitate to ask. We're here to help! -->
+- [ ] My code follows the code style of this project.
+- [ ] My change requires a change to the documentation.
+- [ ] I have updated the documentation accordingly.
+- [ ] I have read the [**CONTRIBUTING** document](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/contributing).
+- [ ] I have added tests to cover my changes.
+- [ ] I have tested the changes and verified that they work and don't break anything (as well as I can manage).

.gitignore

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+.history/
 .dep
 *.o
 *.bin
@@ -53,6 +54,7 @@ util/Win_Check_Output.txt
 .vscode/tasks.json
 .vscode/last.sql
 .vscode/temp.sql
+.vscode/ipch/
 .stfolder
 .tags
 
@@ -68,3 +70,6 @@ util/Win_Check_Output.txt
 secrets.tar
 id_rsa_*
 /.vs
+
+# python things
+__pycache__

.gitmodules

@@ -11,3 +11,6 @@
 [submodule "lib/googletest"]
 	path = lib/googletest
 	url = https://github.com/google/googletest
+[submodule "lib/lufa"]
+	path = lib/lufa
+	url = https://github.com/qmk/lufa

.travis.yml

@@ -10,30 +10,24 @@ branches:
 env:
   global:
   - secure: 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
-before_install:
-  - wget http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz || wget http://qmk.fm/avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz
+  - MAKEFLAGS="-j3 --output-sync"
+services:
+  - docker
 install:
-  - tar -zxf avr8-gnu-toolchain-3.5.4.1709-linux.any.x86_64.tar.gz
-  - export PATH="$PATH:$TRAVIS_BUILD_DIR/avr8-gnu-toolchain-linux_x86_64/bin"
   - npm install -g moxygen
-before_script:
-  - avr-gcc --version
 script:
-- make test:all AUTOGEN=false
-- bash util/travis_build.sh
-- bash util/travis_docs.sh
+  - git rev-parse --short HEAD
+  - bash util/travis_test.sh
+  - bash util/travis_build.sh
+  - bash util/travis_docs.sh
 addons:
   apt:
     packages:
-    - dfu-programmer
     - pandoc
-    - gcc-arm-none-eabi
-    - binutils-arm-none-eabi
-    - libnewlib-arm-none-eabi
     - diffutils
     - dos2unix
     - doxygen
-after_success: 
+after_success:
   bash util/travis_compiled_push.sh
 notifications:
   webhooks:

CODE_OF_CONDUCT.md

@@ -1,15 +1,24 @@
 # Code Of Conduct
 
-QMK strives to be an inclusive and tolerant community. We welcome participation from anyone regardless of age, disability, ethnicity, gender identity and expression, level of experience, nationality, personal appearance, political belief, race, religion, or sexual identity and orientation. 
+QMK strives to be an inclusive, tolerant, and welcoming community. We encourage participation from anyone regardless of age, disability, ethnicity, gender identity and expression, level of experience, nationality, personal appearance, political belief, race, religion, or sexual identity and orientation.
 
-> “A gentle word turns away wrath, but a harsh word stirs up anger.”
+> “A gentle word turns away wrath, but a harsh word stirs up anger."
 
-Our users, contributors, and collaborators are expected to treat each other with respect, to assume good intentions, and to gently correct, where possible, rather than react with escalation. Some examples of behavior we will not tolerate include, but is not limited to:
+Our users, contributors, and collaborators are expected to treat each other with kindness and respect, to assume good intentions, and to gently correct, where possible, rather than react with escalation. While our goal is to be as accurate as possible, kindness and understanding are more valuable than correctness. Some examples of behavior we will not tolerate include, but is not limited to:
 
 * The use of sexualized language or imagery
 * Unwelcome advances, sexual or otherwise
+* Deliberate intimidation, stalking, or following
 * Insults or derogatory comments, or personal or political attacks
 * Publishing others’ private information without explicit permission
+* Sustained disruption of talks or other events
 * Other conduct which could reasonably be considered inappropriate in a professional setting
+* Advocating for, or encouraging, any of the above behaviour
 
-If someone is violating this Code of Conduct you may email hello@qmk.fm to bring your concern to the Members. All complaints will be reviewed and investigated and will result in a response that is deemed necessary and appropriate to the circumstances. The project team is obligated to maintain confidentiality with regard to the reporter of an incident. 
+# Reporting
+
+If someone is violating this Code of Conduct, please email hello@qmk.fm or reach out to one of the Collaborators to bring it to our attention. All complaints will be reviewed and investigated.
+
+QMK will seek to use the least punitive means available to resolve an issue. If the circumstances require asking an offender to leave, we will do that.
+
+Reports will be taken and kept in strict confidence. You will not be required to confront an offender directly.

Dockerfile

@@ -1,28 +1,7 @@
-FROM debian:jessie
-MAINTAINER Erik Dasque <erik@frenchguys.com>
+FROM qmkfm/base_container
 
-RUN apt-get update && apt-get install --no-install-recommends -y build-essential \
-    gcc \
-    unzip \
-    wget \
-    zip \
-    gcc-avr \
-    binutils-avr \
-    avr-libc \
-    dfu-programmer \
-    dfu-util \
-    gcc-arm-none-eabi \
-    binutils-arm-none-eabi \
-    libnewlib-arm-none-eabi \
-    git \
-    software-properties-common \
-    avrdude \
-    && rm -rf /var/lib/apt/lists/*
+VOLUME /qmk_firmware
+WORKDIR /qmk_firmware
+COPY . .
 
-ENV keyboard=ergodox
-ENV subproject=ez
-ENV keymap=default
-
-VOLUME /qmk
-WORKDIR /qmk
-CMD make clean ; make keyboard=${keyboard} subproject=${subproject} keymap=${keymap}
+CMD make all:default

Makefile

@@ -20,7 +20,10 @@ endif
 override SILENT := false
 
 ifndef SUB_IS_SILENT
-QMK_VERSION := $(shell git describe --abbrev=0 --tags 2>/dev/null)
+ifndef SKIP_GIT
+    QMK_VERSION := $(shell git describe --abbrev=0 --tags 2>/dev/null)
+endif
+
 ifneq ($(QMK_VERSION),)
 $(info QMK Firmware $(QMK_VERSION))
 endif
@@ -67,7 +70,7 @@ $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
 # It's really a very simple if else chain, if you squint enough,
 # but the makefile syntax makes it very verbose.
 # If we are in a subfolder of keyboards
-# 
+#
 # *** No longer needed **
 #
 # ifeq ($(CURRENT_PATH_ELEMENT),keyboards)
@@ -94,6 +97,7 @@ $(eval $(call NEXT_PATH_ELEMENT))
 # endif
 
 define GET_KEYBOARDS
+ifndef ALT_GET_KEYBOARDS
     All_RULES_MK := $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/rules.mk))
     All_RULES_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/rules.mk))
     All_RULES_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/*/rules.mk))
@@ -105,6 +109,9 @@ define GET_KEYBOARDS
     KEYMAPS_MK += $$(patsubst $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/*/*/keymaps/*/rules.mk))
 
     KEYBOARDS := $$(sort $$(filter-out $$(KEYMAPS_MK), $$(All_RULES_MK)))
+else
+    KEYBOARDS := $(shell find keyboards/ -type f -iname "rules.mk" | grep -v keymaps | sed 's!keyboards/\(.*\)/rules.mk!\1!' | sort | uniq)
+endif
 endef
 
 $(eval $(call GET_KEYBOARDS))
@@ -112,23 +119,29 @@ $(eval $(call GET_KEYBOARDS))
 # Only consider folders with makefiles, to prevent errors in case there are extra folders
 #KEYBOARDS += $(patsubst $(ROOD_DIR)/keyboards/%/rules.mk,%,$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/*/*/rules.mk))
 
+.PHONY: list-keyboards
 list-keyboards:
 	echo $(KEYBOARDS)
-	exit 0
 
 define PRINT_KEYBOARD
 	$(info $(PRINTING_KEYBOARD))
 endef
 
+.PHONY: generate-keyboards-file
 generate-keyboards-file:
 	$(foreach PRINTING_KEYBOARD,$(KEYBOARDS),$(eval $(call PRINT_KEYBOARD)))
-	exit 0
 
+.PHONY: clean
 clean:
-	echo -n 'Deleting .build ... '
+	echo -n 'Deleting .build/ ... '
 	rm -rf $(BUILD_DIR)
-	echo 'done'
-	exit 0
+	echo 'done.'
+
+.PHONY: distclean
+distclean: clean
+	echo -n 'Deleting *.bin and *.hex ... '
+	rm -f *.bin *.hex
+	echo 'done.'
 
 #Compatibility with the old make variables, anything you specify directly on the command line
 # always overrides the detected folders
@@ -307,11 +320,6 @@ define PARSE_KEYBOARD
     KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3 := $$(patsubst %/,%,$$(dir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)))
     KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4 := $$(patsubst %/,%,$$(dir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)))
     KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5 := $$(patsubst %/,%,$$(dir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)))
-    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1 := $$(notdir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1))
-    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2 := $$(notdir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2))
-    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3 := $$(notdir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3))
-    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4 := $$(notdir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4))
-    KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5 := $$(notdir $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5))
 
     KEYMAPS :=
     # get a list of all keymaps
@@ -325,35 +333,35 @@ define PARSE_KEYBOARD
         $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3) $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4) $$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5), $$(KEYMAPS)))
 
     KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS :=
-    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5)/rules.mk)","")
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5)/rules.mk)","")
       LAYOUTS :=
-      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5)/rules.mk)
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5)/rules.mk)
       KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
     endif
-    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4)/rules.mk)","")
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)/rules.mk)","")
       LAYOUTS :=
-      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4)/rules.mk)
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)/rules.mk)
       KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
     endif
-    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3)/rules.mk)","")
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)/rules.mk)","")
       LAYOUTS :=
-      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3)/rules.mk)
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)/rules.mk)
       KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
     endif
-    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2)/rules.mk)","")
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)/rules.mk)","")
       LAYOUTS :=
-      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2)/rules.mk)
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)/rules.mk)
       KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
     endif
-    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1)/rules.mk)","")
+    ifneq ("$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)/rules.mk)","")
       LAYOUTS :=
-      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1)/rules.mk)
+      $$(eval include $(ROOT_DIR)/keyboards/$$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)/rules.mk)
       KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS := $$(sort $$(LAYOUTS) $$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS))
     endif
 
     LAYOUT_KEYMAPS :=
     $$(foreach LAYOUT,$$(KEYBOARD_LAYOUTS),$$(eval LAYOUT_KEYMAPS += $$(notdir $$(patsubst %/.,%,$$(wildcard $(ROOT_DIR)/layouts/*/$$(LAYOUT)/*/.)))))
-    
+
     KEYMAPS := $$(sort $$(KEYMAPS) $$(LAYOUT_KEYMAPS))
 
     # if the rule after removing the start of it is empty (we haven't specified a kemap or target)
@@ -533,11 +541,13 @@ endef
 %:
 	# Check if we have the CMP tool installed
 	cmp $(ROOT_DIR)/Makefile $(ROOT_DIR)/Makefile >/dev/null 2>&1; if [ $$? -gt 0 ]; then printf "$(MSG_NO_CMP)"; exit 1; fi;
+	# Ensure that python3 is installed. This check can be removed after python is used in more places.
+	if ! python3 --version 1> /dev/null 2>&1; then printf "$(MSG_PYTHON_MISSING)"; fi
 	# Check if the submodules are dirty, and display a warning if they are
 ifndef SKIP_GIT
-	if [ ! -e lib/chibios ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios && git submodule update --init lib/chibios; fi
-	if [ ! -e lib/chibios-contrib ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios-contrib && git submodule update --init lib/chibios-contrib; fi
-	if [ ! -e lib/ugfx ]; then git submodule sync lib/ugfx && git submodule update --init lib/ugfx; fi
+	if [ ! -e lib/chibios ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios && git submodule update --depth 1 --init lib/chibios; fi
+	if [ ! -e lib/chibios-contrib ]; then git submodule sync lib/chibios-contrib && git submodule update --depth 1 --init lib/chibios-contrib; fi
+	if [ ! -e lib/ugfx ]; then git submodule sync lib/ugfx && git submodule update --depth 1 --init lib/ugfx; fi
 	git submodule status --recursive 2>/dev/null | \
 	while IFS= read -r x; do \
 		case "$$x" in \
@@ -553,9 +563,10 @@ endif
 	# it has to be there to allow parallel execution of the submake
 	# This always tries to compile everything, even if error occurs in the middle
 	# But we return the error code at the end, to trigger travis failures
-	$(foreach COMMAND,$(COMMANDS),$(RUN_COMMAND))
+	# The sort at this point is to remove duplicates
+	$(foreach COMMAND,$(sort $(COMMANDS)),$(RUN_COMMAND))
 	if [ -f $(ERROR_FILE) ]; then printf "$(MSG_ERRORS)" & exit 1; fi;
-	$(foreach TEST,$(TESTS),$(RUN_TEST))
+	$(foreach TEST,$(sort $(TESTS)),$(RUN_TEST))
 	if [ -f $(ERROR_FILE) ]; then printf "$(MSG_ERRORS)" & exit 1; fi;
 
 # These no longer work because of the colon system
@@ -581,9 +592,10 @@ lib/%:
 	git submodule sync $?
 	git submodule update --init $?
 
+.PHONY: git-submodule
 git-submodule:
 	git submodule sync --recursive
-	git submodule update --init --recursive
+	git submodule update --init --recursive --progress
 
 ifdef SKIP_VERSION
 SKIP_GIT := yes

Vagrantfile

@@ -2,27 +2,13 @@
 # vi: set ft=ruby :
 
 Vagrant.configure(2) do |config|
-  # You can only have one config.vm.box uncommented at a time
+  # define a name instead of just 'default'
+  config.vm.define "qmk_firmware"
 
-  # Comment this and uncomment another if you don't want to use the minimal Arch box
-  #config.vm.box = "dragon788/arch-ala-elasticdog"
-
-  # VMware/Virtualbox 64 bit
-  config.vm.box = "phusion/ubuntu-14.04-amd64"
-  #
-  # VMware/Virtualbox 64 bit
-  #config.vm.box = "puphpet/centos65-x64"
-  #
-  # The opensuse boxes don't have dfu-util in their default repositories
-  #
-  # The virtualbox version has tools issues
-  # VMware/Virtualbox 64 bit
-  #config.vm.box = "bento/opensuse-13.2-x86_64"
-  #
-  # Virtualbox only
-  #config.vm.box = "bento/opensuse-13.2-i386"
-  # config.vm.box = ""
-  # config.vm.box = ""
+  # VMware/Virtualbox ( and also Hyperv/Parallels) 64 bit
+  config.vm.box = "generic/debian9"
+  
+  config.vm.synced_folder '.', '/vagrant'
 
   # This section allows you to customize the Virtualbox VM
   # settings, ie showing the GUI or upping the memory
@@ -34,13 +20,16 @@ Vagrant.configure(2) do |config|
     # your Teensy via the VM rather than your host OS
     #vb.customize ['modifyvm', :id, '--usb', 'on']
     #vb.customize ['usbfilter', 'add', '0',
-    #    	  '--target', :id,
-    #    	  '--name', 'teensy',
-    #    	  '--vendorid', '0x16c0',
-    #    	  '--productid','0x0478'
-    #		 ]
+    #         '--target', :id,
+    #         '--name', 'teensy',
+    #         '--vendorid', '0x16c0',
+    #         '--productid','0x0478'
+    #        ]
     # Customize the amount of memory on the VM:
     vb.memory = "512"
+    # Uncomment the below lines if you have time sync
+    # issues with make and incremental builds
+    #vb.customize [ "guestproperty", "set", :id, "/VirtualBox/GuestAdd/VBoxService/--timesync-set-threshold", 1000 ]
   end
 
   # This section allows you to customize the VMware VM
@@ -63,36 +52,44 @@ Vagrant.configure(2) do |config|
   end
 
   # Docker provider pulls from hub.docker.com respecting docker.image if
-  # config.vm.box is nil. Note that this bind-mounts from the current dir to
+  # config.vm.box is nil. In this case, we adhoc build util/vagrant/Dockerfile.
+  # Note that this bind-mounts from the current dir to
   # /vagrant in the guest, so unless your UID is 1000 to match vagrant in the
   # image, you'll need to: chmod -R a+rw .
   config.vm.provider "docker" do |docker, override|
     override.vm.box = nil
-    docker.image = "jesselang/debian-vagrant:jessie"
+    docker.build_dir = "util/vagrant"
     docker.has_ssh = true
   end
 
-  # This script ensures the required packages for AVR programming are installed
-  # It also ensures the system always gets the latest updates when powered on
-  # If this causes issues you can run a 'vagrant destroy' and then
-  # add a # before ,args: and run 'vagrant up' to get a working
-  # non-updated box and then attempt to troubleshoot or open a Github issue
+  # Unless we are running the docker container directly
+  #   1. run container detached on vm
+  #   2. attach on 'vagrant ssh'
+  ["virtualbox", "vmware_workstation", "vmware_fusion"].each do |type|
+    config.vm.provider type do |virt, override|
+      override.vm.provision "docker" do |d|
+        d.run "qmkfm/base_container",
+          cmd: "tail -f /dev/null",
+          args: "--privileged -v /dev:/dev -v '/vagrant:/vagrant'"
+      end
 
-  config.vm.provision "shell", run: "always", path: "./util/install_dependencies.sh", args: "-update"
+      override.vm.provision "shell", inline: <<-SHELL
+        echo 'docker restart qmkfm-base_container && exec docker exec -it qmkfm-base_container /bin/bash -l' >> ~vagrant/.bashrc
+      SHELL
+    end
+  end
 
   config.vm.post_up_message = <<-EOT
-  Log into the VM using 'vagrant ssh' on OSX or from Git Bash (Win)
-  or 'vagrant ssh-config' and Putty or Bitvise SSH or another SSH tool
 
-  Change directory (cd) to the keyboard you wish to program
-  (Optionally) modify your layout,
-  then run 'make clean'
-  and then 'make' to compile the .eep and .hex files.
-
-  Or you can copy and paste the example line below.
-
-  cd /vagrant; cd keyboards; cd ergodox; make clean; make
+  Log into the environment using 'vagrant ssh'. QMK directory synchronized with
+  host is located at /vagrant
+  To compile the .hex files use make command inside this directory, e.g.
+     cd /vagrant
+     make <keyboard>:default
 
+  Examples:
+     make planck/rev4:default:dfu
+     make planck:default
 
   EOT
 end

bin/qmk

@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python3
+"""CLI wrapper for running QMK commands.
+"""
+import os
+import subprocess
+import sys
+from glob import glob
+from time import strftime
+from importlib import import_module
+from importlib.util import find_spec
+
+# Add the QMK python libs to our path
+script_dir = os.path.dirname(os.path.realpath(__file__))
+qmk_dir = os.path.abspath(os.path.join(script_dir, '..'))
+python_lib_dir = os.path.abspath(os.path.join(qmk_dir, 'lib', 'python'))
+sys.path.append(python_lib_dir)
+
+# Change to the root of our checkout
+os.environ['ORIG_CWD'] = os.getcwd()
+os.chdir(qmk_dir)
+
+# Make sure our modules have been setup
+with open('requirements.txt', 'r') as fd:
+    for line in fd.readlines():
+        line = line.strip().replace('<', '=').replace('>', '=')
+
+        if line[0] == '#':
+            continue
+
+        if '#' in line:
+            line = line.split('#')[0]
+
+        module = line.split('=')[0] if '=' in line else line
+        if not find_spec(module):
+            print('Your QMK build environment is not fully setup!\n')
+            print('Please run `./util/qmk_install.sh` to setup QMK.')
+            exit(255)
+
+# Figure out our version
+command = ['git', 'describe', '--abbrev=6', '--dirty', '--always', '--tags']
+result = subprocess.run(command, universal_newlines=True, stdout=subprocess.PIPE, stderr=subprocess.PIPE)
+
+if result.returncode == 0:
+    os.environ['QMK_VERSION'] = 'QMK ' + result.stdout.strip()
+else:
+    os.environ['QMK_VERSION'] = 'QMK ' + strftime('%Y-%m-%d-%H:%M:%S')
+
+# Setup the CLI
+import milc
+milc.EMOJI_LOGLEVELS['INFO'] = '{fg_blue}Ψ{style_reset_all}'
+
+# If we were invoked as `qmk <cmd>` massage sys.argv into `qmk-<cmd>`.
+# This means we can't accept arguments to the qmk script itself.
+script_name = os.path.basename(sys.argv[0])
+if script_name == 'qmk':
+    if len(sys.argv) == 1:
+        milc.cli.log.error('No subcommand specified!\n')
+
+    if len(sys.argv) == 1 or sys.argv[1] in ['-h', '--help']:
+        milc.cli.echo('usage: qmk <subcommand> [...]')
+        milc.cli.echo('\nsubcommands:')
+        subcommands = glob(os.path.join(qmk_dir, 'bin', 'qmk-*'))
+        for subcommand in sorted(subcommands):
+            subcommand = os.path.basename(subcommand).split('-', 1)[1]
+            milc.cli.echo('\t%s', subcommand)
+        milc.cli.echo('\nqmk <subcommand> --help for more information')
+        exit(1)
+
+    if sys.argv[1] in ['-V', '--version']:
+        milc.cli.echo(os.environ['QMK_VERSION'])
+        exit(0)
+
+    sys.argv[0] = script_name = '-'.join((script_name, sys.argv[1]))
+    del sys.argv[1]
+
+# Look for which module to import
+if script_name == 'qmk':
+    milc.cli.print_help()
+    exit(0)
+elif not script_name.startswith('qmk-'):
+    milc.cli.log.error('Invalid symlink, must start with "qmk-": %s', script_name)
+else:
+    subcommand = script_name.replace('-', '.').replace('_', '.').split('.')
+    subcommand.insert(1, 'cli')
+    subcommand = '.'.join(subcommand)
+
+    try:
+        import_module(subcommand)
+    except ModuleNotFoundError as e:
+        if e.__class__.__name__ != subcommand:
+            raise
+
+        milc.cli.log.error('Invalid subcommand! Could not import %s.', subcommand)
+        exit(1)
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    milc.cli()

bin/qmk-compile-json

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+qmk

bin/qmk-doctor

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+qmk

bin/qmk-hello

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+qmk

bin/qmk-json-keymap

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+qmk

bootloader.mk

@@ -76,6 +76,10 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), bootloadHID)
     OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_BOOTLOADHID
     BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
 endif
+ifeq ($(strip $(BOOTLOADER)), USBasp)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_USBASP
+    BOOTLOADER_SIZE = 4096
+endif
 
 ifdef BOOTLOADER_SIZE
     OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=$(strip $(BOOTLOADER_SIZE))

build_json.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# Look for a json keymap file
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.json)","")
+    KEYMAP_C := $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_JSON := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.json
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)
+else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/keymap.json)","")
+    KEYMAP_C := $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_JSON := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/keymap.json
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)
+else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/keymap.json)","")
+    KEYMAP_C := $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_JSON := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/keymap.json
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)
+else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/keymap.json)","")
+    KEYMAP_C := $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_JSON := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/keymap.json
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)
+else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.json)","")
+    KEYMAP_C := $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)/src/keymap.c
+    KEYMAP_JSON := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.json
+    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)
+endif
+
+# Generate the keymap.c
+ifneq ("$(KEYMAP_JSON)","")
+    _ = $(shell test -e $(KEYMAP_C) || bin/qmk-json-keymap $(KEYMAP_JSON) -o $(KEYMAP_C))
+endif

build_keyboard.mk

@@ -1,3 +1,9 @@
+# Determine what keyboard we are building and setup the build environment.
+#
+# We support folders up to 5 levels deep below `keyboards/`. This file is
+# responsible for determining which folder is being used and doing the
+# corresponding environment setup.
+
 ifndef VERBOSE
 .SILENT:
 endif
@@ -6,26 +12,16 @@ endif
 
 include common.mk
 
-# 5/4/3/2/1
-KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1 := $(KEYBOARD)
-KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)))
-KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)))
-KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)))
-KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)))
-KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1))
-KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2))
-KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3))
-KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4))
-KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5))
-
+# Set the filename for the final firmware binary
 KEYBOARD_FILESAFE := $(subst /,_,$(KEYBOARD))
-
 TARGET ?= $(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE)_$(KEYMAP)
 KEYBOARD_OUTPUT := $(BUILD_DIR)/obj_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE)
+STM32_PATH := quantum/stm32
 
 # Force expansion
 TARGET := $(TARGET)
 
+# For split boards we need to set a master half.
 MASTER ?= left
 ifdef master
     MASTER = $(master)
@@ -39,35 +35,126 @@ $(error MASTER does not have a valid value(left/right))
     endif
 endif
 
-KEYBOARD_PATHS :=
+ifdef SKIP_VERSION
+    OPT_DEFS += -DSKIP_VERSION
+endif
 
+# Determine which subfolders exist.
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1 := $(KEYBOARD)
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5 := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_2 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_3 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_4 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4))
+KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5 := $(notdir $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5))
+KEYBOARD_PATHS :=
 KEYBOARD_PATH_1 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)
 KEYBOARD_PATH_2 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)
 KEYBOARD_PATH_3 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)
 KEYBOARD_PATH_4 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)
 KEYBOARD_PATH_5 := keyboards/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5)
 
-ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/rules.mk)","")
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/)","")
     KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/)","")
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)
+endif
+
+
+# Pull in rules.mk files from all our subfolders
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/rules.mk)","")
     include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/rules.mk
 endif
 ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/rules.mk)","")
-    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)
     include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/rules.mk
 endif
 ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/rules.mk)","")
-    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)
     include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/rules.mk
 endif
 ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/rules.mk)","")
-    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)
     include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/rules.mk
 endif
 ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/rules.mk)","")
-    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)
     include $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/rules.mk
 endif
 
+
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
+
+# Check for keymap.json first, so we can regenerate keymap.c
+include build_json.mk
+
+ifeq ("$(wildcard $(KEYMAP_PATH))", "")
+    # Look through the possible keymap folders until we find a matching keymap.c
+    ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.c)","")
+        -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/rules.mk
+        KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.c
+        KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/keymap.c)","")
+        -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/rules.mk
+        KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/keymap.c
+        KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/keymap.c)","")
+        -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/rules.mk
+        KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/keymap.c
+        KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/keymap.c)","")
+        -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/rules.mk
+        KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/keymap.c
+        KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)
+    else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.c)","")
+        -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/rules.mk
+        KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.c
+        KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)
+    else ifneq ($(LAYOUTS),)
+        # If we haven't found a keymap yet fall back to community layouts
+        include build_layout.mk
+    else
+        $(error Could not find keymap)
+        # this state should never be reached
+    endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(CTPC)), yes)
+  CONVERT_TO_PROTON_C=yes
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(CONVERT_TO_PROTON_C)), yes)
+    TARGET := $(TARGET)_proton_c
+    include $(STM32_PATH)/proton_c.mk
+    OPT_DEFS += -DCONVERT_TO_PROTON_C
+endif
+
+ifneq ($(FORCE_LAYOUT),)
+    TARGET := $(TARGET)_$(FORCE_LAYOUT)
+endif
+
+include quantum/mcu_selection.mk
+
+ifdef MCU_FAMILY
+    OPT_DEFS += -DQMK_STM32
+    KEYBOARD_PATHS += $(STM32_PATH)
+endif
+
+
+# Find all the C source files to be compiled in subfolders.
 KEYBOARD_SRC :=
 
 KEYBOARD_C_1 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1).c
@@ -92,9 +179,38 @@ ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_C_1))","")
     KEYBOARD_SRC += $(KEYBOARD_C_1)
 endif
 
-OPT_DEFS += -DKEYBOARD_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE)
+# Generate KEYBOARD_name_subname for all levels of the keyboard folder
+KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_1 := $(subst .,,$(subst /,_,$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_1)))
+KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_2 := $(subst .,,$(subst /,_,$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_2)))
+KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_3 := $(subst .,,$(subst /,_,$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_3)))
+KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_4 := $(subst .,,$(subst /,_,$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_4)))
+KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_5 := $(subst .,,$(subst /,_,$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_PATH_5)))
 
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/)","")
+    OPT_DEFS += -DKEYBOARD_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_5)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/)","")
+    OPT_DEFS += -DKEYBOARD_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_4)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/)","")
+    OPT_DEFS += -DKEYBOARD_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_3)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/)","")
+    OPT_DEFS += -DKEYBOARD_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_2)
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/)","")
+    OPT_DEFS += -DKEYBOARD_$(KEYBOARD_FILESAFE_1)
+endif
 
+# Setup the define for QMK_KEYBOARD_H. This is used inside of keymaps so
+# that the same keymap may be used on multiple keyboards.
+#
+# We grab the most top-level include file that we can. That file should
+# use #ifdef statements to include all the neccesary subfolder includes,
+# as described here:
+#
+#    https://docs.qmk.fm/#/feature_layouts?id=tips-for-making-layouts-keyboard-agnostic
+#
 ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1).h)","")
     QMK_KEYBOARD_H = $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_1).h
 endif
@@ -111,13 +227,18 @@ ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/$(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5).h)","")
     QMK_KEYBOARD_H = $(KEYBOARD_FOLDER_5).h
 endif
 
-# We can assume a ChibiOS target When MCU_FAMILY is defined , since it's not used for LUFA
+# Determine and set parameters based on the keyboard's processor family.
+# We can assume a ChibiOS target When MCU_FAMILY is defined since it's
+# not used for LUFA
 ifdef MCU_FAMILY
-    FIRMWARE_FORMAT=bin
+    FIRMWARE_FORMAT?=bin
     PLATFORM=CHIBIOS
+else ifdef ARM_ATSAM
+    PLATFORM=ARM_ATSAM
+    FIRMWARE_FORMAT=bin
 else
     PLATFORM=AVR
-    FIRMWARE_FORMAT=hex
+    FIRMWARE_FORMAT?=hex
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(PLATFORM),CHIBIOS)
@@ -148,6 +269,7 @@ ifeq ($(PLATFORM),CHIBIOS)
     endif
 endif
 
+# Find all of the config.h files and add them to our CONFIG_H define.
 CONFIG_H :=
 ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/config.h)","")
     CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/config.h
@@ -165,45 +287,29 @@ ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/config.h)","")
     CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/config.h
 endif
 
+POST_CONFIG_H :=
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/post_config.h)","")
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/post_config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/post_config.h)","")
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/post_config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/post_config.h)","")
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/post_config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/post_config.h)","")
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/post_config.h
+endif
+ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/post_config.h)","")
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/post_config.h
+endif
+
 # Save the defines and includes here, so we don't include any keymap specific ones
 PROJECT_DEFS := $(OPT_DEFS)
 PROJECT_INC := $(VPATH) $(EXTRAINCDIRS) $(KEYBOARD_PATHS)
 PROJECT_CONFIG := $(CONFIG_H)
 
-MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_1)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
-MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_2)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
-MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_3)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
-MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_4)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
-MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5 := $(KEYBOARD_PATH_5)/keymaps/$(KEYMAP)
-
-ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.c)","")
-    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/rules.mk
-    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)/keymap.c
-    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_5)
-else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/keymap.c)","")
-    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/rules.mk
-    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)/keymap.c
-    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_4)
-else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/keymap.c)","")
-    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/rules.mk
-    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)/keymap.c
-    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_3)
-else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/keymap.c)","")
-    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/rules.mk
-    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)/keymap.c
-    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_2)
-else ifneq ("$(wildcard $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.c)","")
-    -include $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/rules.mk
-    KEYMAP_C := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)/keymap.c
-    KEYMAP_PATH := $(MAIN_KEYMAP_PATH_1)
-else ifneq ($(LAYOUTS),)
-    include build_layout.mk
-else
-    $(error Could not find keymap)
-    # this state should never be reached
-endif
-
-# User space stuff
+# Userspace setup and definitions
 ifeq ("$(USER_NAME)","")
     USER_NAME := $(KEYMAP)
 endif
@@ -214,7 +320,6 @@ ifneq ("$(wildcard $(USER_PATH)/config.h)","")
     CONFIG_H += $(USER_PATH)/config.h
 endif
 
-
 # Object files directory
 #     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
 #     this an empty or blank macro!
@@ -224,7 +329,7 @@ ifneq ("$(wildcard $(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h)","")
     CONFIG_H += $(KEYMAP_PATH)/config.h
 endif
 
-# # project specific files
+# project specific files
 SRC += $(KEYBOARD_SRC) \
     $(KEYMAP_C) \
     $(QUANTUM_SRC)
@@ -234,15 +339,17 @@ SRC += $(KEYBOARD_SRC) \
 
 # Search Path
 VPATH += $(KEYMAP_PATH)
+VPATH += $(USER_PATH)
 VPATH += $(KEYBOARD_PATHS)
 VPATH += $(COMMON_VPATH)
-VPATH += $(USER_PATH)
 
 include common_features.mk
 include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol.mk
 include $(TMK_PATH)/common.mk
 include bootloader.mk
 
+SRC += $(patsubst %.c,%.clib,$(LIB_SRC))
+SRC += $(patsubst %.c,%.clib,$(QUANTUM_LIB_SRC))
 SRC += $(TMK_COMMON_SRC)
 OPT_DEFS += $(TMK_COMMON_DEFS)
 EXTRALDFLAGS += $(TMK_COMMON_LDFLAGS)
@@ -256,6 +363,11 @@ endif
     include $(TMK_PATH)/avr.mk
 endif
 
+ifeq ($(PLATFORM),ARM_ATSAM)
+    include $(TMK_PATH)/arm_atsam.mk
+    include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol/arm_atsam.mk
+endif
+
 ifeq ($(PLATFORM),CHIBIOS)
     include $(TMK_PATH)/protocol/chibios.mk
 endif
@@ -266,6 +378,7 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(VISUALIZER_ENABLE)), yes)
     include $(VISUALIZER_PATH)/visualizer.mk
 endif
 
+CONFIG_H += $(POST_CONFIG_H)
 ALL_CONFIGS := $(PROJECT_CONFIG) $(CONFIG_H)
 
 OUTPUTS := $(KEYMAP_OUTPUT) $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)
@@ -283,11 +396,9 @@ $(KEYBOARD_OUTPUT)_CONFIG := $(PROJECT_CONFIG)
 
 # Default target.
 all: build check-size
-
-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
 build: elf cpfirmware
-#build: elf hex eep lss sym
-#build: lib
-
+check-size: build
+objs-size: build
 
+include show_options.mk
 include $(TMK_PATH)/rules.mk

build_layout.mk

@@ -15,4 +15,13 @@ define SEARCH_LAYOUTS
     $$(foreach LAYOUTS_REPO,$$(LAYOUTS_REPOS),$$(eval $$(call SEARCH_LAYOUTS_REPO)))
 endef
 
+ifneq ($(FORCE_LAYOUT),)
+    ifneq (,$(findstring $(FORCE_LAYOUT),$(LAYOUTS)))
+        $(info Forcing layout: $(FORCE_LAYOUT))
+        LAYOUTS := $(FORCE_LAYOUT)
+    else
+        $(error Forced layout does not exist)
+    endif
+endif
+
 $(foreach LAYOUT,$(LAYOUTS),$(eval $(call SEARCH_LAYOUTS)))

common.mk

@@ -3,16 +3,16 @@ include message.mk
 # Directory common source files exist
 TOP_DIR = .
 TMK_DIR = tmk_core
-TMK_PATH = $(TOP_DIR)/$(TMK_DIR)
-LIB_PATH = $(TOP_DIR)/lib
+TMK_PATH = $(TMK_DIR)
+LIB_PATH = lib
 
 QUANTUM_DIR = quantum
-QUANTUM_PATH = $(TOP_DIR)/$(QUANTUM_DIR)
+QUANTUM_PATH = $(QUANTUM_DIR)
 
 DRIVER_DIR = drivers
-DRIVER_PATH = $(TOP_DIR)/$(DRIVER_DIR)
+DRIVER_PATH = $(DRIVER_DIR)
 
-BUILD_DIR := $(TOP_DIR)/.build
+BUILD_DIR := .build
 
 COMMON_VPATH := $(TOP_DIR)
 COMMON_VPATH += $(TMK_PATH)
@@ -21,4 +21,4 @@ COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/keymap_extras
 COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/audio
 COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/process_keycode
 COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/api
-COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)
+COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)

common_features.mk

@@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ endif
 
 ifeq ($(strip $(STENO_ENABLE)), yes)
     OPT_DEFS += -DSTENO_ENABLE
-	VIRTSER_ENABLE := yes
-	SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_steno.c
+    VIRTSER_ENABLE := yes
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_steno.c
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(strip $(VIRTSER_ENABLE)), yes)
@@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE)), yes)
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(strip $(POINTING_DEVICE_ENABLE)), yes)
-	OPT_DEFS += -DPOINTING_DEVICE_ENABLE
-	OPT_DEFS += -DMOUSE_ENABLE
-	SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/pointing_device.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DPOINTING_DEVICE_ENABLE
+    OPT_DEFS += -DMOUSE_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/pointing_device.c
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(strip $(UCIS_ENABLE)), yes)
@@ -103,26 +103,90 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(UNICODE_COMMON)), yes)
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgblight_post_config.h
     OPT_DEFS += -DRGBLIGHT_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/color.c
     SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgblight.c
     CIE1931_CURVE = yes
     LED_BREATHING_TABLE = yes
     ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER)), yes)
         OPT_DEFS += -DRGBLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER
     else
-	    SRC += ws2812.c
+        SRC += ws2812.c
     endif
 endif
 
-ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), yes)
+VALID_MATRIX_TYPES := yes IS31FL3731 IS31FL3733 IS31FL3737 WS2812 custom
+
+LED_MATRIX_ENABLE ?= no
+ifneq ($(strip $(LED_MATRIX_ENABLE)), no)
+    ifeq ($(filter $(LED_MATRIX_ENABLE),$(VALID_MATRIX_TYPES)),)
+        $(error LED_MATRIX_ENABLE="$(LED_MATRIX_ENABLE)" is not a valid matrix type)
+    else
+        OPT_DEFS += -DLED_MATRIX_ENABLE -DBACKLIGHT_ENABLE -DBACKLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER
+        SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/led_matrix.c
+        SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/led_matrix_drivers.c
+    endif
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(LED_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3731)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3731
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
+    SRC += is31fl3731-simple.c
+    QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
+endif
+
+RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE ?= no
+
+ifneq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), no)
+ifeq ($(filter $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE),$(VALID_MATRIX_TYPES)),)
+    $(error RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE="$(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)" is not a valid matrix type)
+endif
     OPT_DEFS += -DRGB_MATRIX_ENABLE
-    SRC += is31fl3731.c
-    SRC += i2c_master.c
     SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/color.c
     SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgb_matrix.c
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/rgb_matrix_drivers.c
     CIE1931_CURVE = yes
 endif
 
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), yes)
+	RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3731
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3731)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3731 -DSTM32_I2C -DHAL_USE_I2C=TRUE
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
+    SRC += is31fl3731.c
+    QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3733)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3733 -DSTM32_I2C -DHAL_USE_I2C=TRUE
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
+    SRC += is31fl3733.c
+    QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), IS31FL3737)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DIS31FL3737 -DSTM32_I2C -DHAL_USE_I2C=TRUE
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/issi
+    SRC += is31fl3737.c
+    QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE)), WS2812)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DWS2812
+    SRC += ws2812.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_KB)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DRGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_KB
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_USER)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DRGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_USER
+endif
+
 ifeq ($(strip $(TAP_DANCE_ENABLE)), yes)
     OPT_DEFS += -DTAP_DANCE_ENABLE
     SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_tap_dance.c
@@ -169,7 +233,7 @@ ifeq ($(strip $(BACKLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
     ifeq ($(strip $(VISUALIZER_ENABLE)), yes)
         CIE1931_CURVE = yes
     endif
-		ifeq ($(strip $(BACKLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER)), yes)
+    ifeq ($(strip $(BACKLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER)), yes)
         OPT_DEFS += -DBACKLIGHT_CUSTOM_DRIVER
     endif
 endif
@@ -191,18 +255,106 @@ endif
 ifeq ($(strip $(TERMINAL_ENABLE)), yes)
     SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_terminal.c
     OPT_DEFS += -DTERMINAL_ENABLE
+    OPT_DEFS += -DUSER_PRINT
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(strip $(USB_HID_ENABLE)), yes)
     include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/usb_hid.mk
 endif
 
+ifeq ($(strip $(ENCODER_ENABLE)), yes)
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/encoder.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DENCODER_ENABLE
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(HAPTIC_ENABLE)), DRV2605L)
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/haptic
+    SRC += haptic.c
+    SRC += DRV2605L.c
+    QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DHAPTIC_ENABLE
+    OPT_DEFS += -DDRV2605L
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(HAPTIC_ENABLE)), SOLENOID)
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/haptic
+    SRC += haptic.c
+    SRC += solenoid.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DHAPTIC_ENABLE
+    OPT_DEFS += -DSOLENOID_ENABLE
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(HD44780_ENABLE)), yes)
+    SRC += drivers/avr/hd44780.c
+    OPT_DEFS += -DHD44780_ENABLE
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(VELOCIKEY_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DVELOCIKEY_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/velocikey.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(DYNAMIC_KEYMAP_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DDYNAMIC_KEYMAP_ENABLE
+    SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/dynamic_keymap.c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(LEADER_ENABLE)), yes)
+  SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_leader.c
+  OPT_DEFS += -DLEADER_ENABLE
+endif
+
+include $(DRIVER_PATH)/qwiic/qwiic.mk
+
 QUANTUM_SRC:= \
     $(QUANTUM_DIR)/quantum.c \
     $(QUANTUM_DIR)/keymap_common.c \
-    $(QUANTUM_DIR)/keycode_config.c \
-    $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_leader.c
+    $(QUANTUM_DIR)/keycode_config.c
 
-ifndef CUSTOM_MATRIX
-    QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/matrix.c
+# Include the standard or split matrix code if needed
+ifneq ($(strip $(CUSTOM_MATRIX)), yes)
+    ifeq ($(strip $(SPLIT_KEYBOARD)), yes)
+        QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/matrix.c
+    else
+        QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/matrix.c
+    endif
+endif
+
+DEBOUNCE_DIR:= $(QUANTUM_DIR)/debounce
+# Debounce Modules. Set DEBOUNCE_TYPE=custom if including one manually.
+DEBOUNCE_TYPE?= sym_g
+ifneq ($(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)), custom)
+    QUANTUM_SRC += $(DEBOUNCE_DIR)/$(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)).c
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(SPLIT_KEYBOARD)), yes)
+    POST_CONFIG_H += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/post_config.h
+    OPT_DEFS += -DSPLIT_KEYBOARD
+
+    # Include files used by all split keyboards
+    QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/split_util.c
+
+    # Determine which (if any) transport files are required
+    ifneq ($(strip $(SPLIT_TRANSPORT)), custom)
+        QUANTUM_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/transport.c
+        # Functions added via QUANTUM_LIB_SRC are only included in the final binary if they're called.
+        # Unused functions are pruned away, which is why we can add multiple drivers here without bloat.
+        QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/split_common/serial.c \
+                           i2c_master.c \
+                           i2c_slave.c
+    endif
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(QUANTUM_PATH)/split_common
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(strip $(OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DOLED_DRIVER_ENABLE
+    COMMON_VPATH += $(DRIVER_PATH)/oled
+    QUANTUM_LIB_SRC += i2c_master.c
+    SRC += oled_driver.c
+endif
+
+SPACE_CADET_ENABLE ?= yes
+ifeq ($(strip $(SPACE_CADET_ENABLE)), yes)
+  SRC += $(QUANTUM_DIR)/process_keycode/process_space_cadet.c
+  OPT_DEFS += -DSPACE_CADET_ENABLE
 endif

docs/ChangeLog/20190830.md

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+# QMK Breaking Change - 2019 Aug 30
+
+Four times a year QMK runs a process for merging Breaking Changes. A Breaking Change is any change which modifies how QMK behaves in a way that is incompatible or potentially dangerous. We limit these changes to 4 times per year so that users can have confidence that updating their QMK tree will not break their keymaps.
+
+This document marks the inaugural Breaking Change merge. A list of changes follows.
+
+## Core code formatting with clang-format
+
+* All core files (`drivers/`, `quantum/`, `tests/`, and `tmk_core/`) have been formatted with clang-format
+* A travis process to reformat PR's on merge has been instituted
+* You can use the new CLI command `qmk cformat` to format before submitting your PR if you wish.
+
+## LUFA USB descriptor cleanup
+
+* Some code cleanups related to the USB HID descriptors on AVR keyboards, to make them easier to read and understand
+* More information: see https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/4871
+* No behaviour changes anticipated and no keymaps modified
+
+## Migrating `ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY()` entries in `fn_actions` to `MO()` keycodes
+
+* `fn_actions` is deprecated, and its functionality has been superseded by direct keycodes and `process_record_user()`
+* The end result of removing this obsolete feature should result in a decent reduction in firmware size and code complexity
+* All keymaps affected are recommended to switch away from `fn_actions` in favour of the [custom keycode](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/custom_quantum_functions) and [macro](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/feature_macros) features
+
+## Update Atreus to current code conventions
+
+* Duplicate include guards have bypassed the expected header processing behavior
+* All keymaps affected are recommended to remove duplication of `<keyboard>/config.h` to `<keyboard>/keymaps/<user>/config.h` and only provide overrides at the keymap level
+
+## Backport changes to keymap language files from ZSA fork
+
+* Fixes an issue in the `keymap_br_abnt2.h` file that includes the wrong source (`keymap_common.h` instead of `keymap.h`)
+* Updates the `keymap_swedish.h` file to be specific to swedish, and not just "nordic" in general. 
+* Any keymaps using this will need to remove `NO_*` and replace it with `SE_*`. 
+
+## Update repo to use LUFA as a git submodule
+
+* `/lib/LUFA` removed from the repo
+* LUFA set as a submodule, pointing to qmk/lufa
+* This should allow more flexibility with LUFA, and allow us to keep the sub-module up to date, a lot more easily.  It was ~2 years out of date with no easy path to fix that.  This prevents that from being an issue in the future
+  
+## Migrating `ACTION_BACKLIGHT_*()` entries in `fn_actions` to `BL_` keycodes
+
+* `fn_actions` is deprecated, and its functionality has been superseded by direct keycodes and `process_record_user()`
+* All keymaps using these actions have had the relevant `KC_FN*` keys replaced with the equivalent `BL_*` keys
+* If you currently use `KC_FN*` you will need to replace `fn_actions` with the [custom keycode](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/custom_quantum_functions) and [macro](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/feature_macros) features
+
+## Remove `KC_DELT` alias in favor of `KC_DEL`
+
+* `KC_DELT` was a redundant, undocumented alias for `KC_DELETE`
+* It has been removed and all its uses replaced with the more common `KC_DEL` alias
+* Around 90 keymaps (mostly for ErgoDox boards) have been modified as a result
+

docs/LANGS.md

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# Languages
+
+* [English](/)
+* [Chinese](zh/)

docs/_sidebar.md

@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-* [Getting Started](README.md)
-  * [QMK Introduction](getting_started_introduction.md)
-  * [Install Build Tools](getting_started_build_tools.md)
-    * Alternative: [Vagrant Guide](getting_started_vagrant.md)
-  * [Build/Compile Instructions](getting_started_make_guide.md)
-  * [Flashing Firmware](flashing.md)
-  * [Contributing to QMK](contributing.md)
-  * [How to Use Github](getting_started_github.md)
-  * [Getting Help](getting_started_getting_help.md)
-
-* [Complete Newbs Guide](newbs.md)
-  * [Getting Started](newbs_getting_started.md)
-  * [Building Your First Firmware](newbs_building_firmware.md)
-  * [Flashing Firmware](newbs_flashing.md)
-  * [Testing and Debugging](newbs_testing_debugging.md)
-
-* [FAQ](faq.md)
-  * [General FAQ](faq_general.md)
-  * [Build/Compile QMK](faq_build.md)
-  * [Debugging/Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md)
-  * [Keymap](faq_keymap.md)
-
-* [Hardware](hardware.md)
-  * [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
-  * [AVR Processors](hardware_avr.md)
-  * ARM Processors (TBD)
-  * [Drivers](hardware_drivers.md)
-
-* [Features](features.md)
-  * [Advanced Keycodes](feature_advanced_keycodes.md)
-  * [Audio](feature_audio.md)
-  * [Auto Shift](feature_auto_shift.md)
-  * [Backlight](feature_backlight.md)
-  * [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
-  * [Command](feature_command.md)
-  * [Dynamic Macros](feature_dynamic_macros.md)
-  * [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md)
-  * [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md)
-  * [Layouts](feature_layouts.md)
-  * [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md)
-  * [Macros](feature_macros.md)
-  * [Mouse Keys](feature_mouse_keys.md)
-  * [Pointing Device](feature_pointing_device.md)
-  * [PS/2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md)
-  * [RGB Lighting](feature_rgblight.md)
-  * [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md)
-  * [Space Cadet Shift](feature_space_cadet.md)
-  * [Space Cadet Shift Enter](feature_space_shift_cadet.md)
-  * [Stenography](feature_stenography.md)
-  * [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md)
-  * [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md)
-  * [Terminal](feature_terminal.md)
-  * [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md)
-  * [Unicode](feature_unicode.md)
-  * [Userspace](feature_userspace.md)
-
-* [Keycodes](keycodes.md)
-  * [Backlight](feature_backlight.md#backlight-keycodes)
-  * [Basic](keycodes_basic.md)
-  * [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md#bluetooth-keycodes)
-  * [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md#bootmagic-keycodes)
-  * [Layer Switching](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#switching-and-toggling-layers)
-  * [Mod+Key](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#modifier-keys)
-  * [Mod Tap](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#mod-tap)
-  * [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)
-  * [Quantum](quantum_keycodes.md)
-  * [RGB Light](feature_rgblight.md#rgblight-keycodes)
-  * [Shifted Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#shifted-keycodes)
-  * [Stenography](feature_stenography.md#keycode-reference)
-  * [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md#thermal-printer-keycodes)
-  * [US ANSI Shifted Keys](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)
-
-* Reference
-  * [Config Options](config_options.md)
-  * [Customizing Functionality](custom_quantum_functions.md)
-  * [Documentation Best Practices](documentation_best_practices.md)
-  * [Documentation Templates](documentation_templates.md)
-  * [Glossary](reference_glossary.md)
-  * [Keymap Overview](keymap.md)
-  * [Unit Testing](unit_testing.md)
-
-* For Makers and Modders
-  * [Hand Wiring Guide](hand_wire.md)
-  * [ISP Flashing Guide](isp_flashing_guide.md)
-
-* For a Deeper Understanding
-  * [How Keyboards Work](how_keyboards_work.md)
-  * [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md)
-
-* Other Topics
-  * [Using Eclipse with QMK](eclipse.md)
-
-* QMK Internals (In Progress)
-  * [Defines](internals_defines.md)
-  * [Input Callback Reg](internals_input_callback_reg.md)
-  * [Midi Device](internals_midi_device.md)
-  * [Midi Device Setup Process](internals_midi_device_setup_process.md)
-  * [Midi Util](internals_midi_util.md)
-  * [Send Functions](internals_send_functions.md)
-  * [Sysex Tools](internals_sysex_tools.md)

docs/_summary.md

@@ -1,49 +1,87 @@
-* [Getting Started](README.md)
-  * [QMK Introduction](getting_started_introduction.md)
-  * [Install Build Tools](getting_started_build_tools.md)
-    * Alternative: [Vagrant Guide](getting_started_vagrant.md)
-  * [Build/Compile Instructions](getting_started_make_guide.md)
-  * [Flashing Firmware](flashing.md)
-  * [Contributing to QMK](contributing.md)
-  * [How to Use Github](getting_started_github.md)
-  * [Getting Help](getting_started_getting_help.md)
-
 * [Complete Newbs Guide](newbs.md)
   * [Getting Started](newbs_getting_started.md)
   * [Building Your First Firmware](newbs_building_firmware.md)
   * [Flashing Firmware](newbs_flashing.md)
   * [Testing and Debugging](newbs_testing_debugging.md)
+  * [Git Best Practices](newbs_best_practices.md)
+  * [Learning Resources](newbs_learn_more_resources.md)
+
+* [QMK Basics](README.md)
+  * [QMK Introduction](getting_started_introduction.md)
+  * [QMK CLI](cli.md)
+  * [Contributing to QMK](contributing.md)
+  * [How to Use Github](getting_started_github.md)
+  * [Getting Help](getting_started_getting_help.md)
+
+* [Breaking Changes](breaking_changes.md)
+  * [2019 Aug 30](ChangeLog/20190830.md)
 
 * [FAQ](faq.md)
   * [General FAQ](faq_general.md)
   * [Build/Compile QMK](faq_build.md)
   * [Debugging/Troubleshooting QMK](faq_debug.md)
   * [Keymap](faq_keymap.md)
+  * [Driver Installation with Zadig](driver_installation_zadig.md)
+
+* Detailed Guides
+  * [Install Build Tools](getting_started_build_tools.md)
+  * [Vagrant Guide](getting_started_vagrant.md)
+  * [Build/Compile Instructions](getting_started_make_guide.md)
+  * [Flashing Firmware](flashing.md)
+  * [Customizing Functionality](custom_quantum_functions.md)
+  * [Keymap Overview](keymap.md)
 
 * [Hardware](hardware.md)
-  * [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
   * [AVR Processors](hardware_avr.md)
-  * ARM Processors (TBD)
   * [Drivers](hardware_drivers.md)
 
+* Reference
+  * [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md)
+  * [Config Options](config_options.md)
+  * [Keycodes](keycodes.md)
+  * [Coding Conventions - C](coding_conventions_c.md)
+  * [Coding Conventions - Python](coding_conventions_python.md)
+  * [Documentation Best Practices](documentation_best_practices.md)
+  * [Documentation Templates](documentation_templates.md)
+  * [Glossary](reference_glossary.md)
+  * [Unit Testing](unit_testing.md)
+  * [Useful Functions](ref_functions.md)
+  * [Configurator Support](reference_configurator_support.md)
+  * [info.json Format](reference_info_json.md)
+  * [Python Development](python_development.md)
+
 * [Features](features.md)
+  * [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md)
+  * [US ANSI Shifted Keys](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)
+  * [Quantum Keycodes](quantum_keycodes.md)
   * [Advanced Keycodes](feature_advanced_keycodes.md)
   * [Audio](feature_audio.md)
   * [Auto Shift](feature_auto_shift.md)
   * [Backlight](feature_backlight.md)
+  * [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md)
   * [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
+  * [Combos](feature_combo.md)
   * [Command](feature_command.md)
+  * [Debounce API](feature_debounce_type.md)
   * [Dynamic Macros](feature_dynamic_macros.md)
+  * [Encoders](feature_encoders.md)
   * [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md)
+  * [Haptic Feedback](feature_haptic_feedback.md)
+  * [HD44780 LCD Controller](feature_hd44780.md)
   * [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md)
   * [Layouts](feature_layouts.md)
   * [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md)
+  * [LED Matrix](feature_led_matrix.md)
   * [Macros](feature_macros.md)
   * [Mouse Keys](feature_mouse_keys.md)
+  * [OLED Driver](feature_oled_driver.md)
+  * [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)
   * [Pointing Device](feature_pointing_device.md)
   * [PS/2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md)
   * [RGB Lighting](feature_rgblight.md)
+  * [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md)
   * [Space Cadet](feature_space_cadet.md)
+  * [Split Keyboard](feature_split_keyboard.md)
   * [Stenography](feature_stenography.md)
   * [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md)
   * [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md)
@@ -51,42 +89,24 @@
   * [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md)
   * [Unicode](feature_unicode.md)
   * [Userspace](feature_userspace.md)
-
-* [Keycodes](keycodes.md)
-  * [Backlight](feature_backlight.md#backlight-keycodes)
-  * [Basic](keycodes_basic.md)
-  * [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md#bluetooth-keycodes)
-  * [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md#bootmagic-keycodes)
-  * [Layer Switching](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#switching-and-toggling-layers)
-  * [Mod+Key](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#modifier-keys)
-  * [Mod Tap](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#mod-tap)
-  * [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)
-  * [Quantum](quantum_keycodes.md)
-  * [RGB Light](feature_rgblight.md#rgblight-keycodes)
-  * [Shifted Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#shifted-keycodes)
-  * [Stenography](feature_stenography.md#keycode-reference)
-  * [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md#thermal-printer-keycodes)
-  * [US ANSI Shifted Keys](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)
-
-* Reference
-  * [Config Options](config_options.md)
-  * [Customizing Functionality](custom_quantum_functions.md)
-  * [Documentation Best Practices](documentation_best_practices.md)
-  * [Documentation Templates](documentation_templates.md)
-  * [Glossary](reference_glossary.md)
-  * [Keymap Overview](keymap.md)
-  * [Unit Testing](unit_testing.md)
+  * [Velocikey](feature_velocikey.md)
 
 * For Makers and Modders
   * [Hand Wiring Guide](hand_wire.md)
   * [ISP Flashing Guide](isp_flashing_guide.md)
+  * [ARM Debugging Guide](arm_debugging.md)
+  * [I2C Driver](i2c_driver.md)
+  * [GPIO Controls](internals_gpio_control.md)
+  * [Proton C Conversion](proton_c_conversion.md)
 
 * For a Deeper Understanding
   * [How Keyboards Work](how_keyboards_work.md)
   * [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md)
 
 * Other Topics
-  * [Using Eclipse with QMK](eclipse.md)
+  * [Using Eclipse with QMK](other_eclipse.md)
+  * [Using VSCode with QMK](other_vscode.md)
+  * [Support](support.md)
 
 * QMK Internals (In Progress)
   * [Defines](internals_defines.md)

docs/arm_debugging.md

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+# ARM Debugging usign Eclipse
+
+This page describes how to setup debugging for ARM MCUs using an SWD adapter and open-source/free tools. In this guide we will install GNU MCU Eclipse IDE for C/C++ Developers and OpenOCD together with all the necessary dependencies.
+
+This guide is catered towards advance users and assumes you can compile an ARM compatible keyboard on your machine using the MAKE flow.
+
+## Installing the software
+
+The main objective here is to get the MCU Eclipse IDE correcly installed on our machine. The necesarry instructions are derived from [this](https://gnu-mcu-eclipse.github.io/install/) install guide.
+
+### The xPack Manager
+
+This tool is a software package manager and it is used to help us get the necesarry depencencies.
+
+XPM runs using Node.js so grab that form [here](https://nodejs.org/en/). After installation, open a terminal and type `npm -v`. A reply with the version number means that the instalation was successful.
+
+XPM instalation instructions can be found [here](https://www.npmjs.com/package/xpm) and are OS specific. Entering `xpm --version` to your terminal should return the software version.
+
+### The ARM Toolchain
+
+Using XPM it is very easy to install the ARM toolchain. Enter the command `xpm install --global @gnu-mcu-eclipse/arm-none-eabi-gcc`.
+
+### Windows build tools
+
+If you are using windows you need to install this!
+
+`xpm install --global @gnu-mcu-eclipse/windows-build-tools`
+
+### Programer/Debugger Drivers
+
+Now its the time to install your programer's drivers. This tutorial was made using an ST-Link v2 which you can get from almost anywhere.
+If you have an ST-Link the drivers can be found [here](https://www.st.com/en/development-tools/stsw-link009.html) otherwise consult the manufuturer of your tool.
+
+### OpenOCD
+
+This dependency allows SWD access from GDB and it is essential for debugging. Run `xpm install --global @gnu-mcu-eclipse/openocd`.
+
+### Java
+
+Java is needed by Eclipse so please download it from [here](https://www.oracle.com/technetwork/java/javase/downloads/index.html).
+
+### GNU MCU Eclipse IDE
+
+Now its finally time to install the IDE. Use the Release page [here](https://github.com/gnu-mcu-eclipse/org.eclipse.epp.packages/releases/) to get the latest version.
+
+## Configuring Eclipse
+
+Open up the Eclipse IDE we just downloaded. To import our QMK directory select File -> Import -> C/C++ -> Existing code as Makefile Project. Select next and use Browse to select your QMK folder. In the tool-chain list select ARM Cross GCC and select Finish.
+
+Now you can see the QMK folder on the left hand side. Right click it and select Properties. On the left hand side, expand MCU and select ARM Toolchain Paths. Press xPack and OK. Repeat for OpenOCD Path  and if you are on windows for Build Tool Path. Select Apply and Close.
+
+Now its time to install the necessary MCU packages. Go to Packs perspective by selecting Window -> Open Perspective -> Others -> Packs. Now select the yellow refresh symbol next to the Packs tab. This will take a long time as it is requesting the MCU definitions from various places. If some of the links fail you can probably select Ignore.
+
+When this finishes you must find the MCU which we will be building/debugging for. In this example I will be using the STM32F3 series MCUs. On the left, select STMicroelectonics -> STM32F3 Series. On the middle window we can see the pack. Right click and select Install. Once that is done we can go back to the default perspective, Window -> Open Perspective -> Others -> C/C++.
+
+We need to let eclipse know the device we intent to build QMK on. Right click on the QMK folder -> Properties -> C/C++ Build -> Settings. Select the Devices tab and under devices select the appropriate variant of your MCU. For my example it is STM32F303CC
+
+While we are here let's setup the build command as well. Select C/C++ Build and then the Behavior tab. On the build command, replace `all` with your necessary make command. For example for a rev6 Planck with the default keymap this would be `planck/rev6:default`. Select Apply and Close.
+
+## Building
+
+If you have setup everything correctly pressing the hammer button should build the firmware for you and a .bin file should appear.
+
+## Debugging
+
+### Connecting the Debugger
+
+ARM MCUs use the Single Wire Debug (SWD) protocol which comprises of the clock (SWCLK) signal and the data (SWDIO) signal. Connecting this two wires and ground should be enough to allow full manipulation of the MCU. Here we assume that the keyboard will be powered though USB. The RESET signal is not necessary as we can manually assert it using the reset button. For a more advance setup, the SWO signal can be used which pipes printf and scanf asynchronously to the host but for our setup we will ignore it.
+
+NOTE: Make sure the SWCLK and SWDIO pins are not used in the matrix of your keyboard. If they are you can temporarily switch them for some other pins.
+
+### Configuring the Debugger
+
+Right click on your QMK folder, select Debug As -> Debug Configuration. Here double click on GDB OpenOCD Debugging. Select the debugger tab and enter the configuration necessary for your MCU. This might take some fiddling and googleing to find out. The default script for the STM32F3 is called stm32f3discovery.cfg. To let OpenOCD know, in the Config options enter `-f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg`.
+
+NOTE: In my case this configuration script requires editing to disable the reset assertion. The locations of the scripts can be found in the actual executable field usually under the path `openocd/version/.content/scripts/board`. Here I edited `reset_config srst_only` to `reset_config none`.
+
+Select Apply and Close.
+
+### Running the Debugger.
+
+Reset your keyboard.
+
+Press the bug icon and if all goes well you should soon find yourself in the debug perspective. Here the program counter will pause at the beginning of the main function and way for you to press Play. Most of the features of all debuggers work on ARM MCUs but for exact details google is your friend!
+
+
+Happy debugging!

docs/becoming_a_qmk_collaborator.md

@@ -1,7 +1,9 @@
-A QMK collaborator is a keyboard maker/designer that is interested in helping QMK grow and fully support their keyboard(s), and encouraging their users/customers to submit features, ideas, and keymaps. We're always looking to add more keyboards and collaborators, but we ask that they fulfill these requirements:
+# Becoming a QMK Collaborator
 
-* **Have a PCB available for sale** - unfortunately there's just too much variation and complications with handwired keyboards.
-* **Maintain the your keyboard's directory** - this may just require an initial setup to get your keyboard working, but it could also include accommodating changes made to QMK's core.
-* **Approve and merge your keyboard's keymap pull requests** - we like to encourage users to contribute their keymaps for others to see and work from when creating their own.
+A QMK collaborator is a keyboard maker or designer that is interested in helping QMK grow and fully support their keyboard(s), and encouraging their users and customers to submit features, ideas, and keymaps. We're always looking to add more keyboards and collaborators, but we ask that they fulfill these requirements:
+
+* **Have a PCB available for sale.** Unfortunately there's just too much variation and complications with handwired keyboards.
+* **Maintain your keyboard in QMK.** This may just require an initial setup to get your keyboard working, but it could also include accommodating changes made to QMK's core that might break or render any custom code redundant.
+* **Approve and merge keymap pull requests for your keyboard.** We like to encourage users to contribute their keymaps for others to see and work from when creating their own.
 
 If you feel you meet these requirements, shoot us an email at hello@qmk.fm with an introduction and some links to your keyboard!

docs/breaking_changes.md

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+# Breaking Changes
+
+This document describes QMK's Breaking Change process. A Breaking Change is any change which modifies how QMK behaves in a way that in incompatible or potentially dangerous. We limit these changes so that users can have confidence that updating their QMK tree will not break their keymaps.
+
+The breaking change period is when we will merge PR's that change QMK in dangerous or unexpected ways. There is a built-in period of testing so we are confident that any problems caused are rare or unable to be predicted.
+
+## What has been included in past Breaking Changes?
+
+* [2019 Aug 30](ChangeLog/20190830.md)
+
+## When is the next Breaking Change?
+
+The next Breaking Change is scheduled for Nov 29.
+
+### Important Dates
+
+* [ ] 2019 Oct 04 - `future` is created. It will be rebased weekly.
+* [ ] 2019 Nov 01 - `future` closed to new PR's.
+* [ ] 2019 Nov 01 - Call for testers.
+* [ ] 2019 Nov 27 - `master` is locked, no PR's merged.
+* [ ] 2019 Nov 29 - Merge `future` to `master`.
+* [ ] 2019 Nov 30 - `master` is unlocked. PR's can be merged again.
+
+## What changes will be included?
+
+To see a list of breaking change candidates you can look at the [`breaking_change` label](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls?q=is%3Aopen+label%3Abreaking_change+is%3Apr). New changes might be added between now and when `future` is closed, and a PR with that label applied is not guaranteed to be merged.
+
+If you want your breaking change to be included in this round you need to create a PR with the `breaking_change` label and have it accepted before `future` closes. After `future` closes no new breaking changes will be accepted.
+
+Criteria for acceptance:
+
+* PR is complete and ready to merge
+* PR has a ChangeLog
+
+# Checklists
+
+This section documents various processes we use when running the Breaking Changes process.
+
+## Rebase `future` from `master`
+
+This is run every Friday while `future` is open.
+
+Process:
+
+```
+cd qmk_firmware
+git checkout master
+git pull --ff-only
+git checkout future
+git rebase master
+git push --force
+```
+
+## 8 Weeks Before Merge
+
+* `qmk_firmware` git commands
+    * [ ] `git checkout master`
+    * [ ] `git pull --ff-only`
+    * [ ] `git checkout -b future`
+    * [ ] Edit `readme.md`
+        * [ ] Add a big notice at the top that this is a testing branch.
+        * [ ] Include a link to this document
+    * [ ] `git commit -m 'Branch point for <DATE> Breaking Change'`
+    * [ ] `git tag breakpoint_<YYYY>_<MM>_<DD>`
+    * [ ] `git tag <next_version>` # Prevent the breakpoint tag from confusing version incrementing
+    * [ ] `git push origin future`
+    * [ ] `git push --tags`
+* GitHub Actions
+    * [ ] Switch all [breaking_change PR's](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pulls?utf8=%E2%9C%93&q=is%3Apr+is%3Aopen+label%3Abreaking_change) to `future`
+    * [ ] Any that have a ChangeLog entry may be merged immediately.
+
+## 4 Weeks Before Merge
+
+* `future` is now closed to new PR's, only fixes for current PR's may be merged
+* Post call for testers
+    * [ ] Discord
+    * [ ] GitHub PR
+    * [ ] https://reddit.com/r/olkb
+
+## 1 Week Before Merge
+
+* Announce that master will be closed from <2 Days Before> to <Day of Merge>
+    * [ ] Discord
+    * [ ] GitHub PR
+    * [ ] https://reddit.com/r/olkb
+
+## 2 Days Before Merge
+
+* Announce that master is closed for 2 days
+    * [ ] Discord
+    * [ ] GitHub PR
+    * [ ] https://reddit.com/r/olkb
+
+## Day Of Merge
+
+* `qmk_firmware` git commands
+    * [ ] `git checkout future`
+    * [ ] `git pull --ff-only`
+    * [ ] `git rebase origin/master`
+    * [ ] Edit `readme.md`
+        * [ ] Remove the notes about `future`
+    * [ ] Roll up the ChangeLog into one file.
+    * [ ] `git commit -m 'Merge point for <DATE> Breaking Change'`
+    * [ ] `git push origin future`
+* Github Actions
+    * [ ] Create a PR for `future`
+    * [ ] Make sure travis comes back clean
+    * [ ] Merge `future` PR

docs/cli.md

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# QMK CLI
+
+This page describes how to setup and use the QMK CLI.
+
+# Overview
+
+The QMK CLI makes building and working with QMK keyboards easier. We have provided a number of commands to help you work with QMK:
+
+* `qmk compile`
+* `qmk doctor`
+
+# Setup
+
+Simply add the `qmk_firmware/bin` directory to your `PATH`. You can run the `qmk` commands from any directory.
+
+```
+export PATH=$PATH:$HOME/qmk_firmware/bin
+```
+
+You may want to add this to your `.profile`, `.bash_profile`, `.zsh_profile`, or other shell startup scripts.
+
+# Commands
+
+## `qmk compile`
+
+This command allows you to compile firmware from any directory. You can compile JSON exports from <https://config.qmk.fm> or compile keymaps in the repo.
+
+**Usage for Configurator Exports**:
+
+```
+qmk compile <configuratorExport.json>
+```
+
+**Usage for Keymaps**:
+
+```
+qmk compile -kb <keyboard_name> -km <keymap_name>
+```
+
+## `qmk cformat`
+
+This command formats C code using clang-format. Run it with no arguments to format all core code, or pass filenames on the command line to run it on specific files.
+
+**Usage**:
+
+```
+qmk cformat [file1] [file2] [...] [fileN]
+```

docs/coding_conventions_c.md

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+# Coding Conventions (C)
+
+Most of our style is pretty easy to pick up on, but right now it's not entirely consistent. You should match the style of the code surrounding your change, but if that code is inconsistent or unclear use the following guidelines:
+
+* We indent using four (4) spaces (soft tabs)
+* We use a modified One True Brace Style
+  * Opening Brace: At the end of the same line as the statement that opens the block
+  * Closing Brace: Lined up with the first character of the statement that opens the block
+  * Else If: Place the closing brace at the beginning of the line and the next opening brace at the end of the same line.
+  * Optional Braces: Always include optional braces.
+    * Good: if (condition) { return false; }
+    * Bad: if (condition) return false;
+* We encourage use of C style comments: `/* */`
+  * Think of them as a story describing the feature
+  * Use them liberally to explain why particular decisions were made.
+  * Do not write obvious comments
+  * If you not sure if a comment is obvious, go ahead and include it.
+* In general we don't wrap lines, they can be as long as needed. If you do choose to wrap lines please do not wrap any wider than 76 columns.
+* We use `#pragma once` at the start of header files rather than old-style include guards (`#ifndef THIS_FILE_H`, `#define THIS_FILE_H`, ..., `#endif`)
+* We accept both forms of preprocessor if's: `#ifdef DEFINED` and `#if defined(DEFINED)`
+  * If you are not sure which to prefer use the `#if defined(DEFINED)` form.
+  * Do not change existing code from one style to the other, except when moving to a multiple condition `#if`.
+  * Do not put whitespace between `#` and `if`.
+  * When deciding how (or if) to indent directives keep these points in mind:
+    * Readability is more important than consistency.
+    * Follow the file's existing style. If the file is mixed follow the style that makes sense for the section you are modifying.
+    * When choosing to indent you can follow the indention level of the surrounding C code, or preprocessor directives can have their own indent level. Choose the style that best communicates the intent of your code.
+
+Here is an example for easy reference:
+
+```c
+/* Enums for foo */
+enum foo_state {
+  FOO_BAR,
+  FOO_BAZ,
+};
+
+/* Returns a value */
+int foo(void) {
+  if (some_condition) {
+    return FOO_BAR;
+  } else {
+    return -1;
+  }
+}
+```
+
+# Auto-formatting with clang-format
+
+[Clang-format](https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html) is part of LLVM and can automatically format your code for you, because ain't nobody got time to do it manually. We supply a configuration file for it that applies most of the coding conventions listed above. It will only change whitespace and newlines, so you will still have to remember to include optional braces yourself.
+
+Use the [full LLVM installer](http://llvm.org/builds/) to get clang-format on Windows, or use `sudo apt install clang-format` on Ubuntu.
+
+If you run it from the command-line, pass `-style=file` as an option and it will automatically find the .clang-format configuration file in the QMK root directory.
+
+If you use VSCode, the standard C/C++ plugin supports clang-format, alternatively there is a [separate extension](https://marketplace.visualstudio.com/items?itemName=LLVMExtensions.ClangFormat) for it.
+
+Some things (like LAYOUT macros) are destroyed by clang-format, so either don't run it on those files, or wrap the sensitive code in `// clang-format off` and `// clang-format on`.

docs/coding_conventions_python.md

@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+# Coding Conventions (Python)
+
+Most of our style follows PEP8 with some local modifications to make things less nit-picky. 
+
+* We target Python 3.5 for compatability with all supported platforms.
+* We indent using four (4) spaces (soft tabs)
+* We encourage liberal use of comments
+  * Think of them as a story describing the feature
+  * Use them liberally to explain why particular decisions were made.
+  * Do not write obvious comments
+  * If you not sure if a comment is obvious, go ahead and include it.
+* We require useful docstrings for all functions.
+* In general we don't wrap lines, they can be as long as needed. If you do choose to wrap lines please do not wrap any wider than 76 columns.
+* Some of our practices conflict with the wider python community to make our codebase more approachable to non-pythonistas.
+
+# YAPF
+
+You can use [yapf](https://github.com/google/yapf) to style your code. We provide a config in [setup.cfg](setup.cfg).
+
+# Imports
+
+We don't have a hard and fast rule for when to use `import ...` vs `from ... import ...`. Understandability and maintainability is our ultimate goal.
+
+Generally we prefer to import specific function and class names from a module to keep code shorter and easier to understand. Sometimes this results in a name that is ambiguous, and in such cases we prefer to import the module instead. You should avoid using the "as" keyword when importing, unless you are importing a compatability module.
+
+Imports should be one line per module. We group import statements together using the standard python rules- system, 3rd party, local.
+
+Do not use `from foo import *`. Supply a list of objects you want to import instead, or import the whole module.
+
+## Import Examples
+
+Good:
+
+```
+from qmk import effects
+
+effects.echo()
+```
+
+Bad:
+
+```
+from qmk.effects import echo
+
+echo()  # It's unclear where echo comes from
+```
+
+Good:
+
+```
+from qmk.keymap import compile_firmware
+
+compile_firmware()
+```
+
+OK, but the above is better:
+
+```
+import qmk.keymap
+
+qmk.keymap.compile_firmware()
+```
+
+# Statements
+
+One statement per line.
+
+Even when allowed (EG `if foo: bar`) we do not combine 2 statements onto a single line.
+
+# Naming
+
+`module_name`, `package_name`, `ClassName`, `method_name`, `ExceptionName`, `function_name`, `GLOBAL_CONSTANT_NAME`, `global_var_name`, `instance_var_name`, `function_parameter_name`, `local_var_name`.
+
+Function names, variable names, and filenames should be descriptive; eschew abbreviation. In particular, do not use abbreviations that are ambiguous or unfamiliar to readers outside your project, and do not abbreviate by deleting letters within a word.
+
+Always use a .py filename extension. Never use dashes.
+
+## Names to Avoid
+
+* single character names except for counters or iterators. You may use "e" as an exception identifier in try/except statements.
+* dashes (-) in any package/module name
+* __double_leading_and_trailing_underscore__ names (reserved by Python)
+
+# Docstrings
+
+To maintain consistency with our docstrings we've set out the following guidelines.
+
+* Use markdown formatting
+* Always use triple-dquote docstrings with at least one linebreak: `"""\n"""`
+* First line is a short (< 70 char) description of what the function does
+* If you need more in your docstring leave a blank line between the description and the rest.
+* Start indented lines at the same indent level as the opening triple-dquote
+* Document all function arguments using the format described below
+* If present, Args:, Returns:, and Raises: should be the last three things in the docstring, separated by a blank line each.
+
+## Simple docstring example
+
+```
+def my_awesome_function():
+    """Return the number of seconds since 1970 Jan 1 00:00 UTC.
+    """
+    return int(time.time())
+```
+
+## Complex docstring example
+
+```
+def my_awesome_function():
+    """Return the number of seconds since 1970 Jan 1 00:00 UTC.
+
+    This function always returns an integer number of seconds.
+    """
+    return int(time.time())
+```
+
+## Function arguments docstring example
+
+```
+def my_awesome_function(start=None, offset=0):
+    """Return the number of seconds since 1970 Jan 1 00:00 UTC.
+
+    This function always returns an integer number of seconds.
+
+
+    Args:
+        start
+            The time to start at instead of 1970 Jan 1 00:00 UTC
+
+        offset
+            Return an answer that has this number of seconds subtracted first
+
+    Returns:
+        An integer describing a number of seconds.
+
+    Raises:
+        ValueError
+            When `start` or `offset` are not positive numbers
+    """
+    if start < 0 or offset < 0:
+        raise ValueError('start and offset must be positive numbers.')
+
+    if not start:
+        start = time.time()
+
+    return int(start - offset)
+```
+
+# Exceptions
+
+Exceptions are used to handle exceptional situations. They should not be used for flow control. This is a break from the python norm of "ask for forgiveness." If you are catching an exception it should be to handle a situation that is unusual.
+
+If you use a catch-all exception for any reason you must log the exception and stacktrace using cli.log.
+
+Make your try/except blocks as short as possible. If you need a lot of try statements you may need to restructure your code.
+
+# Tuples
+
+When defining one-item tuples always include a trailing comma so that it is obvious you are using a tuple. Do not rely on implicit one-item tuple unpacking. Better still use a list which is unambiguous.
+
+This is particularly important when using the printf-style format strings that are commonly used.
+
+# Lists and Dictionaries
+
+We have configured YAPF to differentiate between sequence styles with a trailing comma. When a trailing comma is omitted YAPF will format the sequence as a single line. When a trailing comma is included YAPF will format the sequence with one item per line.
+
+You should generally prefer to keep short definition on a single line. Break out to multiple lines sooner rather than later to aid readability and maintainability.
+
+# Parentheses
+
+Avoid excessive parentheses, but do use parentheses to make code easier to understand. Do not use them in return statements unless you are explicitly returning a tuple, or it is part of a math expression.
+
+# Format Strings
+
+We generally prefer printf-style format strings. Example:
+
+```
+name = 'World'
+print('Hello, %s!' % (name,))
+```
+
+This style is used by the logging module, which we make use of extensively, and we have adopted it in other places for consistency. It is also more familiar to C programmers, who are a big part of our casual audience.
+
+Our included CLI module has support for using these without using the percent (%) operator. Look at `cli.echo()` and the various `cli.log` functions (EG, `cli.log.info()`) for more details.
+
+# Comprehensions & Generator Expressions
+
+We encourage the liberal use of comprehensions and generators, but do not let them get too complex. If you need complexity fall back to a for loop that is easier to understand.
+
+# Lambdas
+
+OK to use but probably should be avoided. With comprehensions and generators the need for lambdas is not as strong as it once was.
+
+# Conditional Expressions
+
+OK in variable assignment, but otherwise should be avoided.
+
+Conditional expressions are if statements that are in line with code. For example:
+
+```
+x = 1 if cond else 2
+```
+
+It's generally not a good idea to use these as function arguments, sequence items, etc. It's too easy to overlook.
+
+# Default Argument Values
+
+Encouraged, but values must be immutable objects.
+
+When specifying default values in argument lists always be careful to specify objects that can't be modified in place. If you use a mutable object the changes you make will persist between calls, which is usually not what you want. Even if that is what you intend to do it is confusing for others and will hinder understanding.
+
+Bad:
+
+```
+def my_func(foo={}):
+    pass
+```
+
+Good:
+
+```
+def my_func(foo=None):
+    if not foo:
+        foo = {}
+```
+
+# Properties
+
+Always use properties instead of getter and setter functions.
+
+```
+class Foo(object):
+    def __init__(self):
+        self._bar = None
+
+    @property
+    def bar(self):
+        return self._bar
+
+    @bar.setter
+    def bar(self, bar):
+        self._bar = bar
+```
+
+# True/False Evaluations
+
+You should generally prefer the implicit True/False evaluation in if statements, rather than checking equivalency.
+
+Bad:
+
+```
+if foo == True:
+    pass
+
+if bar == False:
+    pass
+```
+
+Good:
+
+```
+if foo:
+    pass
+
+if not bar:
+    pass
+```
+
+# Decorators
+
+Use when appropriate. Try to avoid too much magic unless it helps with understanding.
+
+# Threading and Multiprocessing
+
+Should be avoided. If you need this you will have to make a strong case before we merge your code.
+
+# Power Features
+
+Python is an extremely flexible language and gives you many fancy features such as custom metaclasses, access to bytecode, on-the-fly compilation, dynamic inheritance, object reparenting, import hacks, reflection, modification of system internals, etc.
+
+Don't use these.
+
+Performance is not a critical concern for us, and code understandability is. We want our codebase to be approachable by someone who only has a day or two to play with it. These features generally come with a cost to easy understanding, and we would prefer to have code that can be readily understood over faster or more compact code.
+
+Note that some standard library modules use these techniques and it is ok to make use of those modules. But please keep readability and understandability in mind when using them.
+
+# Type Annotated Code
+
+For now we are not using any type annotation system, and would prefer that code remain unannotated. We may revisit this in the future.
+
+# Function length
+
+Prefer small and focused functions.
+
+We recognize that long functions are sometimes appropriate, so no hard limit is placed on function length. If a function exceeds about 40 lines, think about whether it can be broken up without harming the structure of the program.
+
+Even if your long function works perfectly now, someone modifying it in a few months may add new behavior. This could result in bugs that are hard to find. Keeping your functions short and simple makes it easier for other people to read and modify your code.
+
+You could find long and complicated functions when working with some code. Do not be intimidated by modifying existing code: if working with such a function proves to be difficult, you find that errors are hard to debug, or you want to use a piece of it in several different contexts, consider breaking up the function into smaller and more manageable pieces.
+
+# FIXMEs
+
+It is OK to leave FIXMEs in code. Why? Encouraging people to at least document parts of code that need to be thought out more (or that are confusing) is better than leaving this code undocumented.
+
+All FIXMEs should be formatted like:
+
+```
+FIXME(username): Revisit this code when the frob feature is done.
+```
+
+...where username is your GitHub username.
+
+# Unit Tests
+
+These are good. We should have some one day.

docs/config_options.md

@@ -59,6 +59,8 @@ This is a C header file that is one of the first things included, and will persi
   * define is matrix has ghost (unlikely)
 * `#define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW`
   * COL2ROW or ROW2COL - how your matrix is configured. COL2ROW means the black mark on your diode is facing to the rows, and between the switch and the rows.
+* `#define DIRECT_PINS { { F1, F0, B0, C7 }, { F4, F5, F6, F7 } }`
+  * pins mapped to rows and columns, from left to right. Defines a matrix where each switch is connected to a separate pin and ground.
 * `#define AUDIO_VOICES`
   * turns on the alternate audio voices (to cycle through)
 * `#define C4_AUDIO`
@@ -68,29 +70,31 @@ This is a C header file that is one of the first things included, and will persi
 * `#define C6_AUDIO`
   * enables audio on pin C6
 * `#define B5_AUDIO`
-  * enables audio on pin B5 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
+  * enables audio on pin B5 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]\_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]\_AUDIO)
 * `#define B6_AUDIO`
-  * enables audio on pin B6 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
+  * enables audio on pin B6 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]\_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]\_AUDIO)
 * `#define B7_AUDIO`
-  * enables audio on pin B7 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]_AUDIO)
+  * enables audio on pin B7 (duophony is enables if one of B[5-7]\_AUDIO is enabled along with one of C[4-6]\_AUDIO)
 * `#define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7`
-  * pin of the backlight - B5, B6, B7 use PWM, others use softPWM
+  * pin of the backlight
 * `#define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3`
   * number of levels your backlight will have (maximum 15 excluding off)
 * `#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING`
-  * enables backlight breathing (only works with backlight pins B5, B6 and B7)
+  * enables backlight breathing
 * `#define BREATHING_PERIOD 6`
   * the length of one backlight "breath" in seconds
-* `#define DEBOUNCING_DELAY 5`
+* `#define DEBOUNCE 5`
   * the delay when reading the value of the pin (5 is default)
 * `#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE`
   * mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap
 * `#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE`
   * tries to keep switch state consistent with keyboard LED state
-* `#define IS_COMMAND() ( keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) )`
+* `#define IS_COMMAND() (get_mods() == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)`
   * key combination that allows the use of magic commands (useful for debugging)
 * `#define USB_MAX_POWER_CONSUMPTION`
   * sets the maximum power (in mA) over USB for the device (default: 500)
+* `#define F_SCL 100000L`
+  * sets the I2C clock rate speed for keyboards using I2C. The default is `400000L`, except for keyboards using `split_common`, where the default is `100000L`.
 
 ## Features That Can Be Disabled
 
@@ -107,9 +111,9 @@ If you define these options you will disable the associated feature, which can s
 * `#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT`
   * disable one-shot modifiers
 * `#define NO_ACTION_MACRO`
-  * disable all macro handling
+  * disable old style macro handling: MACRO() & action_get_macro
 * `#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION`
-  * disable the action function (deprecated)
+  * disable calling of action_function() from the fn_actions array (deprecated)
 
 ## Features That Can Be Enabled
 
@@ -117,27 +121,41 @@ If you define these options you will enable the associated feature, which may in
 
 * `#define FORCE_NKRO`
   * NKRO by default requires to be turned on, this forces it on during keyboard startup regardless of EEPROM setting. NKRO can still be turned off but will be turned on again if the keyboard reboots.
-* `#define PREVENT_STUCK_MODIFIERS`
-  * stores the layer a key press came from so the same layer is used when the key is released, regardless of which layers are enabled
+* `#define STRICT_LAYER_RELEASE`
+  * force a key release to be evaluated using the current layer stack instead of remembering which layer it came from (used for advanced cases)
 
 ## Behaviors That Can Be Configured
 
 * `#define TAPPING_TERM 200`
-  * how long before a tap becomes a hold
+  * how long before a tap becomes a hold, if set above 500, a key tapped during the tapping term will turn it into a hold too
+* `#define TAPPING_TERM_PER_KEY`
+  * enables handling for per key `TAPPING_TERM` settings
 * `#define RETRO_TAPPING`
   * tap anyway, even after TAPPING_TERM, if there was no other key interruption between press and release
+  * See [Retro Tapping](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#retro-tapping) for details
 * `#define TAPPING_TOGGLE 2`
   * how many taps before triggering the toggle
 * `#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD`
-  * makes tap and hold keys work better for fast typers who don't want tapping term set above 500
+  * makes tap and hold keys trigger the hold if another key is pressed before releasing, even if it hasn't hit the `TAPPING_TERM`
+  * See [Permissive Hold](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#permissive-hold) for details
+* `#define IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT`
+  * makes it possible to do rolling combos (zx) with keys that convert to other keys on hold, by enforcing the `TAPPING_TERM` for both keys.
+  * See [Mod tap interrupt](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#ignore-mod-tap-interrupt) for details
+* `#define TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD`
+  * makes it possible to use a dual role key as modifier shortly after having been tapped
+  * See [Hold after tap](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#tapping-force-hold)
+  * Breaks any Tap Toggle functionality (`TT` or the One Shot Tap Toggle)
 * `#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300`
   * how long before the leader key times out
+    * If you're having issues finishing the sequence before it times out, you may need to increase the timeout setting. Or you may want to enable the `LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING` option, which resets the timeout after each key is tapped.
+* `#define LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING`
+  * sets the timer for leader key chords to run on each key press rather than overall
+* `#define LEADER_KEY_STRICT_KEY_PROCESSING`
+  * Disables keycode filtering for Mod-Tap and Layer-Tap keycodes. Eg, if you enable this, you would need to specify `MT(MOD_CTL, KC_A)` if you want to use `KC_A`.
 * `#define ONESHOT_TIMEOUT 300`
   * how long before oneshot times out
 * `#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 2`
   * how many taps before oneshot toggle is triggered
-* `#define IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT`
-  * makes it possible to do rolling combos (zx) with keys that convert to other keys on hold
 * `#define QMK_KEYS_PER_SCAN 4`
   * Allows sending more than one key per scan. By default, only one key event gets
     sent via `process_record()` per scan. This has little impact on most typing, but
@@ -147,15 +165,29 @@ If you define these options you will enable the associated feature, which may in
     going to produce the 500 keystrokes a second needed to actually get more than a
     few ms of delay from this. But if you're doing chording on something with 3-4ms
     scan times? You probably want this.
+* `#define COMBO_COUNT 2`
+  * Set this to the number of combos that you're using in the [Combo](feature_combo.md) feature.
+* `#define COMBO_TERM 200`
+  * how long for the Combo keys to be detected. Defaults to `TAPPING_TERM` if not defined.
+* `#define TAP_CODE_DELAY 100`
+  * Sets the delay between `register_code` and `unregister_code`, if you're having issues with it registering properly (common on VUSB boards). The value is in milliseconds.
+* `#define TAP_HOLD_CAPS_DELAY 80`
+  * Sets the delay for Tap Hold keys (`LT`, `MT`) when using `KC_CAPSLOCK` keycode, as this has some special handling on MacOS.  The value is in milliseconds, and defaults to 80 ms if not defined. For macOS, you may want to set this to 200 or higher.
 
 ## RGB Light Configuration
 
 * `#define RGB_DI_PIN D7`
-  * pin the DI on the ws2812 is hooked-up to
+  * pin the DI on the WS2812 is hooked-up to
 * `#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS`
   * run RGB animations
-* `#define RGBLED_NUM 15`
+* `#define RGBLED_NUM 12`
   * number of LEDs
+* `#define RGBLIGHT_SPLIT`
+  * Needed if both halves of the board have RGB LEDs wired directly to the RGB output pin on the controllers instead of passing the output of the left half to the input of the right half
+* `#define RGBLED_SPLIT { 6, 6 }`
+  * number of LEDs connected that are directly wired to `RGB_DI_PIN` on each half of a split keyboard
+  * First value indicates number of LEDs for left half, second value is for the right half
+  * When RGBLED_SPLIT is defined, RGBLIGHT_SPLIT is implicitly defined.
 * `#define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 12`
   * units to step when in/decreasing hue
 * `#define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 25`
@@ -173,6 +205,65 @@ If you define these options you will enable the associated feature, which may in
 * `#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED 7`
 * `#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_DELAY 0`
 
+## Split Keyboard Options
+
+Split Keyboard specific options, make sure you have 'SPLIT_KEYBOARD = yes' in your rules.mk
+
+* `SPLIT_TRANSPORT = custom`
+  * Allows replacing the standard split communication routines with a custom one. ARM based split keyboards must use this at present.
+
+### Setting Handedness
+
+One thing to remember, the side that the USB port is plugged into is always the master half. The side not plugged into USB is the slave.
+
+There are a few different ways to set handedness for split keyboards (listed in order of precedence):
+
+1. Set `SPLIT_HAND_PIN`: Reads a pin to determine handedness. If pin is high, it's the left side, if low, the half is determined to be the right side
+2. Set `EE_HANDS` and flash `eeprom-lefthand.eep`/`eeprom-righthand.eep` to each half
+   * For boards with DFU bootloader you can use `:dfu-split-left`/`:dfu-split-right` to flash these EEPROM files
+   * For boards with Caterina bootloader (like stock Pro Micros), use `:avrdude-split-left`/`:avrdude-split-right`
+3. Set `MASTER_RIGHT`: Half that is plugged into the USB port is determined to be the master and right half (inverse of the default)
+4. Default: The side that is plugged into the USB port is the master half and is assumed to be the left half. The slave side is the right half
+
+#### Defines for handedness
+
+* `#define SPLIT_HAND_PIN B7`
+  * For using high/low pin to determine handedness, low = right hand, high = left hand. Replace `B7` with the pin you are using. This is optional, and if you leave `SPLIT_HAND_PIN` undefined, then you can still use the EE_HANDS method or MASTER_LEFT / MASTER_RIGHT defines like the stock Let's Split uses.
+
+* `#define EE_HANDS` (only works if `SPLIT_HAND_PIN` is not defined)
+  * Reads the handedness value stored in the EEPROM after `eeprom-lefthand.eep`/`eeprom-righthand.eep` has been flashed to their respective halves.
+
+* `#define MASTER_RIGHT`
+  * Master half is defined to be the right half.
+
+### Other Options
+
+* `#define USE_I2C`
+  * For using I2C instead of Serial (defaults to serial)
+
+* `#define SOFT_SERIAL_PIN D0`
+  * When using serial, define this. `D0` or `D1`,`D2`,`D3`,`E6`.
+
+* `#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS_RIGHT { <row pins> }`
+* `#define MATRIX_COL_PINS_RIGHT { <col pins> }`
+  * If you want to specify a different pinout for the right half than the left half, you can define `MATRIX_ROW_PINS_RIGHT`/`MATRIX_COL_PINS_RIGHT`. Currently, the size of `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` must be the same as `MATRIX_ROW_PINS_RIGHT` and likewise for the definition of columns.
+
+* `#define DIRECT_PINS_RIGHT { { F1, F0, B0, C7 }, { F4, F5, F6, F7 } }`
+  * If you want to specify a different direct pinout for the right half than the left half, you can define `DIRECT_PINS_RIGHT`. Currently, the size of `DIRECT_PINS` must be the same as `DIRECT_PINS_RIGHT`.
+
+* `#define RGBLED_SPLIT { 6, 6 }`
+  * See [RGB Light Configuration](#rgb-light-configuration)
+
+* `#define SELECT_SOFT_SERIAL_SPEED <speed>` (default speed is 1)
+  * Sets the protocol speed when using serial communication
+  * Speeds:
+    * 0: about 189kbps (Experimental only)
+    * 1: about 137kbps (default)
+    * 2: about 75kbps
+    * 3: about 39kbps
+    * 4: about 26kbps
+    * 5: about 20kbps
+
 # The `rules.mk` File
 
 This is a [make](https://www.gnu.org/software/make/manual/make.html) file that is included by the top-level `Makefile`. It is used to set some information about the MCU that we will be compiling for as well as enabling and disabling certain features.
@@ -181,6 +272,8 @@ This is a [make](https://www.gnu.org/software/make/manual/make.html) file that i
 
 * `DEFAULT_FOLDER`
   * Used to specify a default folder when a keyboard has more than one sub-folder.
+* `FIRMWARE_FORMAT`
+  * Defines which format (bin, hex) is copied to the root `qmk_firmware` folder after building.
 * `SRC`
   * Used to add files to the compilation/linking list.
 * `LAYOUTS`
@@ -199,6 +292,7 @@ This is a [make](https://www.gnu.org/software/make/manual/make.html) file that i
   * `halfkay`
   * `caterina`
   * `bootloadHID`
+  * `USBasp`
 
 ## Feature Options
 
@@ -214,15 +308,62 @@ Use these to enable or disable building certain features. The more you have enab
   * Console for debug(+400)
 * `COMMAND_ENABLE`
   * Commands for debug and configuration
+* `COMBO_ENABLE`
+  * Key combo feature
 * `NKRO_ENABLE`
   * USB N-Key Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
 * `AUDIO_ENABLE`
   * Enable the audio subsystem.
 * `RGBLIGHT_ENABLE`
   * Enable keyboard underlight functionality
+* `LEADER_ENABLE`
+  * Enable leader key chording
 * `MIDI_ENABLE`
   * MIDI controls
 * `UNICODE_ENABLE`
   * Unicode
 * `BLUETOOTH_ENABLE`
-  * Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
+  * Legacy option to Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID. See BLUETOOTH
+* `BLUETOOTH`
+  * Current options are AdafruitEzKey, AdafruitBLE, RN42
+* `SPLIT_KEYBOARD`
+  * Enables split keyboard support (dual MCU like the let's split and bakingpy's boards) and includes all necessary files located at quantum/split_common
+* `CUSTOM_MATRIX`
+  * Allows replacing the standard matrix scanning routine with a custom one.
+* `DEBOUNCE_TYPE`
+  * Allows replacing the standard key debouncing routine with an alternative or custom one.
+* `WAIT_FOR_USB`
+  * Forces the keyboard to wait for a USB connection to be established before it starts up
+* `NO_USB_STARTUP_CHECK`
+  * Disables usb suspend check after keyboard startup. Usually the keyboard waits for the host to wake it up before any tasks are performed. This is useful for split keyboards as one half will not get a wakeup call but must send commands to the master.
+* `LINK_TIME_OPTIMIZATION_ENABLE`
+  = Enables Link Time Optimization (`LTO`) when compiling the keyboard.  This makes the process take longer, but can significantly reduce the compiled size (and since the firmware is small, the added time is not noticable).  However, this will automatically disable the old Macros and Functions features automatically, as these break when `LTO` is enabled.  It does this by automatically defining `NO_ACTION_MACRO` and `NO_ACTION_FUNCTION` 
+
+## USB Endpoint Limitations
+
+In order to provide services over USB, QMK has to use USB endpoints.
+These are a finite resource: each microcontroller has only a certain number.
+This limits what features can be enabled together.
+If the available endpoints are exceeded, a build error is thrown.
+
+The following features can require separate endpoints:
+
+* `MOUSEKEY_ENABLE`
+* `EXTRAKEY_ENABLE`
+* `CONSOLE_ENABLE`
+* `NKRO_ENABLE`
+* `MIDI_ENABLE`
+* `RAW_ENABLE`
+* `VIRTSER_ENABLE`
+
+In order to improve utilisation of the endpoints, the HID features can be combined to use a single endpoint.
+By default, `MOUSEKEY`, `EXTRAKEY`, and `NKRO` are combined into a single endpoint.
+
+The base keyboard functionality can also be combined into the endpoint,
+by setting `KEYBOARD_SHARED_EP = yes`.
+This frees up one more endpoint,
+but it can prevent the keyboard working in some BIOSes,
+as they do not implement Boot Keyboard protocol switching.
+
+Combining the mouse also breaks Boot Mouse compatibility.
+The mouse can be uncombined by setting `MOUSE_SHARED_EP = no` if this functionality is required.

docs/contributing.md

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Third-party contributions help us grow and improve QMK. We want to make the pull
 
 ## I Don't Want to Read This Whole Thing! I Just Have a Question!
 
-If you'd like to ask questions about QMK you can do so on the [OLKB Subreddit](https://reddit.com/r/olkb) or on [Gitter](https://gitter.im/qmk/qmk_firmware).
+If you'd like to ask questions about QMK you can do so on the [OLKB Subreddit](https://reddit.com/r/olkb) or on [Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
 
 Please keep these things in mind:
 
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ QMK is largely written in C, with specific features and parts written in C++. It
 
 # Where Can I Go for Help?
 
-If you need help you can [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) or [chat on gitter](http://gitter.im/QMK/qmk_firmware).
+If you need help you can [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues) or [chat on Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
 
 # How Do I Make a Contribution?
 
@@ -54,22 +54,10 @@ Never made an open source contribution before? Wondering how contributions work
 
 # Coding Conventions
 
-Most of our style is pretty easy to pick up on, but right now it's not entirely consistent. You should match the style of the code surrounding your change, but if that code is inconsistent or unclear use the following guidelines:
+Most of our style is pretty easy to pick up on. If you are familiar with either C or Python you should not have too much trouble with our local styles.
 
-* We indent using two spaces (soft tabs)
-* We use One True Brace Style
-  * Opening Brace: At the end of the same line as the statement that opens the block
-  * Closing Brace: Lined up with the first character of the statement that opens the block
-  * Else If: Place the closing brace at the beginning of the line and the next opening brace at the end of the same line.
-  * Optional Braces: Always include optional braces.
-    * Good: if (condition) { return false; }
-    * Bad: if (condition) return false;
-* We use C style comments: `/* */`
-  * Think of them as a story describing the feature
-  * Use them liberally to explain why particular decisions were made.
-  * Do not write obvious comments
-  * If you not sure if a comment is obvious, go ahead and include it.
-* In general we don't wrap lines, they can be as long as needed. If you do choose to wrap lines please do not wrap any wider than 76 columns.
+* [Coding Conventions - C](coding_conventions_c.md)
+* [Coding Conventions - Python](coding_conventions_python.md)
 
 # General Guidelines
 
@@ -97,6 +85,20 @@ Documentation is one of the easiest ways to get started contributing to QMK. Fin
 
 You'll find all our documentation in the `qmk_firmware/docs` directory, or if you'd rather use a web based workflow you can click "Suggest An Edit" at the top of each page on http://docs.qmk.fm/.
 
+When providing code examples in your documentation, try to observe naming conventions used elsewhere in the docs. For example, standardizing enums as `my_layers` or `my_keycodes` for consistency:
+
+```c
+enum my_layers {
+  _FIRST_LAYER,
+  _SECOND_LAYER
+};
+
+enum my_keycodes {
+  FIRST_LAYER = SAFE_RANGE,
+  SECOND_LAYER
+};
+```
+
 ## Keymaps
 
 Most first-time QMK contributors start with their personal keymaps. We try to keep keymap standards pretty casual (keymaps, after all, reflect the personality of their creators) but we do ask that you follow these guidelines to make it easier for others to discover and learn from your keymap.
@@ -105,7 +107,7 @@ Most first-time QMK contributors start with their personal keymaps. We try to ke
 * All Keymap PR's are squashed, so if you care about how your commits are squashed you should do it yourself
 * Do not lump features in with keymap PR's. Submit the feature first and then a second PR for the keymap.
 * Do not include `Makefile`s in your keymap folder (they're no longer used)
-* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME `)
+* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `%YOUR_NAME%`)
 
 ## Keyboards
 
@@ -118,13 +120,13 @@ We also ask that you follow these guidelines:
 * Do not lump core features in with new keyboards. Submit the feature first and then submit a separate PR for the keyboard.
 * Name `.c`/`.h` file after the immediate parent folder, eg `/keyboards/<kb1>/<kb2>/<kb2>.[ch]`
 * Do not include `Makefile`s in your keyboard folder (they're no longer used)
-* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `REPLACE_WITH_YOUR_NAME `)
+* Update copyrights in file headers (look for `%YOUR_NAME%`)
 
 ## Quantum/TMK Core
 
 Before you put a lot of work into building your new feature you should make sure you are implementing it in the best way. You can get a basic understanding of QMK by reading [Understanding QMK](understanding_qmk.md), which will take you on a tour of the QMK program flow. From here you should talk to us to get a sense of the best way to implement your idea. There are two main ways to do this:
 
-* [Chat on Gitter](https://gitter.im/qmk/qmk_firmware)
+* [Chat on Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh)
 * [Open an Issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new)
 
 Feature and Bug Fix PR's affect all keyboards. We are also in the process of restructuring QMK. For this reason it is especially important for significant changes to be discussed before implementation has happened. If you open a PR without talking to us first please be prepared to do some significant rework if your choices do not mesh well with our planned direction.

docs/custom_quantum_functions.md

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ The first step to creating your own custom keycode(s) is to enumerate them. This
 
 Here is an example of enumerating 2 keycodes. After adding this block to your `keymap.c` you will be able to use `FOO` and `BAR` inside your keymap.
 
-```
+```c
 enum my_keycodes {
   FOO = SAFE_RANGE,
   BAR
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ These function are called every time a key is pressed or released.
 
 This example does two things. It defines the behavior for a custom keycode called `FOO`, and it supplements our Enter key by playing a tone whenever it is pressed.
 
-```
+```c
 bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
   switch (keycode) {
     case FOO:
@@ -75,22 +75,22 @@ The `keycode` argument is whatever is defined in your keymap, eg `MO(1)`, `KC_L`
 
 The `record` argument contains information about the actual press:
 
-```
+```c
 keyrecord_t record {
-+-keyevent_t event {
-| +-keypos_t key {
-| | +-uint8_t col
-| | +-uint8_t row
-| | }
-| +-bool     pressed
-| +-uint16_t time
-| }
+  keyevent_t event {
+    keypos_t key {
+      uint8_t col
+      uint8_t row
+    }
+    bool     pressed
+    uint16_t time
+  }
 }
 ```
 
 # LED Control
 
-This allows you to control the 5 LED's defined as part of the USB Keyboard spec. It will be called when the state of one of those 5 LEDs changes.
+QMK provides methods to read the 5 LEDs defined as part of the HID spec:
 
 * `USB_LED_NUM_LOCK`
 * `USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK`
@@ -98,34 +98,47 @@ This allows you to control the 5 LED's defined as part of the USB Keyboard spec.
 * `USB_LED_COMPOSE`
 * `USB_LED_KANA`
 
+These five constants correspond to the positional bits of the host LED state.
+There are two ways to get the host LED state:
+
+* by implementing `led_set_user()`
+* by calling `host_keyboard_leds()`
+
+## `led_set_user()`
+
+This function will be called when the state of one of those 5 LEDs changes. It receives the LED state as a parameter.
+Use the `IS_LED_ON(usb_led, led_name)` and `IS_LED_OFF(usb_led, led_name)` macros to check the LED status.
+
+!> `host_keyboard_leds()` may already reflect a new value before `led_set_user()` is called.
+
 ### Example `led_set_user()` Implementation
 
-```
+```c
 void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led) {
-    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) {
-        PORTB |= (1<<0);
+    if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_NUM_LOCK)) {
+        writePinLow(B0);
     } else {
-        PORTB &= ~(1<<0);
+        writePinHigh(B0);
     }
-    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
-        PORTB |= (1<<1);
+    if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
+        writePinLow(B1);
     } else {
-        PORTB &= ~(1<<1);
+        writePinHigh(B1);
     }
-    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) {
-        PORTB |= (1<<2);
+    if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) {
+        writePinLow(B2);
     } else {
-        PORTB &= ~(1<<2);
+        writePinHigh(B2);
     }
-    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_COMPOSE_LOCK)) {
-        PORTB |= (1<<3);
+    if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_COMPOSE)) {
+        writePinLow(B3);
     } else {
-        PORTB &= ~(1<<3);
+        writePinHigh(B3);
     }
-    if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_KANA_LOCK)) {
-        PORTB |= (1<<4);
+    if (IS_LED_ON(usb_led, USB_LED_KANA)) {
+        writePinLow(B4);
     } else {
-        PORTB &= ~(1<<4);
+        writePinHigh(B4);
     }
 }
 ```
@@ -135,39 +148,110 @@ void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led) {
 * Keyboard/Revision: `void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led)`
 * Keymap: `void led_set_user(uint8_t usb_led)`
 
+## `host_keyboard_leds()`
 
-# Matrix Initialization Code
+Call this function to get the last received LED state. This is useful for reading the LED state outside `led_set_*`, e.g. in [`matrix_scan_user()`](#matrix-scanning-code).
+For convenience, you can use the `IS_HOST_LED_ON(led_name)` and `IS_HOST_LED_OFF(led_name)` macros instead of calling and checking `host_keyboard_leds()` directly.
 
-Before a keyboard can be used the hardware must be initialized. QMK handles initialization of the keyboard matrix itself, but if you have other hardware like LED's or i&#xb2;c controllers you will need to set up that hardware before it can be used.  
+## Setting Physical LED State
 
+Some keyboard implementations provide convenience methods for setting the state of the physical LEDs.
 
-### Example `matrix_init_user()` Implementation
+### Ergodox Boards
 
-This example, at the keyboard level, sets up B1, B2, and B3 as LED pins.
+The Ergodox implementations provide `ergodox_right_led_1`/`2`/`3_on`/`off()` to turn individual LEDs on or off, as well as `ergodox_right_led_on`/`off(uint8_t led)` to turn them on or off by their index.
 
-```
-void matrix_init_user(void) {
-  // Call the keymap level matrix init.
+In addition, it is possible to specify the brightness level of all LEDs with `ergodox_led_all_set(uint8_t n)`; of individual LEDs with `ergodox_right_led_1`/`2`/`3_set(uint8_t n)`; or by index with `ergodox_right_led_set(uint8_t led, uint8_t n)`.
+
+Ergodox boards also define `LED_BRIGHTNESS_LO` for the lowest brightness and `LED_BRIGHTNESS_HI` for the highest brightness (which is the default).
+
+# Keyboard Initialization Code
+
+There are several steps in the keyboard initialization process.  Depending on what you want to do, it will influence which function you should use.
+
+These are the three main initialization functions, listed in the order that they're called.
+
+* `keyboard_pre_init_*` - Happens before most anything is started. Good for hardware setup that you want running very early.
+* `matrix_init_*` - Happens midway through the firmware's startup process. Hardware is initialized, but features may not be yet.
+* `keyboard_post_init_*` - Happens at the end of the firmware's startup process. This is where you'd want to put "customization" code, for the most part.
+
+!> For most people, the `keyboard_post_init_user` function is what you want to call.  For instance, this is where you want to set up things for RGB Underglow.
+
+## Keyboard Pre Initialization code
+
+This runs very early during startup, even before the USB has been started. 
+
+Shortly after this, the matrix is initialized.
+
+For most users, this shouldn't be used, as it's primarily for hardware oriented initialization. 
+
+However, if you have hardware stuff that you need initialized, this is the best place for it (such as initializing LED pins).
+
+### Example `keyboard_pre_init_user()` Implementation
+
+This example, at the keyboard level, sets up B0, B1, B2, B3, and B4 as LED pins.
+
+```c
+void keyboard_pre_init_user(void) {
+  // Call the keyboard pre init code.
 
   // Set our LED pins as output
-  DDRB |= (1<<1);
-  DDRB |= (1<<2);
-  DDRB |= (1<<3);
+  setPinOutput(B0);
+  setPinOutput(B1);
+  setPinOutput(B2);
+  setPinOutput(B3);
+  setPinOutput(B4);
 }
 ```
 
+### `keyboard_pre_init_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void keyboard_pre_init_kb(void)`
+* Keymap: `void keyboard_pre_init_user(void)`
+
+## Matrix Initialization Code
+
+This is called when the matrix is initialized, and after some of the hardware has been set up, but before many of the features have been initialized. 
+
+This is useful for setting up stuff that you may need elsewhere, but isn't hardware related nor is dependant on where it's started. 
+
+
 ### `matrix_init_*` Function Documentation
 
 * Keyboard/Revision: `void matrix_init_kb(void)`
 * Keymap: `void matrix_init_user(void)`
 
+
+## Keyboard Post Initialization code
+
+This is ran as the very last task in the keyboard initialization process. This is useful if you want to make changes to certain features, as they should be initialized by this point.
+
+
+### Example `keyboard_post_init_user()` Implementation
+
+This example, running after everything else has initialized, sets up the rgb underglow configuration.
+
+```c
+void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
+  // Call the post init code.
+  rgblight_enable_noeeprom(); // enables Rgb, without saving settings
+  rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(180, 255, 255); // sets the color to teal/cyan without saving
+  rgblight_mode_noeeprom(RGBLIGHT_MODE_BREATHING + 3); // sets mode to Fast breathing without saving
+}
+```
+
+### `keyboard_post_init_*` Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void keyboard_post_init_kb(void)`
+* Keymap: `void keyboard_post_init_user(void)`
+
 # Matrix Scanning Code
 
 Whenever possible you should customize your keyboard by using `process_record_*()` and hooking into events that way, to ensure that your code does not have a negative performance impact on your keyboard. However, in rare cases it is necessary to hook into the matrix scanning. Be extremely careful with the performance of code in these functions, as it will be called at least 10 times per second.
 
 ### Example `matrix_scan_*` Implementation
 
-This example has been deliberately omitted. You should understand enough about QMK internals to write this without an example before hooking into such a performance sensitive area. If you need help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) or [chat with us on gitter](https://gitter.im/qmk/qmk_firmware).
+This example has been deliberately omitted. You should understand enough about QMK internals to write this without an example before hooking into such a performance sensitive area. If you need help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) or [chat with us on Discord](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh).
 
 ### `matrix_scan_*` Function Documentation
 
@@ -176,49 +260,45 @@ This example has been deliberately omitted. You should understand enough about Q
 
 This function gets called at every matrix scan, which is basically as often as the MCU can handle. Be careful what you put here, as it will get run a lot.
 
-You should use this function if you need custom matrix scanning code. It can also be used for custom status output (such as LED's or a display) or other functionality that you want to trigger regularly even when the user isn't typing.
+You should use this function if you need custom matrix scanning code. It can also be used for custom status output (such as LEDs or a display) or other functionality that you want to trigger regularly even when the user isn't typing.
 
 
 # Keyboard Idling/Wake Code
 
-If the board supports it, it can be "idled", by stopping a number of functions.  A good example of this is RGB lights or backlights.   This can save on power consumption, or may be better behavior for your keyboard.  
+If the board supports it, it can be "idled", by stopping a number of functions.  A good example of this is RGB lights or backlights.   This can save on power consumption, or may be better behavior for your keyboard.
 
-This is controlled by two functions: `suspend_power_down_*` and `suspend_wakeup_init_*`, which are called when the system is board is idled and when it wakes up, respectively. 
+This is controlled by two functions: `suspend_power_down_*` and `suspend_wakeup_init_*`, which are called when the system board is idled and when it wakes up, respectively.
 
 
 ### Example suspend_power_down_user() and suspend_wakeup_init_user() Implementation
 
-This example, at the keyboard level, sets up B1, B2, and B3 as LED pins.
 
-```
-void suspend_power_down_user(void)
-{
+```c
+void suspend_power_down_user(void) {
     rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
 }
 
-void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)
-{
+void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void) {
     rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
 }
-
 ```
 
-### `keyboard_init_*` Function Documentation
+### Keyboard suspend/wake  Function Documentation
 
 * Keyboard/Revision: `void suspend_power_down_kb(void)` and `void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)`
 * Keymap: `void suspend_power_down_kb(void)` and `void suspend_wakeup_init_user(void)`
 
 # Layer Change Code
 
-This runs code every time that the layers get changed.  This can be useful for layer indication, or custom layer handling. 
+This runs code every time that the layers get changed.  This can be useful for layer indication, or custom layer handling.
 
 ### Example `layer_state_set_*` Implementation
 
 This example shows how to set the [RGB Underglow](feature_rgblight.md) lights based on the layer, using the Planck as an example
 
-```
-uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
-    switch (biton32(state)) {
+```c
+layer_state_t layer_state_set_user(layer_state_t state) {
+    switch (get_highest_layer(state)) {
     case _RAISE:
         rgblight_setrgb (0x00,  0x00, 0xFF);
         break;
@@ -240,7 +320,172 @@ uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
 ```
 ### `layer_state_set_*` Function Documentation
 
-* Keyboard/Revision: `void uint32_t layer_state_set_kb(uint32_t state)`
-* Keymap: `uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state)`
+* Keyboard/Revision: `layer_state_t layer_state_set_kb(layer_state_t state)`
+* Keymap: `layer_state_t layer_state_set_user(layer_state_t state)`
+
 
 The `state` is the bitmask of the active layers, as explained in the [Keymap Overview](keymap.md#keymap-layer-status)
+
+
+# Persistent Configuration (EEPROM)
+
+This allows you to configure persistent settings for your keyboard.  These settings are stored in the EEPROM of your controller, and are retained even after power loss. The settings can be read with `eeconfig_read_kb` and `eeconfig_read_user`, and can be written to using `eeconfig_update_kb` and `eeconfig_update_user`. This is useful for features that you want to be able to toggle (like toggling rgb layer indication).  Additionally, you can use `eeconfig_init_kb` and `eeconfig_init_user` to set the default values for the EEPROM. 
+
+The complicated part here, is that there are a bunch of ways that you can store and access data via EEPROM, and there is no "correct" way to do this.  However, you only have a DWORD (4 bytes) for each function.
+
+Keep in mind that EEPROM has a limited number of writes. While this is very high, it's not the only thing writing to the EEPROM, and if you write too often, you can potentially drastically shorten the life of your MCU.
+
+* If you don't understand the example, then you may want to avoid using this feature, as it is rather complicated. 
+
+### Example Implementation
+
+This is an example of how to add settings, and read and write it. We're using the user keymap for the example here.  This is a complex function, and has a lot going on.  In fact, it uses a lot of the above functions to work! 
+
+
+In your keymap.c file, add this to the top:
+```c
+typedef union {
+  uint32_t raw;
+  struct {
+    bool     rgb_layer_change :1;
+  };
+} user_config_t;
+
+user_config_t user_config;
+```
+
+This sets up a 32 bit structure that we can store settings with in memory, and write to the EEPROM. Using this removes the need to define variables, since they're defined in this structure. Remember that `bool` (boolean) values use 1 bit, `uint8_t` uses 8 bits, `uint16_t` uses up 16 bits.  You can mix and match, but changing the order can cause issues, as it will change the values that are read and written. 
+
+We're using `rgb_layer_change`, for the `layer_state_set_*` function, and use `keyboard_post_init_user` and `process_record_user` to configure everything. 
+
+Now, using the `keyboard_post_init_user` code above, you want to add `eeconfig_read_user()` to it, to populate the structure you've just created. And you can then immediately use this structure to control functionality in your keymap.  And It should look like: 
+```c
+void keyboard_post_init_user(void) {
+  // Call the keymap level matrix init.
+
+  // Read the user config from EEPROM
+  user_config.raw = eeconfig_read_user();
+
+  // Set default layer, if enabled
+  if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) {
+    rgblight_enable_noeeprom();
+    rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_cyan(); 
+    rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1);
+  }
+}
+```
+The above function will use the EEPROM config immediately after reading it, to set the default layer's RGB color. The "raw" value of it is converted in a usable structure based on the "union" that you created above. 
+
+```c
+layer_state_t layer_state_set_user(layer_state_t state) {
+    switch (get_highest_layer(state)) {
+    case _RAISE:
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_magenta(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    case _LOWER:
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_red(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    case _PLOVER:
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_green(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    case _ADJUST:
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_white(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    default: //  for any other layers, or the default layer
+        if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom_cyan(); rgblight_mode_noeeprom(1); }
+        break;
+    }
+  return state;
+}
+```
+This will cause the RGB underglow to be changed ONLY if the value was enabled.  Now to configure this value, create a new keycode for `process_record_user` called `RGB_LYR`. Additionally, we want to make sure that if you use the normal RGB codes, that it turns off  Using the example above, make it look this:
+```c
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case FOO:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        // Do something when pressed
+      } else {
+        // Do something else when release
+      }
+      return false; // Skip all further processing of this key
+    case KC_ENTER:
+        // Play a tone when enter is pressed
+        if (record->event.pressed) {
+            PLAY_NOTE_ARRAY(tone_qwerty);
+        }
+        return true; // Let QMK send the enter press/release events
+    case RGB_LYR:  // This allows me to use underglow as layer indication, or as normal
+        if (record->event.pressed) { 
+            user_config.rgb_layer_change ^= 1; // Toggles the status
+            eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // Writes the new status to EEPROM
+            if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) { // if layer state indication is enabled, 
+                layer_state_set(layer_state);   // then immediately update the layer color
+            }
+        }
+        return false; break;
+    case RGB_MODE_FORWARD ... RGB_MODE_GRADIENT: // For any of the RGB codes (see quantum_keycodes.h, L400 for reference)
+        if (record->event.pressed) { //This disables layer indication, as it's assumed that if you're changing this ... you want that disabled
+            if (user_config.rgb_layer_change) {        // only if this is enabled 
+                user_config.rgb_layer_change = false;  // disable it, and 
+                eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // write the setings to EEPROM
+            }
+        }
+        return true; break;
+    default:
+      return true; // Process all other keycodes normally
+  }
+}
+```
+And lastly, you want to add the `eeconfig_init_user` function, so that when the EEPROM is reset, you can specify default values, and even custom actions. To force an EEPROM reset, use the `EEP_RST` keycode or [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md) functionallity. For example, if you want to set rgb layer indication by default, and save the default valued. 
+
+```c
+void eeconfig_init_user(void) {  // EEPROM is getting reset! 
+  user_config.raw = 0;
+  user_config.rgb_layer_change = true; // We want this enabled by default
+  eeconfig_update_user(user_config.raw); // Write default value to EEPROM now
+
+  // use the non noeeprom versions, to write these values to EEPROM too
+  rgblight_enable(); // Enable RGB by default
+  rgblight_sethsv_cyan();  // Set it to CYAN by default
+  rgblight_mode(1); // set to solid by default
+}
+```
+
+And you're done.  The RGB layer indication will only work if you want it to. And it will be saved, even after unplugging the board. And if you use any of the RGB codes, it will disable the layer indication, so that it stays on the mode and color that you set it to. 
+
+### 'EECONFIG' Function Documentation
+
+* Keyboard/Revision: `void eeconfig_init_kb(void)`, `uint32_t eeconfig_read_kb(void)` and `void eeconfig_update_kb(uint32_t val)`
+* Keymap: `void eeconfig_init_user(void)`, `uint32_t eeconfig_read_user(void)` and `void eeconfig_update_user(uint32_t val)`
+
+The `val` is the value of the data that you want to write to EEPROM.  And the `eeconfig_read_*` function return a 32 bit (DWORD) value from the EEPROM. 
+
+# Custom Tapping Term
+
+By default, the tapping term is defined globally, and is not configurable by key.  For most users, this is perfectly fine.  But in come cases, dual function keys would be greatly improved by different timeouts than `LT` keys, or because some keys may be easier to hold than others.  Instead of using custom key codes for each, this allows for per key configurable `TAPPING_TERM`.
+
+To enable this functionality, you need to add `#define TAPPING_TERM_PER_KEY` to your `config.h`, first.  
+
+
+## Example `get_tapping_term` Implementation
+
+To change the `TAPPING TERM` based on the keycode, you'd want to add something like the following to your `keymap.c` file: 
+
+```c
+uint16_t get_tapping_term(uint16_t keycode) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case SFT_T(KC_SPC):
+      return TAPPING_TERM + 1250;
+    case LT(1, KC_GRV):
+      return 130;
+    default:
+      return TAPPING_TERM;
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### `get_tapping_term` Function Documentation
+
+Unlike many of the other functions here, there isn't a need (or even reason) to have a quantum or keyboard level function. Only a user level function is useful here, so no need to mark it as such.

docs/documentation_templates.md

@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Make example for this keyboard (after setting up your build environment):
 
     make planck/rev4:default
 
-See [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/build_environment_setup.html) then the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/make_instructions.html) for more information.
+See the [build environment setup](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/getting_started_build_tools) and the [make instructions](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/getting_started_make_guide) for more information. Brand new to QMK? Start with our [Complete Newbs Guide](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/newbs).
 ```
 
 There needs to be two spaces at the end of the `Keyboard Maintainer` and `Hardware Supported` lines for it to render correctly with Markdown.

docs/driver_installation_zadig.md

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# Bootloader Driver Installation with Zadig
+
+QMK presents itself to the host as a regular HID keyboard device, and as such requires no special drivers. However, in order to flash your keyboard on Windows, the bootloader device that appears when you reset the board often *does*.
+
+There are two notable exceptions: the Caterina bootloader, usually seen on Pro Micros, and the Halfkay bootloader shipped with PJRC Teensys, appear as a serial port and a generic HID device respectively, and so do not require a driver.
+
+We recommend the use of the [Zadig](https://zadig.akeo.ie/) utility. If you have set up the development environment with Msys2 or WSL, the `qmk_install.sh` script will have asked if you want it to install the drivers for you.
+
+## Installation
+
+Place your keyboard into the bootloader mode, either by hitting the `RESET` keycode (which may be on a different layer), or by pressing the reset switch usually located on the underside of the board. If your keyboard has neither, try holding Escape, or Space+`B`, as you plug it in (see the [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md) docs for more details).
+Some keyboards may have specific instructions for entering the bootloader, for example the [Bootmagic Lite](feature_bootmagic.md#bootmagic-lite) key (Escape) might be on a different key, such as Left Control. Refer to the board's README if you are unsure.
+
+Zadig will automatically detect the bootloader device. You may sometimes need to check **Options -> List All Devices**.
+ - For keyboards with Atmel AVR MCUs, the bootloader will be named something similar to `ATm32U4DFU`, and have a Vendor ID of `03EB`.
+ - USBasp bootloaders will appear as `USBasp`, with a VID/PID of `16C0:05DC`.
+ - AVR keyboards flashed with the QMK-DFU bootloader will be named `<keyboard name> Bootloader` and will also have the VID `03EB`.
+ - For most ARM keyboards, it will be called `STM32 BOOTLOADER`, and have a VID/PID of `0483:DF11`.
+
+!> If Zadig lists one or more devices with the `HidUsb` driver, your keyboard is probably not in bootloader mode. The arrow will be colored orange and you will be asked to confirm modifying a system driver. **Do not** proceed if this is the case!
+
+If the arrow appears green, select the driver, and click **Install Driver**. The `libusb-win32` driver will usually work for AVR, and `WinUSB` for ARM, but if you still cannot flash the board, try installing a different driver from the list.
+
+![Zadig with a bootloader driver correctly installed](https://i.imgur.com/b8VgXzx.png)
+
+Finally, unplug and replug the keyboard to make sure the new driver has been loaded. If you are using the QMK Toolbox to flash, exit and restart it too, as it can sometimes fail to recognize the driver change.
+
+## Recovering from Installation to Wrong Device
+
+If you find that you can no longer type with the keyboard, you may have installed the driver onto the keyboard itself instead of the bootloader. You can easily confirm this in Zadig - a healthy keyboard has the `HidUsb` driver installed on all of its interfaces:
+
+![A healthy keyboard as seen by Zadig](https://i.imgur.com/Hx0E5kC.png)
+
+Open the Device Manager and look for a device that looks like your keyboard.
+
+![The board with the wrong driver installed, in Device Manager](https://i.imgur.com/L3wvX8f.png)
+
+Right-click it and hit **Uninstall device**. Make sure to tick **Delete the driver software for this device** first.
+
+![The Device Uninstall dialog, with the "delete driver" checkbox ticked](https://i.imgur.com/aEs2RuA.png)
+
+Click **Action -> Scan for hardware changes**. At this point, you should be able to type again. Double check in Zadig that the keyboard device(s) are using the `HidUsb` driver. If so, you're all done, and your board should be functional again!

docs/faq_build.md

@@ -15,11 +15,15 @@ or just:
 
     $ sudo make <keyboard>:<keymap>:dfu
 
-Note that running `make` with `sudo` is generally *not* a good idea, and you should use one of the former methods, if possible.
+Note that running `make` with `sudo` is generally ***not*** a good idea, and you should use one of the former methods, if possible.
 
-## Linux `udev` Rules
+### Linux `udev` Rules
 On Linux, you'll need proper privileges to access the MCU. You can either use
-`sudo` when flashing firmware, or place these files in `/etc/udev/rules.d/`.
+`sudo` when flashing firmware, or place these files in `/etc/udev/rules.d/`. Once added run the following:
+```console
+sudo udevadm control --reload-rules
+sudo udevadm trigger
+```
 
 **/etc/udev/rules.d/50-atmel-dfu.rules:**
 ```
@@ -36,6 +40,46 @@ SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="03eb", ATTRS{idProduct}=="2ff0", MODE:="066
 # tmk keyboard products     https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard
 SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="feed", MODE:="0666"
 ```
+**/etc/udev/rules.d/54-input-club-keyboard.rules:**
+
+```
+# Input Club keyboard bootloader
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="1c11", MODE:="0666"
+```
+
+**/etc/udev/rules.d/55-catalina.rules:**
+```
+# ModemManager should ignore the following devices
+ATTRS{idVendor}=="2a03", ENV{ID_MM_DEVICE_IGNORE}="1"
+ATTRS{idVendor}=="2341", ENV{ID_MM_DEVICE_IGNORE}="1"
+```
+
+**Note:** ModemManager filtering only works when not in strict mode, the following commands can update that settings:
+```console
+sudo sed -i 's/--filter-policy=strict/--filter-policy=default/' /lib/systemd/system/ModemManager.service
+sudo systemctl daemon-reload
+sudo systemctl restart ModemManager
+```
+
+**/etc/udev/rules.d/56-dfu-util.rules:**
+```
+# stm32duino
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="1eaf", ATTRS{idProduct}=="0003", MODE:="0666"
+# Generic stm32
+SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", ATTRS{idVendor}=="0483", ATTRS{idProduct}=="df11", MODE:="0666"
+```
+
+### Serial device is not detected in bootloader mode on Linux
+Make sure your kernel has appropriate support for your device. If your device uses USB ACM, such as
+Pro Micro (Atmega32u4), make sure to include `CONFIG_USB_ACM=y`. Other devices may require `USB_SERIAL` and any of its sub options.
+
+## Unknown Device for DFU Bootloader
+
+Issues encountered when flashing keyboards on Windows are most often due to having the wrong drivers installed for the bootloader, or none at all.
+
+Re-running the QMK installation script (`./util/qmk_install.sh` from the `qmk_firmware` directory in MSYS2 or WSL) or reinstalling the QMK Toolbox may fix the issue. Alternatively, you can download and run the [`qmk_driver_installer`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_driver_installer) package manually.
+
+If that doesn't work, then you may need to download and run Zadig. See [Bootloader Driver Installation with Zadig](driver_installation_zadig.md) for more detailed information.
 
 ## WINAVR is Obsolete
 It is no longer recommended and may cause some problem.
@@ -90,17 +134,41 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=2048
 ```
 
 ## `avr-gcc: internal compiler error: Abort trap: 6 (program cc1)` on MacOS
-This is an issue with updating on brew, causing symlinks that avr-gcc depend on getting mangled. 
+This is an issue with updating on brew, causing symlinks that avr-gcc depend on getting mangled.
 
-The solution is to remove and reinstall all affected modules. 
+The solution is to remove and reinstall all affected modules.
 
 ```
 brew rm avr-gcc
 brew rm dfu-programmer
+brew rm dfu-util
 brew rm gcc-arm-none-eabi
 brew rm avrdude
 brew install avr-gcc
 brew install dfu-programmer
+brew install dfu-util
 brew install gcc-arm-none-eabi
 brew install avrdude
 ```
+
+### avr-gcc 8.1 and LUFA
+
+If you updated your avr-gcc to above 7 you may see errors involving LUFA. For example:
+
+`lib/lufa/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h:380:5: error: 'const' attribute on function returning 'void'`
+
+For now, you need to rollback avr-gcc to 7 in brew.
+
+```
+brew uninstall --force avr-gcc
+brew install avr-gcc@8
+brew link --force avr-gcc@8
+```
+
+### I just flashed my keyboard and it does nothing/keypresses don't register - it's also ARM (rev6 planck, clueboard 60, hs60v2, etc...) (Feb 2019)
+Due to how EEPROM works on ARM based chips, saved settings may no longer be valid.  This affects the default layers, and *may*, under certain circumstances we are still figuring out, make the keyboard unusable.  Resetting the EEPROM will correct this.
+
+[Planck rev6 reset EEPROM](https://cdn.discordapp.com/attachments/473506116718952450/539284620861243409/planck_rev6_default.bin) can be used to force an eeprom reset. After flashing this image, flash your normal firmware again which should restore your keyboard to _normal_ working order.
+[Preonic rev3 reset EEPROM](https://cdn.discordapp.com/attachments/473506116718952450/537849497313738762/preonic_rev3_default.bin)
+
+If bootmagic is enabled in any form, you should be able to do this too (see [Bootmagic docs](feature_bootmagic.md) and keyboard info for specifics on how to do this).

docs/faq_debug.md

@@ -87,6 +87,7 @@ Size after:
 - EEPROM has around a 100000 write cycle.  You shouldn't rewrite the
   firmware repeatedly and continually; that'll burn the EEPROM
   eventually.
+
 ## NKRO Doesn't work
 First you have to compile firmware with this build option `NKRO_ENABLE` in **Makefile**.
 
@@ -183,22 +184,15 @@ Pressing any key during sleep should wake host.
 
 Arduino Leonardo and micro have **ATMega32U4** and can be used for TMK, though Arduino bootloader may be a problem.
 
+## Enabling JTAG
 
-## Using PF4-7 Pins of USB AVR?
-You need to set JTD bit of MCUCR yourself to use PF4-7 as GPIO. Those pins are configured to serve JTAG function by default. MCUs like ATMega*U* or AT90USB* are affected with this.
+By default, the JTAG debugging interface is disabled as soon as the keyboard starts up. JTAG-capable MCUs come from the factory with the `JTAGEN` fuse set, and it takes over certain pins of the MCU that the board may be using for the switch matrix, LEDs, etc.
 
-If you are using Teensy this isn't needed. Teensy is shipped with JTAGEN fuse bit unprogrammed to disable the function.
+If you would like to keep JTAG enabled, just add the following to your `config.h`:
 
-See this code.
+```c
+#define NO_JTAG_DISABLE
 ```
-    // JTAG disable for PORT F. write JTD bit twice within four cycles.
-    MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
-    MCUCR |= (1<<JTD);
-```
-https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/blob/master/keyboard/hbkb/matrix.c#L67
-
-And read **26.5.1 MCU Control Register – MCUCR** of ATMega32U4 datasheet.
-
 
 ## Adding LED Indicators of Lock Keys
 You need your own LED indicators for CapsLock, ScrollLock and NumLock? See this post.

docs/faq_keymap.md

@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ Keycodes are actually defined in [common/keycode.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_f
 
 There are 3 standard keyboard layouts in use around the world- ANSI, ISO, and JIS. North America primarily uses ANSI, Europe and Africa primarily use ISO, and Japan uses JIS. Regions not mentioned typically use either ANSI or ISO. The keycodes corresponding to these layouts are shown here:
 
-<!-- Source for this image: http://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/9ce023dc6caadc0cf11c88c782350a8c -->
-![Keyboard Layout Image](https://i.imgur.com/45m4mRf.png)
+<!-- Source for this image: http://www.keyboard-layout-editor.com/#/gists/bf431647d1001cff5eff20ae55621e9a -->
+![Keyboard Layout Image](https://i.imgur.com/5wsh5wM.png)
 
 ## Some Of My Keys Are Swapped Or Not Working
 
@@ -34,12 +34,11 @@ See [issue #168](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/168) and
 * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Magic_SysRq_key
 * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/System_request
 
-## Power Key Doesn't Work
-Use `KC_PWR` instead of `KC_POWER` or vice versa.
-* `KC_PWR` works with Windows and Linux, not with OSX.
-* `KC_POWER` works with OSX and Linux, not with Windows.
+## Power Keys Aren't Working
 
-More info: http://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=14290.msg1327264#msg1327264
+Somewhat confusingly, there are two "Power" keycodes in QMK: `KC_POWER` in the Keyboard/Keypad HID usage page, and `KC_SYSTEM_POWER` (or `KC_PWR`) in the Consumer page.
+
+The former is only recognized on macOS, while the latter, `KC_SLEP` and `KC_WAKE` are supported by all three major operating systems, so it is recommended to use those instead. Under Windows, these keys take effect immediately, however on macOS they must be held down until a dialog appears.
 
 ## One Shot Modifier
 Solves my personal 'the' problem. I often got 'the' or 'THe' wrongly instead of 'The'.  One Shot Shift mitigates this for me.
@@ -87,14 +86,14 @@ On **Xorg** you can use `compose` key, instead.
 And see this for **Unicode** input.
 * http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_input
 
+## `Fn` Key on macOS
 
-## Apple/Mac Keyboard `Fn`
-Not supported.
+Unlike most Fn keys, the one on Apple keyboards actually has its own keycode... sort of. It takes the place of the sixth keycode in a basic 6KRO HID report -- so an Apple keyboard is in fact only 5KRO.
 
-Apple/Mac keyboard sends keycode for Fn unlike most of other keyboards.
-I think you can send Apple Fn key using Apple venter specific Page 0xff01 and usage 0x0003. But you have to change HID Report Descriptor for this, of course.
+It is technically possible to get QMK to send this key. However, doing so requires modification of the report format to add the state of the Fn key.
+Even worse, it is not recognized unless the keyboard's VID and PID match that of a real Apple keyboard. The legal issues that official QMK support for this feature may create mean it is unlikely to happen.
 
-https://opensource.apple.com/source/IOHIDFamily/IOHIDFamily-606.1.7/IOHIDFamily/AppleHIDUsageTables.h
+See [this issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/2179) for detailed information.
 
 
 ## Media Control Keys in Mac OSX
@@ -152,13 +151,13 @@ This turns right modifier keys into arrow keys when the keys are tapped while st
  */
 const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
     /* 0: qwerty */
-    [0] = KEYMAP( \
+    [0] = LAYOUT( \
         ESC, 1,   2,   3,   4,   5,   6,   7,   8,   9,   0,   MINS,EQL, NUHS,BSPC, \
         TAB, Q,   W,   E,   R,   T,   Y,   U,   I,   O,   P,   LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, \
         LCTL,A,   S,   D,   F,   G,   H,   J,   K,   L,   SCLN,QUOT,ENT,  \
         LSFT,NUBS,Z,   X,   C,   V,   B,   N,   M,   COMM,DOT, SLSH,FN0, ESC, \
         FN4, LGUI,LALT,          SPC,                     APP, FN2, FN1, FN3),
-    [1] = KEYMAP( \
+    [1] = LAYOUT( \
         GRV, F1,  F2,  F3,  F4,  F5,  F6,  F7,  F8,  F9,  F10, F11, F12, TRNS,TRNS, \
         TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,\
         TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \
@@ -212,20 +211,3 @@ here real_mods lost state for 'physical left shift'.
 
 weak_mods is ORed with real_mods when keyboard report is sent.
 https://github.com/tmk/tmk_core/blob/master/common/action_util.c#L57
-
-## Timer Functionality
-
-It's possible to start timers and read values for time-specific events - here's an example:
-
-```c
-static uint16_t key_timer;
-key_timer = timer_read();
-
-if (timer_elapsed(key_timer) < 100) {
-  // do something if less than 100ms have passed
-} else {
-  // do something if 100ms or more have passed
-}
-```
-
-It's best to declare the `static uint16_t key_timer;` at the top of the file, outside of any code blocks you're using it in.

docs/feature_advanced_keycodes.md

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 # Advanced Keycodes
 
-Your keymap can include keycodes that are more advanced than normal, for example shifted keys. This page documents the functions that are available to you.
+Your keymap can include keycodes that are more advanced than normal, for example keys that switch layers or send modifiers when held, but send regular keycodes when tapped. This page documents the functions that are available to you.
 
-### Assigning Custom Names
+## Assigning Custom Names
 
 People often define custom names using `#define`. For example:
 
@@ -11,20 +11,23 @@ People often define custom names using `#define`. For example:
 #define ALT_TAB LALT(KC_TAB)
 ```
 
-This will allow you to use `FN_CAPS` and `ALT_TAB` in your `KEYMAP()`, keeping it more readable.
+This will allow you to use `FN_CAPS` and `ALT_TAB` in your keymap, keeping it more readable.
 
-### Limits of These Aliases
+## Caveats
 
-Currently, the keycodes able to used with these functions are limited to the [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md), meaning you can't use keycodes like `KC_TILD`, or anything greater than 0xFF. For a full list of the keycodes able to be used see [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md).
+Currently, `LT()` and `MT()` are limited to the [Basic Keycode set](keycodes_basic.md), meaning you can't use keycodes like `LCTL()`, `KC_TILD`, or anything greater than `0xFF`. Modifiers specified as part of a Layer Tap or Mod Tap's keycode will be ignored. If you need to apply modifiers to your tapped keycode, [Tap Dance](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/docs/feature_tap_dance.md#example-5-using-tap-dance-for-advanced-mod-tap-and-layer-tap-keys) can be used to accomplish this.
+
+Additionally, if at least one right-handed modifier is specified in a Mod Tap or Layer Tap, it will cause all modifiers specified to become right-handed, so it is not possible to mix and match the two.
 
 # Switching and Toggling Layers
 
-These functions allow you to activate layers in various ways. Note that layers are not generally independent layouts -- multiple layers can be activated at once, and it's typical for layers to use `KC_TRNS` to allow keypresses to pass through to lower layers. For a detailed explanation of layers, see [Keymap Overview](keymap.md#keymap-and-layers)
+These functions allow you to activate layers in various ways. Note that layers are not generally independent layouts -- multiple layers can be activated at once, and it's typical for layers to use `KC_TRNS` to allow keypresses to pass through to lower layers. For a detailed explanation of layers, see [Keymap Overview](keymap.md#keymap-and-layers). When using momentary layer switching with MO(), LM(), TT(), or LT(), make sure to leave the key on the above layers transparent or it may not work as intended.
 
 * `DF(layer)` - switches the default layer. The default layer is the always-active base layer that other layers stack on top of. See below for more about the default layer. This might be used to switch from QWERTY to Dvorak layout. (Note that this is a temporary switch that only persists until the keyboard loses power. To modify the default layer in a persistent way requires deeper customization, such as calling the `set_single_persistent_default_layer` function inside of [process_record_user](custom_quantum_functions.md#programming-the-behavior-of-any-keycode).)
 * `MO(layer)` - momentarily activates *layer*. As soon as you let go of the key, the layer is deactivated. 
-* `LM(layer, mod)` - Momentarily activates *layer* (like `MO`), but with modifier(s) *mod* active. Only supports layers 0-15 and the left modifiers.
-* `LT(layer, kc)` - momentarily activates *layer* when held, and sends *kc* when tapped.
+* `LM(layer, mod)` - Momentarily activates *layer* (like `MO`), but with modifier(s) *mod* active. Only supports layers 0-15 and the left modifiers: `MOD_LCTL`, `MOD_LSFT`, `MOD_LALT`, `MOD_LGUI` (note the use of `MOD_` constants instead of `KC_`). These modifiers can be combined using bitwise OR, e.g. `LM(_RAISE, MOD_LCTL | MOD_LALT)`.
+* `LT(layer, kc)` - momentarily activates *layer* when held, and sends *kc* when tapped. Only supports layers 0-15.
+* `OSL(layer)` - momentarily activates *layer* until the next key is pressed. See [One Shot Keys](#one-shot-keys) for details and additional functionality.
 * `TG(layer)` - toggles *layer*, activating it if it's inactive and vice versa
 * `TO(layer)` - activates *layer* and de-activates all other layers (except your default layer). This function is special, because instead of just adding/removing one layer to your active layer stack, it will completely replace your current active layers, uniquely allowing you to replace higher layers with a lower one. This is activated on keydown (as soon as the key is pressed).
 * `TT(layer)` - Layer Tap-Toggle. If you hold the key down, *layer* is activated, and then is de-activated when you let go (like `MO`). If you repeatedly tap it, the layer will be toggled on or off (like `TG`). It needs 5 taps by default, but you can change this by defining `TAPPING_TOGGLE` -- for example, `#define TAPPING_TOGGLE 2` to toggle on just two taps.
@@ -33,7 +36,7 @@ These functions allow you to activate layers in various ways. Note that layers a
 
 Care must be taken when switching layers, it's possible to lock yourself into a layer with no way to deactivate that layer (without unplugging your keyboard.) We've created some guidelines to help users avoid the most common problems.
 
-### Beginners
+## Beginners
 
 If you are just getting started with QMK you will want to keep everything simple. Follow these guidelines when setting up your layers:
 
@@ -41,11 +44,11 @@ If you are just getting started with QMK you will want to keep everything simple
 * Arrange your layers in a "tree" layout, with layer 0 as the root. Do not try to enter the same layer from more than one other layer.
 * In a layer's keymap, only reference higher-numbered layers. Because layers are processed from the highest-numbered (topmost) active layer down, modifying the state of lower layers can be tricky and error-prone.
 
-### Intermediate Users
+## Intermediate Users
 
 Sometimes you need more than one base layer. For example, if you want to switch between QWERTY and Dvorak, switch between layouts for different countries, or switch your layout for different videogames. Your base layers should always be the lowest numbered layers. When you have multiple base layers you should always treat them as mutually exclusive. When one base layer is on the others are off.
 
-### Advanced Users
+## Advanced Users
 
 Once you have a good feel for how layers work and what you can do, you can get more creative. The rules listed in the beginner section will help you be successful by avoiding some of the tricker details but they can be constraining, especially for ultra-compact keyboard users. Understanding how layers work will allow you to use them in more advanced ways.
 
@@ -55,85 +58,80 @@ Sometimes, you might want to switch between layers in a macro or as part of a ta
 
 # Modifier Keys
 
-These functions allow you to combine a mod with a keycode. When pressed the keydown for the mod will be sent first, and then *kc* will be sent. When released the keyup for *kc* will be sent and then the mod will be sent.
+These allow you to combine a modifier with a keycode. When pressed, the keydown event for the modifier, then `kc` will be sent. On release, the keyup event for `kc`, then the modifier will be sent.
 
-* `LSFT(kc)` or `S(kc)` - applies left Shift to *kc* (keycode)
-* `RSFT(kc)` - applies right Shift to *kc*
-* `LCTL(kc)` - applies left Control to *kc*
-* `RCTL(kc)` - applies right Control to *kc*
-* `LALT(kc)` - applies left Alt to *kc*
-* `RALT(kc)` - applies right Alt to *kc*
-* `LGUI(kc)` - applies left GUI (command/win) to *kc*
-* `RGUI(kc)` - applies right GUI (command/win) to *kc*
-* `HYPR(kc)` - applies Hyper (all modifiers) to *kc*
-* `MEH(kc)`  - applies Meh (all modifiers except Win/Cmd) to *kc*
-* `LCAG(kc)` - applies CtrlAltGui to *kc*
+|Key       |Aliases                        |Description                                         |
+|----------|-------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------|
+|`LCTL(kc)`|`C(kc)`                        |Hold Left Control and press `kc`                    |
+|`LSFT(kc)`|`S(kc)`                        |Hold Left Shift and press `kc`                      |
+|`LALT(kc)`|`A(kc)`                        |Hold Left Alt and press `kc`                        |
+|`LGUI(kc)`|`G(kc)`, `LCMD(kc)`, `LWIN(kc)`|Hold Left GUI and press `kc`                        |
+|`RCTL(kc)`|                               |Hold Right Control and press `kc`                   |
+|`RSFT(kc)`|                               |Hold Right Shift and press `kc`                     |
+|`RALT(kc)`|`ALGR(kc)`                     |Hold Right Alt and press `kc`                       |
+|`RGUI(kc)`|`RCMD(kc)`, `LWIN(kc)`         |Hold Right GUI and press `kc`                       |
+|`SGUI(kc)`|`SCMD(kc)`, `SWIN(kc)`         |Hold Left Shift and GUI and press `kc`              |
+|`LCA(kc)` |                               |Hold Left Control and Alt and press `kc`            |
+|`LCAG(kc)`|                               |Hold Left Control, Alt and GUI and press `kc`       |
+|`MEH(kc)` |                               |Hold Left Control, Shift and Alt and press `kc`     |
+|`HYPR(kc)`|                               |Hold Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI and press `kc`|
 
-You can also chain these, like this:
+You can also chain them, for example `LCTL(LALT(KC_DEL))` makes a key that sends Control+Alt+Delete with a single keypress.
 
-    LALT(LCTL(KC_DEL)) -- this makes a key that sends Alt, Control, and Delete in a single keypress.
+# Mod-Tap
 
-# Shifted Keycodes
+The Mod-Tap key `MT(mod, kc)` acts like a modifier when held, and a regular keycode when tapped. In other words, you can have a key that sends Escape when you tap it, but functions as a Control or Shift key when you hold it down.
 
-The following shortcuts automatically add `LSFT()` to keycodes to get commonly used symbols.
+The modifiers this keycode and `OSM()` accept are prefixed with `MOD_`, not `KC_`:
 
-|Key                     |Aliases           |Description        |
-|------------------------|------------------|-------------------|
-|`KC_TILDE`              |`KC_TILD`         |`~`                |
-|`KC_EXCLAIM`            |`KC_EXLM`         |`!`                |
-|`KC_AT`                 |                  |`@`                |
-|`KC_HASH`               |                  |`#`                |
-|`KC_DOLLAR`             |`KC_DLR`          |`$`                |
-|`KC_PERCENT`            |`KC_PERC`         |`%`                |
-|`KC_CIRCUMFLEX`         |`KC_CIRC`         |`^`                |
-|`KC_AMPERSAND`          |`KC_AMPR`         |`&`                |
-|`KC_ASTERISK`           |`KC_ASTR`         |`*`                |
-|`KC_LEFT_PAREN`         |`KC_LPRN`         |`(`                |
-|`KC_RIGHT_PAREN`        |`KC_RPRN`         |`)`                |
-|`KC_UNDERSCORE`         |`KC_UNDS`         |`_`                |
-|`KC_PLUS`               |                  |`+`                |
-|`KC_LEFT_CURLY_BRACE`   |`KC_LCBR`         |`{`                |
-|`KC_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACE`  |`KC_RCBR`         |`}`                |
-|`KC_PIPE`               |                  |<code>&#124;</code>|
-|`KC_COLON`              |`KC_COLN`         |`:`                |
-|`KC_DOUBLE_QUOTE`       |`KC_DQT`/`KC_DQUO`|`"`                |
-|`KC_LEFT_ANGLE_BRACKET` |`KC_LT`/`KC_LABK` |`<`                |
-|`KC_RIGHT_ANGLE_BRACKET`|`KC_GT`/`KC_RABK` |`>`                |
-|`KC_QUESTION`           |`KC_QUES`         |`?`                |
+|Modifier  |Description                             |
+|----------|----------------------------------------|
+|`MOD_LCTL`|Left Control                            |
+|`MOD_LSFT`|Left Shift                              |
+|`MOD_LALT`|Left Alt                                |
+|`MOD_LGUI`|Left GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key)     |
+|`MOD_RCTL`|Right Control                           |
+|`MOD_RSFT`|Right Shift                             |
+|`MOD_RALT`|Right Alt (AltGr)                       |
+|`MOD_RGUI`|Right GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key)    |
+|`MOD_HYPR`|Hyper (Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI)|
+|`MOD_MEH` |Meh (Left Control, Shift, and Alt)      |
 
-# Mod Tap
+You can combine these by ORing them together like so:
 
-`MT(mod, kc)` - is *mod* (modifier key - MOD_LCTL, MOD_LSFT) when held, and *kc* when tapped. In other words, you can have a key that sends Esc (or the letter O or whatever) when you tap it, but works as a Control key or a Shift key when you hold it down.
+```c
+MT(MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT, KC_ESC)
+```
 
-These are the values you can use for the `mod` in `MT()` and `OSM()`:
+This key would activate Left Control and Left Shift when held, and send Escape when tapped.
 
-  * MOD_LCTL
-  * MOD_LSFT
-  * MOD_LALT
-  * MOD_LGUI
-  * MOD_RCTL
-  * MOD_RSFT
-  * MOD_RALT
-  * MOD_RGUI
-  * MOD_HYPR
-  * MOD_MEH
+For convenience, QMK includes some Mod-Tap shortcuts to make common combinations more compact in your keymap:
 
-These can also be combined like `MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT` e.g. `MT(MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT, KC_ESC)` which would activate Control and Shift when held, and send Escape when tapped.
+|Key         |Aliases                                                          |Description                                            |
+|------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
+|`LCTL_T(kc)`|`CTL_T(kc)`                                                      |Left Control when held, `kc` when tapped               |
+|`LSFT_T(kc)`|`SFT_T(kc)`                                                      |Left Shift when held, `kc` when tapped                 |
+|`LALT_T(kc)`|`ALT_T(kc)`                                                      |Left Alt when held, `kc` when tapped                   |
+|`LGUI_T(kc)`|`LCMD_T(kc)`, `LWIN_T(kc)`, `GUI_T(kc)`, `CMD_T(kc)`, `WIN_T(kc)`|Left GUI when held, `kc` when tapped                   |
+|`RCTL_T(kc)`|                                                                 |Right Control when held, `kc` when tapped              |
+|`RSFT_T(kc)`|                                                                 |Right Shift when held, `kc` when tapped                |
+|`RALT_T(kc)`|`ALGR_T(kc)`                                                     |Right Alt when held, `kc` when tapped                  |
+|`RGUI_T(kc)`|`RCMD_T(kc)`, `RWIN_T(kc)`                                       |Right GUI when held, `kc` when tapped                  |
+|`SGUI_T(kc)`|`SCMD_T(kc)`, `SWIN_T(kc)`                                       |Left Shift and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped         |
+|`LCA_T(kc)` |                                                                 |Left Control and Alt when held, `kc` when tapped       |
+|`LCAG_T(kc)`|                                                                 |Left Control, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped  |
+|`RCAG_T(kc)`|                                                                 |Right Control, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped |
+|`C_S_T(kc)` |                                                                 |Left Control and Shift when held, `kc` when tapped     |
+|`MEH_T(kc)` |                                                                 |Left Control, Shift and Alt when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|`HYPR_T(kc)`|`ALL_T(kc)`                                                      |Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped - more info [here](http://brettterpstra.com/2012/12/08/a-useful-caps-lock-key/)|
 
-We've added shortcuts to make common modifier/tap (mod-tap) mappings more compact:
+## Caveats
 
-  * `CTL_T(kc)` - is LCTL when held and *kc* when tapped
-  * `SFT_T(kc)` - is LSFT when held and *kc* when tapped
-  * `ALT_T(kc)` - is LALT when held and *kc* when tapped
-  * `ALGR_T(kc)` - is AltGr when held and *kc* when tapped
-  * `GUI_T(kc)` - is LGUI when held and *kc* when tapped
-  * `ALL_T(kc)` - is Hyper (all mods) when held and *kc* when tapped. To read more about what you can do with a Hyper key, see [this blog post by Brett Terpstra](http://brettterpstra.com/2012/12/08/a-useful-caps-lock-key/)
-  * `LCAG_T(kc)` - is CtrlAltGui when held and *kc* when tapped
-  * `MEH_T(kc)` - is like Hyper, but not as cool -- does not include the Cmd/Win key, so just sends Alt+Ctrl+Shift.
+Unfortunately, these keycodes cannot be used in Mod-Taps or Layer-Taps, since any modifiers specified in the keycode are ignored.
 
-?> Due to the way that keycodes are structured, any modifiers specified as part of `kc`, such as `LCTL()` or `KC_LPRN`, will only activate when held instead of tapped.
+Additionally, you may run into issues when using Remote Desktop Connection on Windows. Because these codes send shift very fast, Remote Desktop may miss the codes.
 
-?> Additionally, if there is at least one right modifier, any other modifiers will turn into their right equivalents, so it is not possible to "mix and match" the two.
+To fix this, open Remote Desktop Connection, click on "Show Options", open the the "Local Resources" tab. In the keyboard section, change the drop down to "On this Computer". This will fix the issue, and allow the characters to work correctly.
 
 # One Shot Keys
 
@@ -143,35 +141,188 @@ For example, if you define a key as `OSM(MOD_LSFT)`, you can type a capital A ch
 
 One shot keys also work as normal modifiers. If you hold down a one shot key and type other keys, your one shot will be released immediately after you let go of the key.
 
+Additionally, hitting keys five times in a short period will lock that key. This applies for both One Shot Modifiers and One Shot Layers, and is controlled by the `ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE` define.
+
 You can control the behavior of one shot keys by defining these in `config.h`:
 
 ```c
-#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 5  /* Tapping this number of times holds the key until tapped this number of times again. */
+#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 5  /* Tapping this number of times holds the key until tapped once again. */
 #define ONESHOT_TIMEOUT 5000  /* Time (in ms) before the one shot key is released */
 ```
 
 * `OSM(mod)` - Momentarily hold down *mod*. You must use the `MOD_*` keycodes as shown in [Mod Tap](#mod-tap), not the `KC_*` codes.
 * `OSL(layer)` - momentary switch to *layer*.
 
-Sometimes, you want to activate a one-shot layer as part of a macro or tap dance routine. To do this, you need to call `set_oneshot_layer(LAYER, ONESHOT_START)` on key down, and `set_oneshot_layer(ONESHOT_PRESSED)` on key up. If you want to cancel the oneshot, call `reset_oneshot_layer()`. For more complicated actions, take a look at the oneshot implementation in [`process_record`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/action.c#L429).
+Sometimes, you want to activate a one-shot key as part of a macro or tap dance routine.  
 
-If you're having issues with OSM translating over Remote Desktop Connection, this can be fixed by opening the settings, going to the "Local Resources" tap, and in the keyboard section, change the drop down to "On this Computer".  This will fix the issue and allow OSM to function properly over Remote Desktop.
+For one shot layers, you need to call `set_oneshot_layer(LAYER, ONESHOT_START)` on key down, and `set_oneshot_layer(ONESHOT_PRESSED)` on key up. If you want to cancel the oneshot, call `reset_oneshot_layer()`.
 
-# Permissive Hold
+For one shot mods, you need to call `set_oneshot_mods(MOD)` to set it, or `clear_oneshot_mods()` to cancel it.
+
+!> If you're having issues with OSM translating over Remote Desktop Connection, this can be fixed by opening the settings, going to the "Local Resources" tap, and in the keyboard section, change the drop down to "On this Computer".  This will fix the issue and allow OSM to function properly over Remote Desktop.
+
+## Callbacks
+
+When you'd like to perform custom logic when pressing a one shot key, there are several callbacks you can choose to implement. You could indicate changes in one shot keys by flashing an LED or making a sound, for example.
+
+There is a callback for `OSM(mod)`. It is called whenever the state of any one shot modifier key is changed: when it toggles on, but also when it is toggled off. You can use it like this:
+
+```c
+void oneshot_mods_changed_user(uint8_t mods) {
+  if (mods & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) {
+    println("Oneshot mods SHIFT");
+  }
+  if (mods & MOD_MASK_CTRL) {
+    println("Oneshot mods CTRL");
+  }
+  if (mods & MOD_MASK_ALT) {
+    println("Oneshot mods ALT");
+  }
+  if (mods & MOD_MASK_GUI) {
+    println("Oneshot mods GUI");
+  }
+  if (!mods) {
+    println("Oneshot mods off");
+  }
+}
+```
+
+The `mods` argument contains the active mods after the change, so it reflects the current state.
+
+When you use One Shot Tap Toggle (by adding `#define ONESHOT_TAP_TOGGLE 2` in your `config.h` file), you may lock a modifier key by pressing it the specified amount of times. There's a callback for that, too:
+
+```c
+void oneshot_locked_mods_changed_user(uint8_t mods) {
+  if (mods & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) {
+    println("Oneshot locked mods SHIFT");
+  }
+  if (mods & MOD_MASK_CTRL) {
+    println("Oneshot locked mods CTRL");
+  }
+  if (mods & MOD_MASK_ALT) {
+    println("Oneshot locked mods ALT");
+  }
+  if (mods & MOD_MASK_GUI) {
+    println("Oneshot locked mods GUI");
+  }
+  if (!mods) {
+    println("Oneshot locked mods off");
+  }
+}
+```
+
+Last, there is also a callback for the `OSL(layer)` one shot key:
+
+```c
+void oneshot_layer_changed_user(uint8_t layer) {
+  if (layer == 1) {
+    println("Oneshot layer 1 on");
+  }
+  if (!layer) {
+    println("Oneshot layer off");
+  }
+}
+```
+
+If any one shot layer is switched off, `layer` will be zero. When you're looking to do something on any layer change instead of one shot layer changes, `layer_state_set_user` is a better callback to use.
+
+If you are making your own keyboard, there are also `_kb` equivalent functions:
+
+```c
+void oneshot_locked_mods_changed_kb(uint8_t mods);
+void oneshot_mods_changed_kb(uint8_t mods);
+void oneshot_layer_changed_kb(uint8_t layer);
+```
+
+As with any callback, be sure to call the `_user` variant to allow for further customizability.
+
+# Tap-Hold Configuration Options
+
+While Tap-Hold options are fantastic, they are not without their issues.  We have tried to configure them with reasonal defaults, but that may still cause issues for some people. 
+
+These options let you modify the behavior of the Tap-Hold keys.
+
+## Permissive Hold
 
 As of [PR#1359](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/1359/), there is a new `config.h` option:
 
-```
+```c
 #define PERMISSIVE_HOLD
 ```
 
-This makes it easier for fast typists to use dual-function keys. Without this, if you let go of a held key inside the tapping term, it won't register.
+This makes tap and hold keys (like Mod Tap) work better for fast typist, or for high `TAPPING_TERM` settings. 
 
-Example: (Tapping Term = 200ms)
+If you press a Mod Tap key, tap another key (press and release) and then release the Mod Tap key, all within the tapping term, it will output the "tapping" function for both keys.
 
-- SHFT_T(KC_A) Down
-- KC_X Down
-- KC_X Up
-- SHFT_T(KC_A) Up
+For Instance:
 
-With defaults, if above is typed within tapping term, this will emit `ax`. With permissive hold, if above is typed within tapping term, this will emit `X` (so, Shift+X).
+- `SFT_T(KC_A)` Down
+- `KC_X` Down
+- `KC_X` Up
+- `SFT_T(KC_A)` Up
+
+Normally, if you do all this within the `TAPPING_TERM` (default: 200ms) this will be registered as `ax` by the firmware and host system. With permissive hold enabled, this modifies how this is handled by considering the Mod Tap keys as a Mod if another key is tapped, and would registered as `X` (`SHIFT`+`x`). 
+
+?> If you have `Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt` enabled, as well, this will modify how both work. The regular key has the modifier added if the first key is released first or if both keys are held longer than the `TAPPING_TERM`.
+
+## Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt
+
+To enable this setting, add this to your `config.h`:
+
+```c
+#define IGNORE_MOD_TAP_INTERRUPT
+```
+
+Similar to Permissive Hold, this alters how the firmware processes input for fast typist. If you press a Mod Tap key, press another key, release the Mod Tap key, and then release the normal key, it would normally output the "tapping" function for both keys. This may not be desirable for rolling combo keys. 
+
+Setting `Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt` requires  holding both keys for the `TAPPING_TERM` to trigger the hold function (the mod).
+
+For Instance:
+
+- `SFT_T(KC_A)` Down
+- `KC_X` Down
+- `SFT_T(KC_A)` Up
+- `KC_X` Up
+
+Normally, this would send `X` (`SHIFT`+`x`). With `Ignore Mod Tap Interrupt` enabled, holding both keys are required for the `TAPPING_TERM` to register the hold action. A quick tap will output `ax` in this case, while a hold on both will still output `X`  (`SHIFT`+`x`).
+
+
+?> __Note__: This only concerns modifiers and not layer switching keys.
+
+?> If you have `Permissive Hold` enabled, as well, this will modify how both work. The regular key has the modifier added if the first key is released first or if both keys are held longer than the `TAPPING_TERM`.
+
+## Tapping Force Hold
+
+To enable `tapping force hold`, add the following to your `config.h`: 
+
+```c
+#define TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD
+```
+
+When the user holds a key after tap, this repeats the tapped key rather to hold a modifier key.  This allows to use auto repeat for the tapped key.  
+
+Example:
+
+- SFT_T(KC_A) Down
+- SFT_T(KC_A) Up
+- SFT_T(KC_A) Down
+- wait more than tapping term...
+- SFT_T(KC_A) Up
+
+With default settings, `a` will be sent on the first release, then `a` will be sent on the second press allowing the computer to trigger its auto repeat function.
+
+With `TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD`, the second press will be interpreted as a Shift, allowing to use it as a modifier shortly after having used it as a tap.
+
+!> `TAPPING_FORCE_HOLD` will break anything that uses tapping toggles (Such as the `TT` layer keycode, and the One Shot Tapping Toggle).
+
+## Retro Tapping
+
+To enable `retro tapping`, add the following to your `config.h`: 
+
+```c
+#define RETRO_TAPPING
+```
+
+Holding and releasing a dual function key without pressing another key will result in nothing happening. With retro tapping enabled, releasing the key without pressing another will send the original keycode even if it is outside the tapping term.
+
+For instance, holding and releasing `LT(2, KC_SPACE)` without hitting another key will result in nothing happening. With this enabled, it will send `KC_SPACE` instead.

docs/feature_audio.md

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 Your keyboard can make sounds! If you've got a Planck, Preonic, or basically any AVR keyboard that allows access to certain PWM-capable pins, you can hook up a simple speaker and make it beep. You can use those beeps to indicate layer transitions, modifiers, special keys, or just to play some funky 8bit tunes.
 
 Up to two simultaneous audio voices are supported, one driven by timer 1 and another driven by timer 3.  The following pins can be defined as audio outputs in config.h:
+
 Timer 1:
 `#define B5_AUDIO`
 `#define B6_AUDIO`
@@ -20,6 +21,8 @@ STARTUP_SONG // plays when the keyboard starts up (audio.c)
 GOODBYE_SONG // plays when you press the RESET key (quantum.c)
 AG_NORM_SONG // plays when you press AG_NORM (quantum.c)
 AG_SWAP_SONG // plays when you press AG_SWAP (quantum.c)
+CG_NORM_SONG // plays when you press CG_NORM (quantum.c)
+CG_SWAP_SONG // plays when you press CG_SWAP (quantum.c)
 MUSIC_ON_SONG // plays when music mode is activated (process_music.c)
 MUSIC_OFF_SONG // plays when music mode is deactivated (process_music.c)
 CHROMATIC_SONG // plays when the chromatic music mode is selected (process_music.c)
@@ -58,6 +61,22 @@ PLAY_LOOP(my_song);
 
 It's advised that you wrap all audio features in `#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE` / `#endif` to avoid causing problems when audio isn't built into the keyboard.
 
+The available keycodes for audio are: 
+
+* `AU_ON` - Turn Audio Feature on
+* `AU_OFF` - Turn Audio Feature off
+* `AU_TOG` - Toggle Audio Feature state
+
+!> These keycodes turn all of the audio functionality on and off.  Turning it off means that audio feedback, audio clicky, music mode, etc. are disabled, completely. 
+
+## ARM Audio Volume
+
+For ARM devices, you can adjust the DAC sample values. If your board is too loud for you or your coworkers, you can set the max using `DAC_SAMPLE_MAX` in your `config.h`:
+
+```c
+#define DAC_SAMPLE_MAX 65535U
+```
+
 ## Music Mode
 
 The music mode maps your columns to a chromatic scale, and your rows to octaves. This works best with ortholinear keyboards, but can be made to work with others. All keycodes less than `0xFF` get blocked, so you won't type while playing notes - if you have special keys/mods, those will still work. A work-around for this is to jump to a different layer with KC_NOs before (or after) enabling music mode.
@@ -83,6 +102,16 @@ In music mode, the following keycodes work differently, and don't pass through:
 * `KC_UP` - speed-up playback
 * `KC_DOWN` - slow-down playback
 
+The pitch standard (`PITCH_STANDARD_A`) is 440.0f by default - to change this, add something like this to your `config.h`:
+
+    #define PITCH_STANDARD_A 432.0f
+
+You can completely disable Music Mode as well. This is useful, if you're pressed for space on your controller.  To disable it, add this to your `config.h`:
+
+    #define NO_MUSIC_MODE
+
+### Music Mask
+
 By default, `MUSIC_MASK` is set to `keycode < 0xFF` which means keycodes less than `0xFF` are turned into notes, and don't output anything. You can change this by defining this in your `config.h` like this:
 
     #define MUSIC_MASK keycode != KC_NO
@@ -103,30 +132,43 @@ For a more advanced way to control which keycodes should still be processed, you
 
 Things that return false are not part of the mask, and are always processed.
 
-The pitch standard (`PITCH_STANDARD_A`) is 440.0f by default - to change this, add something like this to your `config.h`:
+### Music Map
 
-    #define PITCH_STANDARD_A 432.0f
+By default, the Music Mode uses the columns and row to determine the scale for the keys. For a board that uses a rectangular matrix that matches the keyboard layout, this is just fine.  However, for boards that use a more complicated matrix (such as the Planck Rev6, or many split keyboards) this would result in a very skewed experience.  
 
-You can completely disable Music Mode as well. This is useful, if you're pressed for space on your controller.  To disable it, add this to your `config.h`:
+However, the Music Map option allows you to remap the scaling for the music mode, so it fits the layout, and is more natural. 
 
-    #define NO_MUSIC_MODE
+To enable this feature, add `#define MUSIC_MAP` to your `config.h` file, and then you will want to add a `uint8_t music_map` to your keyboard's `c` file, or your `keymap.c`.
 
-## Faux Click
+```c
+const uint8_t music_map[MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = LAYOUT_ortho_4x12(
+	36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
+	24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
+	12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23,
+	 0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11
+);
+```
+
+You will want to use whichever `LAYOUT` macro that your keyboard uses here.  This maps it to the correct key location.  Start in  the bottom left of the keyboard layout, and  move to the right, and then upwards.  Fill in all the entries until you have a complete matrix.  
+
+You can look at the [Planck Keyboard](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/e9ace1487887c1f8b4a7e8e6d87c322988bec9ce/keyboards/planck/planck.c#L24-L29) as an example of how to implement this. 
+
+## Audio Click
 
 This adds a click sound each time you hit a button, to simulate click sounds from the keyboard. And the sounds are slightly different for each keypress, so it doesn't sound like a single long note, if you type rapidly. 
 
 * `CK_TOGG` - Toggles the status (will play sound if enabled)
-* `CK_RST` - Resets the frequency to the default state 
-* `CK_UP` - Increases the frequency of the clicks
-* `CK_DOWN` - Decreases the frequency of the clicks
+* `CK_ON` - Turns on Audio Click (plays sound)
+* `CK_OFF` - Turns off Audio Click (doesn't play sound)
+* `CK_RST` - Resets the frequency to the default state (plays sound at default frequency)
+* `CK_UP` - Increases the frequency of the clicks (plays sound at new frequency)
+* `CK_DOWN` - Decreases the frequency of the clicks (plays sound at new frequency)
+
 
 The feature is disabled by default, to save space.  To enable it, add this to your `config.h`:
 
     #define AUDIO_CLICKY
 
-Additionally, even when enabled, the feature is not enabled by default, so you would need to turn it on first.  And since we don't use EEPROM to store the setting (yet), you can default this to on by adding this to your `config.h`:
-
-    #define AUDIO_CLICKY_ON
 
 You can configure the default, min and max frequencies, the stepping and built in randomness by defining these values: 
 
@@ -135,15 +177,33 @@ You can configure the default, min and max frequencies, the stepping and built i
 | `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_DEFAULT` | 440.0f | Sets the default/starting audio frequency for the clicky sounds. |
 | `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_MIN` | 65.0f | Sets the lowest frequency (under 60f are a bit buggy). |
 | `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_MAX` | 1500.0f | Sets the the highest frequency. Too high may result in coworkers attacking you. |
-| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_FACTOR` | 1.18921f| Sets the stepping of UP/DOWN key codes. |
-| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_RANDOMNESS`     |  0.05f |  Sets a factor of randomness for the clicks, Setting this to `0f` will make each click identical. | 
+| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_FACTOR` | 1.18921f| Sets the stepping of UP/DOWN key codes.  This is a multiplicative factor.  The default steps the frequency up/down by a musical minor third.  |
+| `AUDIO_CLICKY_FREQ_RANDOMNESS`     |  0.05f |  Sets a factor of randomness for the clicks, Setting this to `0f` will make each click identical, and `1.0f` will make this sound much like the 90's computer screen scrolling/typing effect. | 
+| `AUDIO_CLICKY_DELAY_DURATION` | 1 | An integer note duration where 1 is 1/16th of the tempo, or a sixty-fourth note (see `quantum/audio/musical_notes.h` for implementation details). The main clicky effect will be delayed by this duration.  Adjusting this to values around 6-12 will help compensate for loud switches. |
 
 
 
 
 ## MIDI Functionality
 
-This is still a WIP, but check out `quantum/keymap_midi.c` to see what's happening. Enable from the Makefile.
+This is still a WIP, but check out `quantum/process_keycode/process_midi.c` to see what's happening. Enable from the Makefile.
+
+
+## Audio Keycodes
+
+|Key             |Aliases  |Description                       |
+|----------------|---------|----------------------------------|
+|`AU_ON`         |         |Audio mode on                     |
+|`AU_OFF`        |         |Audio mode off                    |
+|`AU_TOG`        |         |Toggles Audio mode                |
+|`CLICKY_TOGGLE` |`CK_TOGG`|Toggles Audio clicky mode         |
+|`CLICKY_UP`     |`CK_UP`  |Increases frequency of the clicks |
+|`CLICKY_DOWN`   |`CK_DOWN`|Decreases frequency of the clicks |
+|`CLICKY_RESET`  |`CK_RST` |Resets frequency to default       |
+|`MU_ON`         |         |Turns on Music Mode               |
+|`MU_OFF`        |         |Turns off Music Mode              |
+|`MU_TOG`        |         |Toggles Music Mode                |
+|`MU_MOD`        |         |Cycles through the music modes    |
 
 <!-- FIXME: this formatting needs work
 

docs/feature_backlight.md

@@ -1,10 +1,20 @@
 # Backlighting
 
-<!-- FIXME: Describe how backlighting works in QMK -->
+Many keyboards support backlit keys by way of individual LEDs placed through or underneath the keyswitches. QMK is able to control the brightness of these LEDs by switching them on and off rapidly in a certain ratio, a technique known as *Pulse Width Modulation*, or PWM. By altering the duty cycle of the PWM signal, it creates the illusion of dimming.
 
-## Backlight Keycodes
+The MCU can only supply so much current to its GPIO pins. Instead of powering the backlight directly from the MCU, the backlight pin is connected to a transistor or MOSFET that switches the power to the LEDs.
 
-These keycodes control the backlight. Most keyboards use this for single color in-switch lighting.
+## Usage
+
+Most keyboards have backlighting enabled by default if they support it, but if it is not working for you, check that your `rules.mk` includes the following:
+
+```make
+BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+You should then be able to use the keycodes below to change the backlight level.
+
+## Keycodes
 
 |Key      |Description                               |
 |---------|------------------------------------------|
@@ -16,24 +26,107 @@ These keycodes control the backlight. Most keyboards use this for single color i
 |`BL_DEC` |Decrease the backlight level              |
 |`BL_BRTG`|Toggle backlight breathing                |
 
-Note that for backlight breathing, you need to have `#define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING` in your config.h.
+## Caveats
 
-## Configuration Options in `config.h`
+This feature is distinct from both the [RGB underglow](feature_rgblight.md) and [RGB matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) features as it usually allows for only a single colour per switch, though you can obviously use multiple different coloured LEDs on a keyboard.
 
-* `BACKLIGHT_PIN B7` defines the pin that controlls the LEDs. Unless you design your own keyboard, you don't need to set this.
-* `BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3` defines the number of brightness levels (maximum 15 excluding off).
-* `BACKLIGHT_BREATHING` if defined, enables backlight breathing. Note that this is only available if `BACKLIGHT_PIN` is B5, B6 or B7.
-* `BREATHING_PERIOD 6` defines the length of one backlight "breath" in seconds.
+Hardware PWM is supported according to the following table:
 
-## Notes on Implementation
+|Backlight Pin|AT90USB64/128|ATmega16/32U4|ATmega16/32U2|ATmega32A|
+|-------------|-------------|-------------|-------------|---------|
+|`B5`         |Timer 1      |Timer 1      |             |         |
+|`B6`         |Timer 1      |Timer 1      |             |         |
+|`B7`         |Timer 1      |Timer 1      |Timer 1      |         |
+|`C4`         |Timer 3      |             |             |         |
+|`C5`         |Timer 3      |             |Timer 1      |         |
+|`C6`         |Timer 3      |Timer 3      |Timer 1      |         |
+|`D4`         |             |             |             |Timer 1  |
+|`D5`         |             |             |             |Timer 1  |
 
-To change the brightness when using pins B5, B6 or B7, the PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) functionality of the on-chip timer is used.
-The timer is a counter that counts up to a certain TOP value (`0xFFFF` set in ICR1) before resetting to 0.
-We also set an OCR1x register.
-When the counter reaches the value stored in that register, the PWM pin drops to low.
-The PWM pin is pulled high again when the counter resets to 0.
-Therefore, OCR1x basically sets the duty cycle of the LEDs and as such the brightness where `0` is the darkest and `0xFFFF` the brightest setting.
+All other pins will use software PWM. If the [Audio](feature_audio.md) feature is disabled or only using one timer, the backlight PWM can be triggered by a hardware timer:
 
-To enable the breathing effect, we register an interrupt handler to be called whenever the counter resets (with `ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect)`).
-In this handler, which gets called roughly 244 times per second, we compute the desired brightness using a precomputed brightness curve.
-To disable breathing, we can just disable the respective interrupt vector and reset the brightness to the desired level.
+|Audio Pin|Audio Timer|Software PWM Timer|
+|---------|-----------|------------------|
+|`C4`     |Timer 3    |Timer 1           |
+|`C5`     |Timer 3    |Timer 1           |
+|`C6`     |Timer 3    |Timer 1           |
+|`B5`     |Timer 1    |Timer 3           |
+|`B6`     |Timer 1    |Timer 3           |
+|`B7`     |Timer 1    |Timer 3           |
+
+When both timers are in use for Audio, the backlight PWM will not use a hardware timer, but will instead be triggered during the matrix scan. In this case, breathing is not supported, and the backlight might flicker, because the PWM computation may not be called with enough timing precision.
+
+## Configuration
+
+To change the behaviour of the backlighting, `#define` these in your `config.h`:
+
+|Define               |Default      |Description                                                                                                  |
+|---------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`BACKLIGHT_PIN`      |`B7`         |The pin that controls the LEDs. Unless you are designing your own keyboard, you shouldn't need to change this|
+|`BACKLIGHT_PINS`     |*Not defined*|experimental: see below for more information                                                                 |
+|`BACKLIGHT_LEVELS`   |`3`          |The number of brightness levels (maximum 31 excluding off)                                                   |
+|`BACKLIGHT_CAPS_LOCK`|*Not defined*|Enable Caps Lock indicator using backlight (for keyboards without dedicated LED)                             |
+|`BACKLIGHT_BREATHING`|*Not defined*|Enable backlight breathing, if supported                                                                     |
+|`BREATHING_PERIOD`   |`6`          |The length of one backlight "breath" in seconds                                                              |
+|`BACKLIGHT_ON_STATE` |`0`          |The state of the backlight pin when the backlight is "on" - `1` for high, `0` for low                        |
+
+## Backlight On State
+
+Most backlight circuits are driven by an N-channel MOSFET or NPN transistor. This means that to turn the transistor *on* and light the LEDs, you must drive the backlight pin, connected to the gate or base, *high*.
+Sometimes, however, a P-channel MOSFET, or a PNP transistor is used. In this case, when the transistor is on, the pin is driven *low* instead.
+
+This functionality is configured at the keyboard level with the `BACKLIGHT_ON_STATE` define.
+
+## Multiple backlight pins
+
+Most keyboards have only one backlight pin which control all backlight LEDs (especially if the backlight is connected to an hardware PWM pin).
+In software PWM, it is possible to define multiple backlight pins. All those pins will be turned on and off at the same time during the PWM duty cycle.
+This feature allows to set for instance the Caps Lock LED (or any other controllable LED) brightness at the same level as the other LEDs of the backlight. This is useful if you have mapped LCTRL in place of Caps Lock and you need the Caps Lock LED to be part of the backlight instead of being activated when Caps Lock is on.
+
+To activate multiple backlight pins, you need to add something like this to your user `config.h`:
+
+~~~c
+#define BACKLIGHT_LED_COUNT 2
+#undef BACKLIGHT_PIN
+#define BACKLIGHT_PINS { F5, B2 }
+~~~
+
+## Hardware PWM Implementation
+
+When using the supported pins for backlighting, QMK will use a hardware timer configured to output a PWM signal. This timer will count up to `ICRx` (by default `0xFFFF`) before resetting to 0.
+The desired brightness is calculated and stored in the `OCRxx` register. When the counter reaches this value, the backlight pin will go low, and is pulled high again when the counter resets.
+In this way `OCRxx` essentially controls the duty cycle of the LEDs, and thus the brightness, where `0x0000` is completely off and `0xFFFF` is completely on.
+
+The breathing effect is achieved by registering an interrupt handler for `TIMER1_OVF_vect` that is called whenever the counter resets, roughly 244 times per second.
+In this handler, the value of an incrementing counter is mapped onto a precomputed brightness curve. To turn off breathing, the interrupt handler is simply disabled, and the brightness reset to the level stored in EEPROM.
+
+## Software PWM Implementation
+
+When `BACKLIGHT_PIN` is not set to a hardware backlight pin, QMK will use a hardware timer configured to trigger software interrupts. This time will count up to `ICRx` (by default `0xFFFF`) before resetting to 0.
+When resetting to 0, the CPU will fire an OVF (overflow) interrupt that will turn the LEDs on, starting the duty cycle.
+The desired brightness is calculated and stored in the `OCRxx` register. When the counter reaches this value, the CPU will fire a Compare Output match interrupt, which will turn the LEDs off.
+In this way `OCRxx` essentially controls the duty cycle of the LEDs, and thus the brightness, where `0x0000` is completely off and `0xFFFF` is completely on.
+
+The breathing effect is the same as in the hardware PWM implementation.
+
+## Backlight Functions
+
+|Function  |Description                                                |
+|----------|-----------------------------------------------------------|
+|`backlight_toggle()`    |Turn the backlight on or off                 |
+|`backlight_enable()`    |Turn the backlight on                        |
+|`backlight_disable()`   |Turn the backlight off                       |
+|`backlight_step()`      |Cycle through backlight levels               |
+|`backlight_increase()`  |Increase the backlight level                 |
+|`backlight_decrease()`  |Decrease the backlight level                 |
+|`backlight_level(x)`    |Sets the backlight level to specified level  |
+|`get_backlight_level()` |Return the current backlight level           |
+|`is_backlight_enabled()`|Return whether the backlight is currently on |
+
+### Backlight Breathing Functions
+
+|Function  |Description                                               |
+|----------|----------------------------------------------------------|
+|`breathing_toggle()`  |Turn the backlight breathing on or off        |
+|`breathing_enable()`  |Turns on backlight breathing                  |
+|`breathing_disable()` |Turns off backlight breathing                 |

docs/feature_bluetooth.md

@@ -1,10 +1,40 @@
 # Bluetooth
 
-## Bluetooth Functionality
+## Bluetooth Known Supported Hardware
 
+Currently Bluetooth support is limited to AVR based chips. For Bluetooth 2.1 Qmk has support for RN-42 HID Firmware and Bluefruit EZ Key the later of which is not produced anymore. For more recent BLE protocols currently only the Adafruit Bluefruit SPI friend is directly supported. BLE is needed to connect to iOS devices. Note iOS does not support Mouse Input.
+
+|Board                                                           |Bluetooth Protocol          |Connection Type |Rules.mk                   |Bluetooth Chip|
+|----------------------------------------------------------------|----------------------------|----------------|---------------------------|--------------|
+|[Adafruit EzKey HID]("https://www.adafruit.com/product/1535")   |Bluetooth Classic           | UART           | BLUETOOTH = AdafruitEZKey |              |
+|Rover Networks RN-42 (Sparkfun Bluesmirf)                       |Bluetooth Classic           | UART           | BLUETOOTH = RN42          | RN-42        |
+|[Bluefruit LE SPI Friend](https://www.adafruit.com/product/2633)|Bluetooth Low Energy        | SPI            | BLUETOOTH = AdafruitBLE   | nRF5182      |
+
+Not Supported Yet but possible:
+* [Bluefruit LE UART Friend](https://www.adafruit.com/product/2479). [Possible tmk implementation found in](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/issues/514)
+* HC-05 boards flashed with RN-42 firmware. They apparently both use the CSR BC417 Chip. Flashing it with RN-42 firmware gives it HID capability.
+* [Sparkfun Bluetooth mate](https://www.sparkfun.com/products/14839)
+* HM-13 based boards
+
+### Adafruit BLE SPI Friend
+Currently The only bluetooth chipset supported by QMK is the Adafruit Bluefruit SPI Friend. It's a Nordic nRF5182 based chip running Adafruit's custom firmware. Data is transmitted via Adafruit's SDEP over Hardware SPI. The [Feather 32u4 Bluefruit LE](https://www.adafruit.com/product/2829) is supported as it's an AVR mcu connected via SPI to the Nordic BLE chip with Adafruit firmware. If Building a custom board with the SPI friend it would be easiest to just use the pin selection that the 32u4 feather uses but you can change the pins in the config.h options with the following defines:
+* #define AdafruitBleResetPin D4
+* #define AdafruitBleCSPin    B4
+* #define AdafruitBleIRQPin   E6
+
+A Bluefruit UART friend can be converted to an SPI friend, however this [requires](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/2274) some reflashing and soldering directly to the MDBT40 chip.
+
+## Adafruit EZ-Key hid
 This requires [some hardware changes](https://www.reddit.com/r/MechanicalKeyboards/comments/3psx0q/the_planck_keyboard_with_bluetooth_guide_and/?ref=search_posts), but can be enabled via the Makefile. The firmware will still output characters via USB, so be aware of this when charging via a computer. It would make sense to have a switch on the Bluefruit to turn it off at will.
 
+
 <!-- FIXME: Document bluetooth support more completely. -->
+## Bluetooth Rules.mk Options
+Use only one of these
+* BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = yes (Legacy Option)
+* BLUETOOTH = RN42
+* BLUETOOTH = AdafruitEZKey
+* BLUETOOTH = AdafruitBLE
 
 ## Bluetooth Keycodes
 

docs/feature_bootmagic.md

@@ -1,89 +1,160 @@
-# Bootmagic and Magic Keycodes
+# Bootmagic
 
-There are 3 separate but related features that allow you to change the behavior of your keyboard without reflashing. While each of them have similar functionality you access that functionality in different ways depending on how your keyboard is configured.
+There are three separate but related features that allow you to change the behavior of your keyboard without reflashing. While each of them have similar functionality, it is accessed in different ways depending on how your keyboard is configured.
 
-Bootmagic is a system for configuring your keyboard while it initializes. To trigger a Bootmagic command you hold down the bootmagic key (`KC_SPACE` on most keyboards) and one or more command keys.
+**Bootmagic** is a system for configuring your keyboard while it initializes. To trigger a Bootmagic command, hold down the Bootmagic key and one or more command keys.
 
-Bootmagic Keycodes allow you to access the Bootmagic functionality after your keyboard has initialized. To use Bootmagic Keycodes you assign keycodes starting with `MAGIC_`, much in the same way you define any other key.
+**Bootmagic Keycodes** are prefixed with `MAGIC_`, and allow you to access the Bootmagic functionality *after* your keyboard has initialized. To use the keycodes, assign them to your keymap as you would any other keycode.
 
-Command is a feature that allows you to control different aspects of your keyboard. Command used to be called Magic. Command is typically accessed by holding Left and Right Shift at the same time, although that can be customized. While it shares some functionality with Bootmagic it also allows you to access functionality that Bootmagic does not. For more information see the [Command](feature_command.md) documentation page.
+**Command**, formerly known as **Magic**, is another feature that allows you to control different aspects of your keyboard. While it shares some functionality with Bootmagic, it also allows you to do things that Bootmagic does not, such as printing version information to the console. For more information, see [Command](feature_command.md).
 
-## Enabling Bootmagic
+On some keyboards Bootmagic is disabled by default. If this is the case, it must be explicitly enabled in your `rules.mk` with:
 
-Bootmagic is disabled by default. To use Bootmagic you need to enable it in your `rules.mk` file:
+```make
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = full
+```
 
-    BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = yes
+?> You may see `yes` being used in place of `full`, and this is okay. However, `yes` is deprecated, and ideally `full` (or `lite`) should be used instead.
 
-## Bootmagic Hotkeys and Keycodes
+Additionally, you can use [Bootmagic Lite](#bootmagic-lite) (a scaled down, very basic version of Bootmagic) by adding the following to your `rules.mk` file:
 
-This table describes the default Hotkeys for Bootmagic and the Keycodes for Magic. These may be overriden at the Keyboard or Keymap level. Some functionality is not available in both methods.
+```make
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = lite
+```
 
-To use the Hotkey hold down `BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SALT` (`KC_SPACE` by default) and the Hotkey while plugging in your keyboard. To use the Keycode assign that keycode to a layer. For example, if you hold down Space+B while plugging in most keyboards, you will enter bootloader mode.
+## Hotkeys
 
-|Hotkey     |Keycode                           |Description                                             |
-|-----------|----------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------|
-|`ESC`      |                                  |Skip bootmagic and saved eeprom configuration           |
-|`B`        |`RESET`                           |Enter bootloader instead of firmware                    |
-|`D`        |`DEBUG`                           |Enable debugging (writes messages to serial)            |
-|`X`        |                                  |Enable matrix debugging                                 |
-|`K`        |                                  |Enable keyboard debugging                               |
-|`M`        |                                  |Enable mouse debugging                                  |
-|`BACKSPACE`|                                  |Clear the saved settings from flash                     |
-|`CAPSLOCK` |`MAGIC_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`       |Treat `Capslock` as `Control`                           |
-|           |`MAGIC_UNCAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`     |Stop treating CapsLock as Control                       |
-|`LCTRL`    |`MAGIC_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`     |Swap `Control` and `Capslock`                           |
-|           |`MAGIC_UNSWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`   |Unswap Left Control and Caps Lock                       |
-|           |`MAGIC_SWAP_ALT_GUI`              |Swap Alt and GUI on both sides                          |
-|           |`MAGIC_UNSWAP_ALT_GUI`            |Unswap Left Alt and GUI                                 |
-|`LALT`     |`MAGIC_SWAP_LALT_LGUI`            |Swap Left `Alt` and `GUI`, e.g. for OSX Opt and Cmd     |
-|           |`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LALT_LGUI`          |Unswap Left Alt and GUI                                 |
-|`RALT`     |`MAGIC_SWAP_RALT_RGUI`            |Swap Right `Alt` and `GUI`                              |
-|           |`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RALT_RGUI`          |Unswap Right Alt and GUI                                |
-|`LGUI`     |`MAGIC_NO_GUI`                    |Disable GUI key - e.g. disable Windows key during gaming|
-|           |`MAGIC_UNNO_GUI`                  |Enable the GUI key                                      |
-|`GRAVE`    |`MAGIC_SWAP_GRAVE_ESC`            |Swap `\`~` and `ESC`                                    |
-|           |`MAGIC_UNSWAP_GRAVE_ESC`          |Unswap `\`~` and Escape                                 |
-|`BACKSLASH`|`MAGIC_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`  |Swap Blackslash and Backspace                           |
-|           |`MAGIC_UNSWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`|Unswap Backslash and Backspace                          |
-|`N`        |`MAGIC_HOST_NKRO`                 |Force N-Key Rollover (NKRO) on                          |
-|           |`MAGIC_UNHOST_NKRO`               |Force NKRO off                                          |
-|           |`MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO`               |Toggle NKRO on or off                                   |
-|`0`        |`DF(0)`                           |Make Layer 0 the default layer at bootup                |
-|`1`        |`DF(1)`                           |Make Layer 1 the default layer at bootup                |
-|`2`        |`DF(2)`                           |Make Layer 2 the default layer at bootup                |
-|`3`        |`DF(3)`                           |Make Layer 3 the default layer at bootup                |
-|`4`        |`DF(4)`                           |Make Layer 4 the default layer at bootup                |
-|`5`        |`DF(5)`                           |Make Layer 5 the default layer at bootup                |
-|`6`        |`DF(6)`                           |Make Layer 6 the default layer at bootup                |
-|`7`        |`DF(7)`                           |Make Layer 7 the default layer at bootup                |
+Hold down the Bootmagic key (Space by default) and the desired hotkey while plugging in your keyboard. For example, holding Space+`B` should cause it to enter the bootloader.
 
-## Bootmagic Configuration
+|Hotkey            |Description                                  |
+|------------------|---------------------------------------------|
+|Escape            |Ignore Bootmagic configuration in EEPROM     |
+|`B`               |Enter the bootloader                         |
+|`D`               |Toggle debugging over serial                 |
+|`X`               |Toggle key matrix debugging                  |
+|`K`               |Toggle keyboard debugging                    |
+|`M`               |Toggle mouse debugging                       |
+|Backspace         |Clear the EEPROM                             |
+|Caps Lock         |Toggle treating Caps Lock as Left Control    |
+|Left Control      |Toggle swapping Caps Lock and Left Control   |
+|Left Alt          |Toggle swapping Left Alt and Left GUI        |
+|Right Alt         |Toggle swapping Right Alt and Right GUI      |
+|Left GUI          |Toggle the GUI keys (useful when gaming)     |
+|<code>&#96;</code>|Toggle swapping <code>&#96;</code> and Escape|
+|`\`               |Toggle swapping `\` and Backspace            |
+|`N`               |Toggle N-Key Rollover (NKRO)                 |
+|`0`               |Make layer 0 the default layer               |
+|`1`               |Make layer 1 the default layer               |
+|`2`               |Make layer 2 the default layer               |
+|`3`               |Make layer 3 the default layer               |
+|`4`               |Make layer 4 the default layer               |
+|`5`               |Make layer 5 the default layer               |
+|`6`               |Make layer 6 the default layer               |
+|`7`               |Make layer 7 the default layer               |
 
-When setting up your keyboard and/or keymap there are a number of `#define`s that control the behavior of Bootmagic. To use these put them in your `config.h`, either at the keyboard or keymap level.
+## Keycodes
 
-|Define |Default|Description |
-|-------|-------|------------|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SALT`|`KC_SPACE`|The key to hold down to trigger Bootmagic during initialization.|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SKIP`|`KC_ESC`|The Hotkey to ignore saved eeprom configuration.|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_EEPROM_CLEAR`|`KC_BSPACE`|The hotkey to clear the saved eeprom configuration.|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_BOOTLOADER`|`KC_B`|The hotkey to enter the bootloader.|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_ENABLE`|`KC_D`|The hotkey to enable debug mode.|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MATRIX`|`KC_X`|The hotkey to enable matrix debugging mode.|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_KEYBOARD`|`KC_K`|The hotkey to enable keyboard debugging mode.|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MOUSE`|`KC_M`|The hotkey to enable mouse debugging mode.|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`|`KC_LCTRL`||
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`|`KC_CAPSLOCK`||
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_LALT_LGUI`|`KC_LALT`||
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_RALT_RGUI`|`KC_RALT`||
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_NO_GUI`|`KC_LGUI`||
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_GRAVE_ESC`|`KC_GRAVE`||
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`|`KC_BSLASH`||
-|`BOOTMAGIC_HOST_NKRO`|`KC_N`||
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_0`|`KC_0`|Hotkey to set Layer 0 as the default layer|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_1`|`KC_1`|Hotkey to set Layer 1 as the default layer|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_2`|`KC_2`|Hotkey to set Layer 2 as the default layer|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_3`|`KC_3`|Hotkey to set Layer 3 as the default layer|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_4`|`KC_4`|Hotkey to set Layer 4 as the default layer|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_5`|`KC_5`|Hotkey to set Layer 5 as the default layer|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_6`|`KC_6`|Hotkey to set Layer 6 as the default layer|
-|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_7`|`KC_7`|Hotkey to set Layer 7 as the default layer|
+|Keycode                           |Aliases  |Description                               |
+|----------------------------------|---------|------------------------------------------|
+|`MAGIC_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`       |         |Treat Caps Lock as Left Control           |
+|`MAGIC_UNCAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`     |         |Stop treating Caps Lock as Left Control   |
+|`MAGIC_HOST_NKRO`                 |         |Force N-Key Rollover (NKRO) on            |
+|`MAGIC_UNHOST_NKRO`               |         |Force NKRO off                            |
+|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO`               |         |Turn NKRO on or off                       |
+|`MAGIC_NO_GUI`                    |         |Disable the GUI keys (useful when gaming) |
+|`MAGIC_UNNO_GUI`                  |         |Enable the GUI keys                       |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_ALT_GUI`              |`AG_SWAP`|Swap Alt and GUI on both sides (for macOS)|
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_ALT_GUI`            |`AG_NORM`|Unswap Alt and GUI                        |
+|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_ALT_GUI`            |`AG_TOGG`|Toggle Alt and GUI swap                   |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_CTL_GUI`              |`CG_SWAP`|Swap Ctrl and GUI on both sides (for macOS)|
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_CTL_GUI`            |`CG_NORM`|Unswap Ctrl and GUI                       |
+|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_CTL_GUI`            |`CG_TOGG`|Toggle Ctrl and GUI swap                  |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`  |         |Swap `\` and Backspace                    |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`|         |Unswap `\` and Backspace                  |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`     |         |Swap Left Control and Caps Lock           |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`   |         |Unswap Left Control and Caps Lock         |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_GRAVE_ESC`            |         |Swap <code>&#96;</code> and Escape        |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_GRAVE_ESC`          |         |Unswap <code>&#96;</code> and Escape      |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_LALT_LGUI`            |         |Swap Left Alt and Left GUI                |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LALT_LGUI`          |         |Unswap Left Alt and Left GUI              |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_RALT_RGUI`            |         |Swap Right Alt and Right GUI              |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RALT_RGUI`          |         |Unswap Right Alt and Right GUI            |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_LCTL_LGUI`            |         |Swap Left Control and Left GUI            |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LCTL_LGUI`          |         |Unswap Left Control and Left GUI          |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_RCTL_RGUI`            |         |Swap Right Control and Right GUI          |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RCTL_RGUI`          |         |Unswap Right Control and Right GUI        |
+
+## Configuration
+
+If you would like to change the hotkey assignments for Bootmagic, `#define` these in your `config.h` at either the keyboard or keymap level.
+
+|Define                                  |Default      |Description                                        |
+|----------------------------------------|-------------|---------------------------------------------------|
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SALT`                    |`KC_SPACE`   |The Bootmagic key                                  |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SKIP`                    |`KC_ESC`     |Ignore Bootmagic configuration in EEPROM           |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_EEPROM_CLEAR`            |`KC_BSPACE`  |Clear the EEPROM configuration                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_BOOTLOADER`              |`KC_B`       |Enter the bootloader                               |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_ENABLE`            |`KC_D`       |Toggle debugging over serial                       |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MATRIX`            |`KC_X`       |Toggle matrix debugging                            |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_KEYBOARD`          |`KC_K`       |Toggle keyboard debugging                          |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MOUSE`             |`KC_M`       |Toggle mouse debugging                             |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`   |`KC_LCTRL`   |Swap Left Control and Caps Lock                    |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`     |`KC_CAPSLOCK`|Toggle treating Caps Lock as Left Control          |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_LALT_LGUI`          |`KC_LALT`    |Toggle swapping Left Alt and Left GUI (for macOS)  |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_RALT_RGUI`          |`KC_RALT`    |Toggle swapping Right Alt and Right GUI (for macOS)|
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_NO_GUI`                  |`KC_LGUI`    |Toggle the GUI keys (useful when gaming)           |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_GRAVE_ESC`          |`KC_GRAVE`   |Toggle swapping <code>&#96;</code> and Escape      |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`|`KC_BSLASH`  |Toggle swapping `\` and Backspace                  |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_HOST_NKRO`                   |`KC_N`       |Toggle N-Key Rollover (NKRO)                       |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_0`         |`KC_0`       |Make layer 0 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_1`         |`KC_1`       |Make layer 1 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_2`         |`KC_2`       |Make layer 2 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_3`         |`KC_3`       |Make layer 3 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_4`         |`KC_4`       |Make layer 4 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_5`         |`KC_5`       |Make layer 5 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_6`         |`KC_6`       |Make layer 6 the default layer                     |
+|`BOOTMAGIC_KEY_DEFAULT_LAYER_7`         |`KC_7`       |Make layer 7 the default layer                     |
+
+# Bootmagic Lite
+
+In addition to the full blown Bootmagic feature, is the Bootmagic Lite feature that only handles jumping into the bootloader.  This is great for boards that don't have a physical reset button but you need a way to jump into the bootloader, and don't want to deal with the headache that Bootmagic can cause.
+
+To enable this version of Bootmagic, you need to enable it in your `rules.mk` with:
+
+```make
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = lite
+```
+
+Additionally, you may want to specify which key to use.  This is especially useful for keyboards that have unusual matrices.  To do so, you need to specify the row and column of the key that you want to use. Add these entries to your `config.h` file:
+
+```c
+#define BOOTMAGIC_LITE_ROW 0
+#define BOOTMAGIC_LITE_COLUMN 1
+```
+
+By default, these are set to 0 and 0, which is usually the "ESC" key on a majority of keyboards.
+
+And to trigger the bootloader, you hold this key down when plugging the keyboard in. Just the single key.
+
+!> Using bootmagic lite will **always reset** the EEPROM, so you will lose any settings that have been saved.
+
+## Advanced Bootmagic Lite
+
+The `bootmagic_lite` function is defined weakly, so that you can replace this in your code, if you need.  A great example of this is the Zeal60 boards that have some additional handling needed.
+
+To replace the function, all you need to do is add something like this to your code:
+
+```c
+void bootmagic_lite(void) {
+    matrix_scan();
+    wait_ms(DEBOUNCE * 2);
+    matrix_scan();
+
+    if (matrix_get_row(BOOTMAGIC_LITE_ROW) & (1 << BOOTMAGIC_LITE_COLUMN)) {
+      // Jump to bootloader.
+      bootloader_jump();
+    }
+}
+```
+
+You can additional feature here. For instance, resetting the eeprom or requiring additional keys to be pressed to trigger bootmagic.  Keep in mind that `bootmagic_lite` is called before a majority of features are initialized in the firmware.

docs/feature_combo.md

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+# Combos
+
+The Combo feature is a chording type solution for adding custom actions.  It lets you hit multiple keys at once and produce a different effect.  For instance, hitting `A` and `S` within the tapping term would hit `ESC` instead, or have it perform even more complex tasks.
+
+To enable this feature, you need to add `COMBO_ENABLE = yes` to your `rules.mk`.
+
+Additionally, in your `config.h`, you'll need to specify the number of combos that you'll be using, by adding `#define COMBO_COUNT 1` (replacing 1 with the number that you're using).
+<!-- At this time, this is necessary -->
+
+Also, by default, the tapping term for the Combos is set to the same value as `TAPPING_TERM` (200 by default on most boards). But you can specify a different value by defining it in your `config.h`.  For instance: `#define COMBO_TERM 300` would set the time out period for combos to 300ms.
+
+Then, your `keymap.c` file, you'll need to define a sequence of keys, terminated with `COMBO_END`, and a structure to list the combination of keys, and it's resulting action.
+
+```c
+const uint16_t PROGMEM test_combo[] = {KC_A, KC_B, COMBO_END};
+combo_t key_combos[COMBO_COUNT] = {COMBO(test_combo, KC_ESC)};
+```
+
+This will send "Escape" if you hit the A and B keys.
+
+!> This method only supports [basic keycodes](keycodes_basic.md). See the examples for more control.
+
+## Examples
+
+If you want to add a list, then you'd use something like this:
+
+```c
+enum combos {
+  AB_ESC,
+  JK_TAB
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM ab_combo[] = {KC_A, KC_B, COMBO_END};
+const uint16_t PROGMEM jk_combo[] = {KC_J, KC_K, COMBO_END};
+
+combo_t key_combos[COMBO_COUNT] = {
+  [AB_ESC] = COMBO(ab_combo, KC_ESC),
+  [JK_TAB] = COMBO(jk_combo, KC_TAB)
+};
+```
+
+For a more complicated implementation, you can use the `process_combo_event` function to add custom handling.
+
+```c
+enum combo_events {
+  ZC_COPY,
+  XV_PASTE
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM copy_combo[] = {KC_Z, KC_C, COMBO_END};
+const uint16_t PROGMEM paste_combo[] = {KC_X, KC_V, COMBO_END};
+
+combo_t key_combos[COMBO_COUNT] = {
+  [ZC_COPY] = COMBO_ACTION(copy_combo),
+  [XV_PASTE] = COMBO_ACTION(paste_combo),
+};
+
+void process_combo_event(uint8_t combo_index, bool pressed) {
+  switch(combo_index) {
+    case ZC_COPY:
+      if (pressed) {
+        tap_code16(LCTL(KC_C));
+      }
+      break;
+    case XV_PASTE:
+      if (pressed) {
+        tap_code16(LCTL(KC_V));
+      }
+      break;
+  }
+}
+```
+
+This will send Ctrl+C if you hit Z and C, and Ctrl+V if you hit X and V.  But you could change this to do stuff like change layers, play sounds, or change settings.
+
+## Additional Configuration
+
+If you're using long combos, or even longer combos, you may run into issues with this, as the structure may not be large enough to accommodate what you're doing.
+
+In this case, you can add either `#define EXTRA_LONG_COMBOS` or `#define EXTRA_EXTRA_LONG_COMBOS` in your `config.h` file.
+
+You may also be able to enable action keys by defining `COMBO_ALLOW_ACTION_KEYS`.
+
+## Keycodes 
+
+You can enable, disable and toggle the Combo feature on the fly.  This is useful if you need to disable them temporarily, such as for a game. 
+
+|Keycode   |Description                      |
+|----------|---------------------------------|
+|`CMB_ON`  |Turns on Combo feature           |
+|`CMB_OFF` |Turns off Combo feature          |
+|`CMB_TOG` |Toggles Combo feature on and off |
+
+## User callbacks
+
+In addition to the keycodes, there are a few functions that you can use to set the status, or check it:
+
+|Function   |Description                                                         |
+|-----------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| `combo_enable()`     | Enables the combo feature                               |
+| `combo_disable()`    | Disables the combo feature, and clears the combo buffer |
+| `combo_toggle()`     | Toggles the state of the combo feature                  |
+| `is_combo_enabled()` | Returns the status of the combo feature state (true or false) |

docs/feature_command.md

@@ -1,52 +1,51 @@
-# Command (Formerly known as Magic)
+# Command
 
-Command is a way to change your keyboard's behavior without having to flash or unplug it to use [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md). There is a lot of overlap between this functionality and the [Bootmagic Keycodes](feature_bootmagic.md). Whenever possible we encourage you to use that functionality instead of Command.
+Command, formerly known as Magic, is a way to change your keyboard's behavior without having to flash or unplug it to use [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md). There is a lot of overlap between this functionality and the [Bootmagic Keycodes](feature_bootmagic.md#keycodes). Wherever possible we encourage you to use that feature instead of Command.
 
-## Enabling Command
+On some keyboards Command is disabled by default. If this is the case, it must be explicitly enabled in your `rules.mk`:
 
-By default Command is disabled. You can enable it in your `rules.mk` file:
-
-    COMMAND_ENABLE = yes
+```make
+COMMAND_ENABLE = yes
+```
 
 ## Usage
 
-To use Command you hold down the key combination defined by `IS_COMMAND`. By default that combination is both shift keys. While holding the key combination press the key corresponding to the command you want.
-
-For example, to write the current QMK version to the QMK Toolbox console, you can press `Left Shift`+`Right Shift`+`V`.
+To use Command, hold down the key combination defined by the `IS_COMMAND()` macro. By default this is Left Shift+Right Shift. Then, press the key corresponding to the command you want. For example, to output the current QMK version to the QMK Toolbox console, press Left Shift+Right Shift+`V`.
 
 ## Configuration
 
-The following values can be defined in `config.h` to control the behavior of Command.
+If you would like to change the key assignments for Command, `#define` these in your `config.h` at either the keyboard or keymap level. All keycode assignments here must omit the `KC_` prefix.
 
-|Define |Default | Description |
-|-------|--------|-------------|
-|`IS_COMMAND()`                      |`(keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)))`|Key combination to activate Command|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_FKEYS` |`true`                                                                |Do layer switching with Function row|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_NKEYS` |`true`                                                                |Do layer switching with number keys.|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_CUSTOM`|`false`                                                               |Do layer switching with custom keys (`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0..9` below.)|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_HELP1`                   |`H`                                                                   |Show help.|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_HELP2`                   |`SLASH`                                                               |Show help.|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG`                   |`D`                                                                   |Turn on debug mode.|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MATRIX`            |`X`                                                                   |Turn on matrix debugging.|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_KBD`               |`K`                                                                   |Turn on keyboard debugging.|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MOUSE`             |`M`                                                                   |Turn on mouse debugging.|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_VERSION`                 |`V`                                                                   |Write the QMK version to the console|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_STATUS`                  |`S`                                                                   |Show the current keyboard status|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_CONSOLE`                 |`C`                                                                   |Enable the Command Console|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0_ALT1`             |`ESC`                                                                 |Alternate access to layer 0|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0_ALT2`             |`GRAVE`                                                               |Alternate access to layer 0|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0`                  |`0`                                                                   |Change default layer to 0|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER1`                  |`1`                                                                   |Change default layer to 1|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER2`                  |`2`                                                                   |Change default layer to 2|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER3`                  |`3`                                                                   |Change default layer to 3|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER4`                  |`4`                                                                   |Change default layer to 4|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER5`                  |`5`                                                                   |Change default layer to 5|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER6`                  |`6`                                                                   |Change default layer to 6|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER7`                  |`7`                                                                   |Change default layer to 7|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER8`                  |`8`                                                                   |Change default layer to 8|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER9`                  |`9`                                                                   |Change default layer to 9|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_BOOTLOADER`              |`PAUSE`                                                               |Exit keyboard and enter bootloader|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_LOCK`                    |`CAPS`                                                                |Lock the keyboard so nothing can be typed|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_EEPROM`                  |`E`                                                                   |Erase EEPROM settings|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_NKRO`                    |`N`                                                                   |Toggle NKRO on/off|
-|`MAGIC_KEY_SLEEP_LED`               |`Z`                                                                   |Toggle LED when computer is sleeping on/off|
+|Define                              |Default                         |Description                                     |
+|------------------------------------|--------------------------------|------------------------------------------------|
+|`IS_COMMAND()`                      |`(get_mods() == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)`|The key combination to activate Command         |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_FKEYS` |`true`                          |Set default layer with the Function row         |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_NKEYS` |`true`                          |Set default layer with the number keys          |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_SWITCH_LAYER_WITH_CUSTOM`|`false`                         |Set default layer with `MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0..9`    |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG`                   |`D`                             |Toggle debugging over serial                    |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MATRIX`            |`X`                             |Toggle key matrix debugging                     |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_KBD`               |`K`                             |Toggle keyboard debugging                       |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_DEBUG_MOUSE`             |`M`                             |Toggle mouse debugging                          |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_CONSOLE`                 |`C`                             |Enable the Command console                      |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_VERSION`                 |`V`                             |Print the running QMK version to the console    |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_STATUS`                  |`S`                             |Print the current keyboard status to the console|
+|`MAGIC_KEY_HELP`                    |`H`                             |Print Command help to the console               |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_HELP_ALT`                |`SLASH`                         |Print Command help to the console (alternate)   |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0`                  |`0`                             |Make layer 0 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER0_ALT`              |`GRAVE`                         |Make layer 0 the default layer (alternate)      |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER1`                  |`1`                             |Make layer 1 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER2`                  |`2`                             |Make layer 2 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER3`                  |`3`                             |Make layer 3 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER4`                  |`4`                             |Make layer 4 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER5`                  |`5`                             |Make layer 5 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER6`                  |`6`                             |Make layer 6 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER7`                  |`7`                             |Make layer 7 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER8`                  |`8`                             |Make layer 8 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LAYER9`                  |`9`                             |Make layer 9 the default layer                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_BOOTLOADER`              |`B`                             |Jump to bootloader                              |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_BOOTLOADER_ALT`          |`ESC`                           |Jump to bootloader (alternate)                  |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_LOCK`                    |`CAPS`                          |Lock the keyboard so nothing can be typed       |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_EEPROM`                  |`E`                             |Print stored EEPROM config to the console       |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_EEPROM_CLEAR`            |`BSPACE`                        |Clear the EEPROM                                |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_NKRO`                    |`N`                             |Toggle N-Key Rollover (NKRO)                    |
+|`MAGIC_KEY_SLEEP_LED`               |`Z`                             |Toggle LED when computer is sleeping            |

docs/feature_debounce_type.md

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+# Debounce algorithm
+
+QMK supports multiple debounce algorithms through its debounce API.
+
+The logic for which debounce method called is below. It checks various defines that you have set in rules.mk
+
+```
+DEBOUNCE_DIR:= $(QUANTUM_DIR)/debounce
+DEBOUNCE_TYPE?= sym_g
+ifneq ($(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)), custom)
+    QUANTUM_SRC += $(DEBOUNCE_DIR)/$(strip $(DEBOUNCE_TYPE)).c
+endif
+```
+
+# Debounce selection
+
+| DEBOUNCE_TYPE    | Description                                          | What else is needed           |
+| -------------    | ---------------------------------------------------  | ----------------------------- |
+| Not defined      | Use the default algorithm, currently sym_g           | Nothing                       |
+| custom           | Use your own debounce.c                              | ```SRC += debounce.c``` add your own debounce.c and implement necessary functions |
+| anything_else    | Use another algorithm from quantum/debounce/*        | Nothing                       |
+
+**Regarding split keyboards**:
+The debounce code is compatible with split keyboards.
+
+# Use your own debouncing code
+* Set ```DEBOUNCE_TYPE = custom ```.
+* Add ```SRC += debounce.c```
+* Add your own ```debounce.c```. Look at current implementations in ```quantum/debounce``` for examples.
+* Debouncing occurs after every raw matrix scan.
+* Use num_rows rather than MATRIX_ROWS, so that split keyboards are supported correctly.
+
+# Changing between included debouncing methods
+You can either use your own code, by including your own debounce.c, or switch to another included one.
+Included debounce methods are:
+* eager_pr - debouncing per row. On any state change, response is immediate, followed by locking the row ```DEBOUNCE_DELAY``` milliseconds of no further input for that row. 
+For use in keyboards where refreshing ```NUM_KEYS``` 8-bit counters is computationally expensive / low scan rate, and fingers usually only hit one row at a time. This could be
+appropriate for the ErgoDox models; the matrix is rotated 90°, and hence its "rows" are really columns, and each finger only hits a single "row" at a time in normal use.
+* eager_pk - debouncing per key. On any state change, response is immediate, followed by ```DEBOUNCE_DELAY``` milliseconds of no further input for that key
+* sym_g - debouncing per keyboard. On any state change, a global timer is set. When ```DEBOUNCE_DELAY``` milliseconds of no changes has occured, all input changes are pushed.
+
+

docs/feature_dynamic_macros.md

@@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ QMK supports temporary macros created on the fly. We call these Dynamic Macros.
 
 You can store one or two macros and they may have a combined total of 128 keypresses. You can increase this size at the cost of RAM.
 
-To enable them, first add a new element to the `planck_keycodes` enum — `DYNAMIC_MACRO_RANGE`:
+To enable them, first add a new element to the end of your `keycodes` enum — `DYNAMIC_MACRO_RANGE`:
 
 ```c
-enum planck_keycodes {
+enum keycodes {
 	QWERTY = SAFE_RANGE,
 	COLEMAK,
 	DVORAK,
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ enum planck_keycodes {
 };
 ```
 
-It must be the last element because `dynamic_macros.h` will add some more keycodes after it.
+Your `keycodes` enum may have a slightly different name. You must add `DYNAMIC_MACRO_RANGE` as the last element because `dynamic_macros.h` will add some more keycodes after it.
 
 Below it, include the `dynamic_macro.h` header:
 

docs/feature_encoders.md

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+# Encoders
+
+Basic encoders are supported by adding this to your `rules.mk`:
+
+    ENCODER_ENABLE = yes
+
+and this to your `config.h`:
+
+    #define ENCODERS_PAD_A { B12 }
+    #define ENCODERS_PAD_B { B13 }
+
+Each PAD_A/B variable defines an array so multiple encoders can be defined, e.g.:
+
+    #define ENCODERS_PAD_A { encoder1a, encoder2a }
+    #define ENCODERS_PAD_B { encoder1b, encoder2b }
+
+If your encoder's clockwise directions are incorrect, you can swap the A & B pad definitions.
+
+Additionally, the resolution can be specified in the same file (the default & suggested is 4):
+
+    #define ENCODER_RESOLUTION 4
+
+## Split Keyboards
+
+If you are using different pinouts for the encoders on each half of a split keyboard, you can define the pinout for the right half like this:
+
+```c
+#define ENCODERS_PAD_A_RIGHT { encoder1a, encoder2a }
+#define ENCODERS_PAD_B_RIGHT { encoder1b, encoder2b }
+```
+
+## Callbacks
+
+The callback functions can be inserted into your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+    void encoder_update_kb(uint8_t index, bool clockwise) {
+        encoder_update_user(index, clockwise);
+    }
+
+or `keymap.c`:
+
+    void encoder_update_user(uint8_t index, bool clockwise) {
+      if (index == 0) { /* First encoder */
+        if (clockwise) {
+          tap_code(KC_PGDN);
+        } else {
+          tap_code(KC_PGUP);
+        }
+      } else if (index == 1) { /* Second encoder */  
+        if (clockwise) {
+          tap_code(KC_UP);
+        } else {
+          tap_code(KC_DOWN);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+## Hardware
+
+The A an B lines of the encoders should be wired directly to the MCU, and the C/common lines should be wired to ground.

docs/feature_grave_esc.md

@@ -1,17 +1,32 @@
 # Grave Escape
 
-Grave Escape is a feature that allows you to share the grave key (<code>&#96;</code> and `~`) on the same key as Escape. When `KC_GESC` is used it will act as `KC_ESC`, unless Shift or GUI is pressed, in which case it will act as `KC_GRAVE`.
+If you're using a 60% keyboard, or any other layout with no F-row, you will have noticed that there is no dedicated Escape key. Grave Escape is a feature that allows you to share the grave key (<code>&#96;</code> and `~`) with Escape.
 
+## Usage
+
+Replace the `KC_GRAVE` key in your keymap (usually to the left of the `1` key) with `KC_GESC`. Most of the time this key will output `KC_ESC` when pressed. However, when Shift or GUI are held down it will output `KC_GRV` instead.
+
+## What Your OS Sees
+
+If Mary presses GESC on her keyboard, the OS will see an KC_ESC character. Now if Mary holds Shift down and presses GESC it will output `~`, or a shifted backtick. Now if she holds GUI/CMD/WIN, it will output a simple <code>&#96;</code> character.
+
+## Keycodes
 
 |Key      |Aliases    |Description                                                       |
 |---------|-----------|------------------------------------------------------------------|
 |`KC_GESC`|`GRAVE_ESC`|Escape when pressed, <code>&#96;</code> when Shift or GUI are held|
 
-There are several possible key combinations this will break, among them Ctrl+Shift+Esc on Windows and Cmd+Opt+Esc on macOS. You can use these options in your `config.h` to work around this:
+### Caveats
 
-| Option | Description |
-|--------|-------------|
-| `GRAVE_ESC_ALT_OVERRIDE` | Always send Escape if Alt is pressed. |
-| `GRAVE_ESC_CTRL_OVERRIDE` | Always send Escape if Ctrl is pressed. |
-| `GRAVE_ESC_GUI_OVERRIDE` | Always send Escape if GUI is pressed. |
-| `GRAVE_ESC_SHIFT_OVERRIDE` | Always send Escape if SHIFT is pressed. |
+On macOS, Command+<code>&#96;</code> is by default mapped to "Move focus to next window" so it will not output a backtick. Additionally, Terminal always recognises this shortcut to cycle between windows, even if the shortcut is changed in the Keyboard preferences.
+
+## Configuration
+
+There are several possible key combinations this will break, among them Control+Shift+Escape on Windows and Command+Option+Escape on macOS. To work around this, you can `#define` these options in your `config.h`:
+
+|Define                    |Description                              |
+|--------------------------|-----------------------------------------|
+|`GRAVE_ESC_ALT_OVERRIDE`  |Always send Escape if Alt is pressed     |
+|`GRAVE_ESC_CTRL_OVERRIDE` |Always send Escape if Control is pressed |
+|`GRAVE_ESC_GUI_OVERRIDE`  |Always send Escape if GUI is pressed     |
+|`GRAVE_ESC_SHIFT_OVERRIDE`|Always send Escape if Shift is pressed   |

docs/feature_haptic_feedback.md

@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+# Haptic Feedback
+
+## Haptic feedback rules.mk options
+
+The following options are currently available for haptic feedback in `rule.mk`:
+
+`HAPTIC_ENABLE += DRV2605L`
+
+`HAPTIC_ENABLE += SOLENOID`
+
+## Known Supported Hardware
+
+| Name               | Description                                     |
+|--------------------|-------------------------------------------------|
+| [LV061228B-L65-A](https://www.digikey.com/product-detail/en/jinlong-machinery-electronics-inc/LV061228B-L65-A/1670-1050-ND/7732325) | z-axis 2v LRA |
+| [Mini Motor Disc](https://www.adafruit.com/product/1201)  | small 2-5v ERM |
+
+## Haptic Keycodes
+
+Not all keycodes below will work depending on which haptic mechanism you have chosen.
+
+| Name      | Description                                           |
+|-----------|-------------------------------------------------------|
+|`HPT_ON`   | Turn haptic feedback on                               |
+|`HPT_OFF`  | Turn haptic feedback on                               |
+|`HPT_TOG`  | Toggle haptic feedback on/off                         |
+|`HPT_RST`  | Reset haptic feedback config to default               |
+|`HPT_FBK`  | Toggle feedback to occur on keypress, release or both |
+|`HPT_BUZ`  | Toggle solenoid buzz on/off                           |
+|`HPT_MODI` | Go to next DRV2605L waveform                          |
+|`HPT_MODD` | Go to previous DRV2605L waveform                      |
+|`HPT_DWLI` | Increase Solenoid dwell time                          |
+|`HPT_DWLD` | Decrease Solenoid dwell time                          |
+
+### Solenoids
+
+First you will need a build a circuit to drive the solenoid through a mosfet as most MCU will not be able to provide the current needed to drive the coil in the solenoid.
+
+[Wiring diagram provided by Adafruit](https://playground.arduino.cc/uploads/Learning/solenoid_driver.pdf)
+
+Select a pin that has PWM for the signal pin
+
+```
+#define SOLENOID_PIN *pin*
+```
+
+Beware that some pins may be powered during bootloader (ie. A13 on the STM32F303 chip) and will result in the solenoid kept in the on state through the whole flashing process. This may overheat and damage the solenoid. If you find that the pin the solenoid is connected to is triggering the solenoid during bootloader/DFU, select another pin.
+
+### DRV2605L
+
+DRV2605L is controlled over i2c protocol, and has to be connected to the SDA and SCL pins, these varies depending on the MCU in use.
+
+#### Feedback motor setup
+
+This driver supports 2 different feedback motors. Set the following in your `config.h` based on which motor you have selected.
+
+##### ERM
+
+Eccentric Rotating Mass vibration motors (ERM) is motor with a off-set weight attached so when drive signal is attached, the off-set weight spins and causes a sinusoidal wave that translate into vibrations.
+
+```
+#define FB_ERM_LRA 0
+#define FB_BRAKEFACTOR 3 /* For 1x:0, 2x:1, 3x:2, 4x:3, 6x:4, 8x:5, 16x:6, Disable Braking:7 */
+#define FB_LOOPGAIN 1 /* For  Low:0, Medium:1, High:2, Very High:3 */
+
+/* Please refer to your datasheet for the optimal setting for your specific motor. */
+#define RATED_VOLTAGE 3
+#define V_PEAK 5
+```
+##### LRA
+
+Linear resonant actuators (LRA, also know as a linear vibrator) works different from a ERM. A LRA has a weight and magnet suspended by springs and a voice coil. When the drive signal is applied, the weight would be vibrate on a single axis (side to side or up and down). Since the weight is attached to a spring, there is a resonance effect at a specific frequency. This frequency is where the LRA will operate the most efficiently. Refer to the motor's datasheet for the recommanded range for this frequency.
+
+``` 
+#define FB_ERM_LRA 1
+#define FB_BRAKEFACTOR 3 /* For 1x:0, 2x:1, 3x:2, 4x:3, 6x:4, 8x:5, 16x:6, Disable Braking:7 */
+#define FB_LOOPGAIN 1 /* For  Low:0, Medium:1, High:2, Very High:3 */
+
+/* Please refer to your datasheet for the optimal setting for your specific motor. */
+#define RATED_VOLTAGE 2
+#define V_PEAK 2.8
+#define V_RMS 2.0 
+#define V_PEAK 2.1
+#define F_LRA 205 /* resonance freq */
+```
+
+#### DRV2605L waveform library
+
+DRV2605L comes with preloaded library of various waveform sequences that can be called and played. If writing a macro, these waveforms can be played using `DRV_pulse(*sequence name or number*)`
+
+List of waveform sequences from the datasheet:
+
+|seq# | Sequence name          |seq# | Sequence name                  |seq# |Sequence name                           |
+|-----|---------------------|-----|-----------------------------------|-----|--------------------------------------|
+| 1   | strong_click 		| 43  | lg_dblclick_med_60                | 85  | transition_rampup_med_smooth2        |
+| 2   | strong_click_60 	| 44  | lg_dblsharp_tick                  | 86  | transition_rampup_short_smooth1      |
+| 3   | strong_click_30 	| 45  | lg_dblsharp_tick_80               | 87  | transition_rampup_short_smooth2      |
+| 4   | sharp_click 		| 46  | lg_dblsharp_tick_60               | 88  | transition_rampup_long_sharp1        |
+| 5   | sharp_click_60      | 47  | buzz                              | 89  | transition_rampup_long_sharp2        |
+| 6   | sharp_click_30      | 48  | buzz_80				              | 90  | transition_rampup_med_sharp1         |
+| 7   | soft_bump           | 49  | buzz_60		                      | 91  | transition_rampup_med_sharp2         |
+| 8   | soft_bump_60        | 50  | buzz_40				              | 92  | transition_rampup_short_sharp1       |
+| 9   | soft_bump_30        | 51  | buzz_20				              | 93  | transition_rampup_short_sharp2       |
+| 10  | dbl_click           | 52  | pulsing_strong                    | 94  | transition_rampdown_long_smooth1_50  |
+| 11  | dbl_click_60        | 53  | pulsing_strong_80                 | 95  | transition_rampdown_long_smooth2_50  |
+| 12  | trp_click           | 54  | pulsing_medium                    | 96  | transition_rampdown_med_smooth1_50   |
+| 13  | soft_fuzz           | 55  | pulsing_medium_80                 | 97  | transition_rampdown_med_smooth2_50   |
+| 14  | strong_buzz         | 56  | pulsing_sharp                     | 98  | transition_rampdown_short_smooth1_50 |
+| 15  | alert_750ms         | 57  | pulsing_sharp_80                  | 99  | transition_rampdown_short_smooth2_50 |
+| 16  | alert_1000ms        | 58  | transition_click	              | 100 | transition_rampdown_long_sharp1_50   |
+| 17  | strong_click1       | 59  | transition_click_80               | 101 | transition_rampdown_long_sharp2_50   |
+| 18  | strong_click2_80    | 60  | transition_click_60	              | 102 | transition_rampdown_med_sharp1_50    |
+| 19  | strong_click3_60    | 61  | transition_click_40	              | 103 | transition_rampdown_med_sharp2_50    |
+| 20  | strong_click4_30    | 62  | transition_click_20	              | 104 | transition_rampdown_short_sharp1_50  |
+| 21  | medium_click1       | 63  | transition_click_10	              | 105 | transition_rampdown_short_sharp2_50  |
+| 22  | medium_click2_80    | 64  | transition_hum                    | 106 | transition_rampup_long_smooth1_50    |
+| 23  | medium_click3_60    | 65  | transition_hum_80                 | 107 | transition_rampup_long_smooth2_50    |
+| 24  | sharp_tick1         | 66  | transition_hum_60                 | 108 | transition_rampup_med_smooth1_50     |
+| 25  | sharp_tick2_80      | 67  | transition_hum_40                 | 109 | transition_rampup_med_smooth2_50     |
+| 26  | sharp_tick3_60      | 68  | transition_hum_20                 | 110 | transition_rampup_short_smooth1_50   |
+| 27  | sh_dblclick_str     | 69  | transition_hum_10                 | 111 | transition_rampup_short_smooth2_50   |
+| 28  | sh_dblclick_str_80  | 70  | transition_rampdown_long_smooth1  | 112 | transition_rampup_long_sharp1_50     |
+| 29  | sh_dblclick_str_60  | 71  | transition_rampdown_long_smooth2  | 113 | transition_rampup_long_sharp2_50     |
+| 30  | sh_dblclick_str_30  | 72  | transition_rampdown_med_smooth1   | 114 | transition_rampup_med_sharp1_50      |
+| 31  | sh_dblclick_med     | 73  | transition_rampdown_med_smooth2   | 115 | transition_rampup_med_sharp2_50      |
+| 32  | sh_dblclick_med_80  | 74  | transition_rampdown_short_smooth1 | 116 | transition_rampup_short_sharp1_50    |
+| 33  | sh_dblclick_med_60  | 75  | transition_rampdown_short_smooth2 | 117 | transition_rampup_short_sharp2_50    |
+| 34  | sh_dblsharp_tick    | 76  | transition_rampdown_long_sharp1   | 118 | long_buzz_for_programmatic_stopping  |
+| 35  | sh_dblsharp_tick_80 | 77  | transition_rampdown_long_sharp2   | 119 | smooth_hum1_50                       |
+| 36  | sh_dblsharp_tick_60 | 78  | transition_rampdown_med_sharp1    | 120 | smooth_hum2_40                       |
+| 37  | lg_dblclick_str     | 79  | transition_rampdown_med_sharp2    | 121 | smooth_hum3_30                       |
+| 38  | lg_dblclick_str_80  | 80  | transition_rampdown_short_sharp1  | 122 | smooth_hum4_20                       |
+| 39  | lg_dblclick_str_60  | 81  | transition_rampdown_short_sharp2  | 123 | smooth_hum5_10                       |
+| 40  | lg_dblclick_str_30  | 82  | transition_rampup_long_smooth1    |     |                                      |
+| 41  | lg_dblclick_med     | 83  | transition_rampup_long_smooth2    |     |                                      |
+| 42  | lg_dblclick_med_80  | 84  | transition_rampup_med_smooth1     |     |                                      |
+### Optional DRV2605L defines
+
+```
+#define DRV_GREETING *sequence name or number*
+```
+If haptic feedback is enabled, the keyboard will vibrate to a specific sqeuence during startup. That can be selected using the following define:
+
+```
+#define DRV_MODE_DEFAULT *sequence name or number*
+```
+This will set what sequence HPT_RST will set as the active mode. If not defined, mode will be set to 1 when HPT_RST is pressed.

docs/feature_hd44780.md

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+# HD44780 LCD Displays
+
+This is an integration of Peter Fleury's LCD library. This page will explain the basics. [For in depth documentation visit his page.](http://homepage.hispeed.ch/peterfleury/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html)
+
+You can enable support for HD44780 Displays by setting the `HD44780_ENABLE` flag in your keyboards `rules.mk` to yes. This will use about 400 KB of extra space.
+
+## Configuration
+
+You will need to configure the pins used by your display and its number of lines and collumn in your keyboards `config.h`.
+
+Uncomment the section labled HD44780 and change the parameters as needed.
+````
+/*
+ * HD44780 LCD Display Configuration
+ */
+
+#define LCD_LINES           2     //< number of visible lines of the display
+#define LCD_DISP_LENGTH    16     //< visibles characters per line of the display
+#define LCD_IO_MODE      1            //< 0: memory mapped mode, 1: IO port mode
+#if LCD_IO_MODE
+#define LCD_PORT         PORTB        //< port for the LCD lines
+#define LCD_DATA0_PORT   LCD_PORT     //< port for 4bit data bit 0
+#define LCD_DATA1_PORT   LCD_PORT     //< port for 4bit data bit 1
+#define LCD_DATA2_PORT   LCD_PORT     //< port for 4bit data bit 2
+#define LCD_DATA3_PORT   LCD_PORT     //< port for 4bit data bit 3
+#define LCD_DATA0_PIN    4            //< pin for 4bit data bit 0
+#define LCD_DATA1_PIN    5            //< pin for 4bit data bit 1
+#define LCD_DATA2_PIN    6            //< pin for 4bit data bit 2 
+#define LCD_DATA3_PIN    7            //< pin for 4bit data bit 3
+#define LCD_RS_PORT      LCD_PORT     //< port for RS line        
+#define LCD_RS_PIN       3            //< pin  for RS line        
+#define LCD_RW_PORT      LCD_PORT     //< port for RW line        
+#define LCD_RW_PIN       2            //< pin  for RW line        
+#define LCD_E_PORT       LCD_PORT     //< port for Enable line     
+#define LCD_E_PIN        1            //< pin  for Enable line    
+#endif
+````
+
+Should you need to configure other properties you can copy them from `quantum/hd44780.h` and set them in your `config.h`
+
+## Usage 
+
+To initialize your display call lcd_init() with one of these parameters:
+````
+LCD_DISP_OFF             : display off
+LCD_DISP_ON              : display on, cursor off
+LCD_DISP_ON_CURSOR       : display on, cursor on
+LCD_DISP_ON_CURSOR_BLINK : display on, cursor on flashing 
+````
+This is best done in your keyboards `matrix_init_kb` or your keymaps `matrix_init_user`.  
+It is advised to clear the display before use.  
+To do so call `lcd_clrsrc()`.
+
+To now print something to your Display you first call `lcd_gotoxy(column, line)`. To go to the start of the first line you would call `lcd_gotoxy(0, 0)` and then print a string with `lcd_puts("example string")`.
+
+There are more posible methods to control the display. [For in depth documentation please visit the linked page.](http://homepage.hispeed.ch/peterfleury/doxygen/avr-gcc-libraries/group__pfleury__lcd.html)

docs/feature_key_lock.md

@@ -1,11 +1,22 @@
-## Key Lock: Holding Down Keys for You
+# Key Lock
 
-Sometimes, you need to hold down a specific key for a long period of time. Whether this is while typing in ALL CAPS, or playing a video game that hasn't implemented auto-run, Key Lock is here to help. Key Lock adds a new keycode, `KC_LOCK`, that will hold down the next key you hit for you. The key is released when you hit it again. Here's an example: let's say you need to type in all caps for a few sentences. You hit KC_LOCK, and then shift. Now, shift will be considered held until you hit it again. You can think of key lock as caps lock, but supercharged.
+Sometimes you may find yourself needing to hold down a specific key for a long period of time. Key Lock holds down the next key you press for you. Press it again, and it will be released.
 
-Here's how to use it:
+Let's say you need to type in ALL CAPS for a few sentences. Hit `KC_LOCK`, and then Shift. Now, Shift will be considered held until you tap it again. You can think of Key Lock as Caps Lock, but supercharged.
 
-1. Pick a key on your keyboard. This will be the key lock key. Assign it the keycode `KC_LOCK`. This will be a single-action key: you won't be able to use it for anything else.
-2. Enable key lock by including `KEY_LOCK_ENABLE = yes` in your Makefile.
-3. That's it!
+## Usage
 
-Important: switching layers does not cancel the key lock. Additionally, key lock is only able to hold standard action keys and One Shot modifier keys (for example, if you have your shift defined as `OSM(KC_LSFT)`; see [One Shot Keys](quantum_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)). This does not include any of the QMK special functions (except One Shot modifiers), or shifted versions of keys such as KC_LPRN. If it's in the [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md) list, it can be held. If it's not, then it can't be.
+First, enable Key Lock by setting `KEY_LOCK_ENABLE = yes` in your `rules.mk`. Then pick a key in your keymap and assign it the keycode `KC_LOCK`.
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Keycode  |Description                                                   |
+|---------|--------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`KC_LOCK`|Hold down the next key pressed, until the key is pressed again|
+
+## Caveats
+
+Key Lock is only able to hold standard action keys and [One Shot modifier](quantum_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys) keys (for example, if you have your Shift defined as `OSM(KC_LSFT)`).
+This does not include any of the QMK special functions (except One Shot modifiers), or shifted versions of keys such as `KC_LPRN`. If it's in the [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md) list, it can be held.
+
+Switching layers will not cancel the Key Lock.

docs/feature_layouts.md

@@ -51,8 +51,39 @@ The folder name must be added to the keyboard's `rules.mk`:
 
 but the `LAYOUT_<layout>` variable must be defined in `<folder>.h` as well.
 
+## Building a Keymap
+
+You should be able to build the keyboard keymap with a command in this format:
+
+    make <keyboard>:<layout>
+
+### Conflicting layouts
+When a keyboard supports multiple layout options,
+
+    LAYOUTS = ortho_4x4 ortho_4x12
+
+And a layout exists for both options,
+```
+layouts/
++ community/
+| + ortho_4x4/
+| | + <layout>/
+| | | + ...
+| + ortho_4x12/
+| | + <layout>/
+| | | + ...
+| + ...
+```
+
+The FORCE_LAYOUT argument can be used to specify which layout to build
+
+    make <keyboard>:<layout> FORCE_LAYOUT=ortho_4x4
+    make <keyboard>:<layout> FORCE_LAYOUT=ortho_4x12
+
 ## Tips for Making Layouts Keyboard-Agnostic
 
+### Includes
+
 Instead of using `#include "planck.h"`, you can use this line to include whatever `<keyboard>.h` (`<folder>.h` should not be included here) file that is being compiled:
 
     #include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
@@ -72,3 +103,7 @@ For example:
 ```
 
 Note that the names are lowercase and match the folder/file names for the keyboard/revision exactly.
+
+### Keymaps
+
+In order to support both split and non-split keyboards with the same layout, you need to use the keyboard agnostic `LAYOUT_<layout name>` macro in your keymap. For instance, in order for a Let's Split and Planck to share the same layout file, you need to use `LAYOUT_ortho_4x12` instead of `LAYOUT_planck_grid` or just `{}` for a C array.

docs/feature_leader_key.md

@@ -5,10 +5,11 @@ If you've ever used Vim, you know what a Leader key is. If not, you're about to
 That's what `KC_LEAD` does. Here's an example:
 
 1. Pick a key on your keyboard you want to use as the Leader key. Assign it the keycode `KC_LEAD`. This key would be dedicated just for this -- it's a single action key, can't be used for anything else.
-2. Include the line `#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300` somewhere in your keymap.c file, probably near the top. The 300 there is 300ms -- that's how long you have for the sequence of keys following the leader. You can tweak this value for comfort, of course.
-3. Within your `matrix_scan_user` function, do something like this:
+2. Include the line `#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 300` in your `config.h`. This sets the timeout for the `KC_LEAD` key.  Specifically, when you press the `KC_LEAD` key, you only have a certain amount of time to complete the Leader Key sequence.  The `300` here sets that to 300ms, and you can increase this value to give you more time to hit the sequence. But any keys pressed during this timeout are intercepted and not sent, so you may want to keep this value low. .  
+   * By default, this timeout is how long after pressing `KC_LEAD` to complete your entire sequence. This may be very low for some people. So you may want to increase this timeout.  Optionally, you may want to enable the `LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING` option, which resets the timeout after each key is tapped.  This allows you to maintain a low value here, but still be able to use the longer sequences.   To enable this option, add `#define LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING` to your `config.h`.
+3. Within your `matrix_scan_user` function, add something like this:
 
-```
+```c
 LEADER_EXTERNS();
 
 void matrix_scan_user(void) {
@@ -39,3 +40,107 @@ void matrix_scan_user(void) {
 As you can see, you have a few function. You can use `SEQ_ONE_KEY` for single-key sequences (Leader followed by just one key), and `SEQ_TWO_KEYS`, `SEQ_THREE_KEYS` up to `SEQ_FIVE_KEYS` for longer sequences.
 
 Each of these accepts one or more keycodes as arguments. This is an important point: You can use keycodes from **any layer on your keyboard**. That layer would need to be active for the leader macro to fire, obviously.
+
+## Adding Leader Key Support in the `rules.mk`
+
+To add support for Leader Key you simply need to add a single line to your keymap's `rules.mk`:
+
+```make
+LEADER_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+## Per Key Timing on Leader keys
+
+Rather than relying on an incredibly high timeout for long leader key strings or those of us without 200wpm typing skills, we can enable per key timing to ensure that each key pressed provides us with more time to finish our stroke. This is incredibly helpful with leader key emulation of tap dance (read: multiple taps of the same key like C, C, C).
+
+In order to enable this, place this in your `config.h`:
+```c
+#define LEADER_PER_KEY_TIMING
+```
+
+After this, it's recommended that you lower your `LEADER_TIMEOUT` to something less that 300ms.
+
+```c
+#define LEADER_TIMEOUT 250
+```
+
+Now, something like this won't seem impossible to do without a 1000MS leader key timeout:
+
+```c
+SEQ_THREE_KEYS(KC_C, KC_C, KC_C) {
+  SEND_STRING("Per key timing is great!!!");
+}
+```
+
+## Strict Key Processing
+
+By default, the Leader Key feature will filter the keycode out of [`Mod-Tap`](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#mod-tap) and [`Layer Tap`](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#switching-and-toggling-layers) functions when checking for the Leader sequences. That means if you're using `LT(3, KC_A)`, it will pick this up as `KC_A` for the sequence, rather than `LT(3, KC_A)`, giving a more expected behavior for newer users.
+
+While, this may be fine for most, if you want to specify the whole keycode (eg, `LT(3, KC_A)` from the example above) in the sequence, you can enable this by added `#define LEADER_KEY_STRICT_KEY_PROCESSING` to your `config.h` file.  This well then disable the filtering, and you'll need to specify the whole keycode.
+
+## Customization 
+
+The Leader Key feature has some additional customization to how the Leader Key feature works.  It has two functions that can be called at certain parts of the process.  Namely `leader_start()` and `leader_end()`.
+
+The `leader_start()` function is called when you tap the `KC_LEAD` key, and the `leader_end()` function is called when either the leader sequence is completed, or the leader timeout is hit. 
+
+You can add these functions to your code (`keymap.c` usually) to add feedback to the Leader sequences (such as beeping or playing music).
+
+```c
+void leader_start(void) {
+  // sequence started
+}
+
+void leader_end(void) {
+  // sequence ended (no success/failuer detection)
+}
+```
+
+### Example
+
+This example will play the Mario "One Up" sound when you hit `KC_LEAD` to start the Leader Sequence, and will play "All Star" if it completes successfully or "Rick Roll" you if it fails. 
+
+```c
+bool did_leader_succeed;
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+float leader_start[][2] = SONG(ONE_UP_SOUND );
+float leader_succeed[][2] = SONG(ALL_STAR);
+float leader_fail[][2] = SONG(RICK_ROLL);
+#endif
+LEADER_EXTERNS();
+
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {
+  LEADER_DICTIONARY() {
+    did_leader_succeed = leading = false;
+
+    SEQ_ONE_KEY(KC_E) {
+      // Anything you can do in a macro.
+      SEND_STRING(SS_LCTRL(SS_LSFT("t")));
+      did_leader_succeed = true;
+    } else 
+    SEQ_TWO_KEYS(KC_E, KC_D) {
+      SEND_STRING(SS_LGUI("r")"cmd"SS_TAP(KC_ENTER)SS_LCTRL("c"));
+      did_leader_succeed = true;
+    }
+    leader_end();
+  }
+}
+
+void leader_start(void) {
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+    PLAY_SONG(leader_start);
+#endif
+}
+
+void leader_end(void) {
+  if (did_leader_succeed) {
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+    PLAY_SONG(leader_succeed);
+#endif
+  } else {
+#ifdef AUDIO_ENABLE
+    PLAY_SONG(leader_fail);
+#endif
+  }
+}
+```

docs/feature_led_matrix.md

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+# LED Matrix Lighting
+
+This feature allows you to use LED matrices driven by external drivers. It hooks into the backlight system so you can use the same keycodes as backlighting to control it.
+
+If you want to use RGB LED's you should use the [RGB Matrix Subsystem](feature_rgb_matrix.md) instead.
+
+## Driver configuration
+
+### IS31FL3731
+
+There is basic support for addressable LED matrix lighting with the I2C IS31FL3731 RGB controller. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
+
+    LED_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3731
+    
+You can use between 1 and 4 IS31FL3731 IC's. Do not specify `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_<N>` defines for IC's that are not present on your keyboard. You can define the following items in `config.h`:
+
+| Variable | Description | Default |
+|----------|-------------|---------|
+| `ISSI_TIMEOUT` | (Optional) How long to wait for i2c messages | 100 |
+| `ISSI_PERSISTENCE` | (Optional) Retry failed messages this many times | 0 |
+| `LED_DRIVER_COUNT` | (Required) How many LED driver IC's are present | |
+| `LED_DRIVER_LED_COUNT` | (Required) How many LED lights are present across all drivers | |
+| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_1` | (Required) Address for the first LED driver | |
+| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_2` | (Optional) Address for the second LED driver | |
+| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_3` | (Optional) Address for the third LED driver | |
+| `LED_DRIVER_ADDR_4` | (Optional) Address for the fourth LED driver | |
+
+Here is an example using 2 drivers.
+
+	// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
+	// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
+	// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
+	// 0b1110100 AD <-> GND
+	// 0b1110111 AD <-> VCC
+	// 0b1110101 AD <-> SCL
+	// 0b1110110 AD <-> SDA
+	#define LED_DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1110100
+	#define LED_DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1110110
+
+	#define LED_DRIVER_COUNT 2
+	#define LED_DRIVER_1_LED_COUNT 25
+	#define LED_DRIVER_2_LED_COUNT 24
+	#define LED_DRIVER_LED_COUNT LED_DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + LED_DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL
+
+Currently only 2 drivers are supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations.
+
+Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+	const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
+	/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
+	 *   driver
+	 *   |  LED address
+	 *   |  | */
+	    {0, C3_3},
+	    ....
+	}
+
+Where `Cx_y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3731-simple.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (`0`, `1`, `2`, or `3` ).
+
+## Keycodes
+
+All LED matrix keycodes are currently shared with the [backlight system](feature_backlight.md).
+
+## LED Matrix Effects
+
+Currently no LED matrix effects have been created.
+
+## Custom layer effects
+
+Custom layer effects can be done by defining this in your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+    void led_matrix_indicators_kb(void) {
+        led_matrix_set_index_value(index, value);
+    }
+
+A similar function works in the keymap as `led_matrix_indicators_user`.
+
+## Suspended state
+
+To use the suspend feature, add this to your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+	void suspend_power_down_kb(void)
+	{
+	    led_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
+	}
+
+	void suspend_wakeup_init_kb(void)
+	{
+	    led_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
+	}

docs/feature_macros.md

@@ -12,24 +12,28 @@ Here is an example `keymap.c` for a two-key keyboard:
 
 ```c
 enum custom_keycodes {
-	MY_CUSTOM_MACRO = SAFE_RANGE
+  QMKBEST = SAFE_RANGE,
 };
 
 bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
-	if (record->event.pressed) {
-		switch(keycode) {
-			case MY_CUSTOM_MACRO:
-				SEND_STRING("QMK is the best thing ever!"); // this is our macro!
-				return false;
-		}
-	}
-	return true;
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QMKBEST:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        // when keycode QMKBEST is pressed
+        SEND_STRING("QMK is the best thing ever!");
+      } else {
+        // when keycode QMKBEST is released
+      }
+      break;
+
+  }
+  return true;
 };
 
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-	[0] = {
-	  {MY_CUSTOM_MACRO, KC_ESC}
-	}
+  [0] = {
+    {QMKBEST, KC_ESC}
+  }
 };
 ```
 
@@ -37,7 +41,7 @@ What happens here is this:
 We first define a new custom keycode in the range not occupied by any other keycodes.
 Then we use the `process_record_user` function, which is called whenever a key is pressed or released, to check if our custom keycode has been activated.
 If yes, we send the string `"QMK is the best thing ever!"` to the computer via the `SEND_STRING` macro (this is a C preprocessor macro, not to be confused with QMK macros).
-We return `false` to indicate to the caller that the key press we just processed need not be processed any further.
+We return `true` to indicate to the caller that the key press we just processed should continue to be processed as normal (as we didn't replace or alter the functionality).
 Finally, we define the keymap so that the first button activates our macro and the second button is just an escape button.
 
 You might want to add more than one macro.
@@ -45,28 +49,42 @@ You can do that by adding another keycode and adding another case to the switch
 
 ```c
 enum custom_keycodes {
-	MY_CUSTOM_MACRO = SAFE_RANGE,
-	MY_OTHER_MACRO
+  QMKBEST = SAFE_RANGE,
+  QMKURL,
+  MY_OTHER_MACRO
 };
 
 bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
-	if (record->event.pressed) {
-		switch(keycode) {
-			case MY_CUSTOM_MACRO:
-				SEND_STRING("QMK is the best thing ever!");
-				return false;
-			case MY_OTHER_MACRO:
-				SEND_STRING(SS_LCTRL("ac")); // selects all and copies
-				return false;
-		}
-	}
-	return true;
+  switch (keycode) {
+    case QMKBEST:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        // when keycode QMKBEST is pressed
+        SEND_STRING("QMK is the best thing ever!");
+      } else {
+        // when keycode QMKBEST is released
+      }
+      break;
+    case QMKURL:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        // when keycode QMKURL is pressed
+        SEND_STRING("https://qmk.fm/" SS_TAP(X_ENTER));
+      } else {
+        // when keycode QMKURL is released
+      }
+      break;
+    case MY_OTHER_MACRO:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+                SEND_STRING(SS_LCTRL("ac")); // selects all and copies
+      }
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
 };
 
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-	[0] = {
-	  {MY_CUSTOM_MACRO, MY_OTHER_MACRO}
-	}
+  [0] = {
+    {MY_CUSTOM_MACRO, MY_OTHER_MACRO}
+  }
 };
 ```
 
@@ -128,29 +146,122 @@ send_string(my_str);
 SEND_STRING(".."SS_TAP(X_END));
 ```
 
-## The Old Way: `MACRO()` & `action_get_macro`
 
-?> This is inherited from TMK, and hasn't been updated - it's recommend that you use `SEND_STRING` and `process_record_user` instead.
+## Advanced Macro Functions
+
+There are some functions you may find useful in macro-writing. Keep in mind that while you can write some fairly advanced code within a macro, if your functionality gets too complex you may want to define a custom keycode instead. Macros are meant to be simple.
+
+### `record->event.pressed`
+
+This is a boolean value that can be tested to see if the switch is being pressed or released. An example of this is
+
+```c
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+        // on keydown
+    } else {
+        // on keyup
+    }
+```
+
+### `register_code(<kc>);`
+
+This sends the `<kc>` keydown event to the computer. Some examples would be `KC_ESC`, `KC_C`, `KC_4`, and even modifiers such as `KC_LSFT` and `KC_LGUI`.
+
+### `unregister_code(<kc>);`
+
+Parallel to `register_code` function, this sends the `<kc>` keyup event to the computer. If you don't use this, the key will be held down until it's sent.
+
+### `tap_code(<kc>);`
+
+This will send `register_code(<kc>)` and then `unregister_code(<kc>)`. This is useful if you want to send both the press and release events ("tap" the key, rather than hold it).
+
+If you're having issues with taps (un)registering, you can add a delay between the register and unregister events by setting `#define TAP_CODE_DELAY 100` in your `config.h` file. The value is in milliseconds.
+
+### `register_code16(<kc>);`, `unregister_code16(<kc>);` and `tap_code16(<kc>);`
+
+These functions work similar to their regular counterparts, but allow you to use modded keycodes (with Shift, Alt, Control, and/or GUI applied to them).
+
+Eg, you could use `register_code16(S(KC_5));` instead of registering the mod, then registering the keycode.
+
+### `clear_keyboard();`
+
+This will clear all mods and keys currently pressed.
+
+### `clear_mods();`
+
+This will clear all mods currently pressed.
+
+### `clear_keyboard_but_mods();`
+
+This will clear all keys besides the mods currently pressed.
+
+## Advanced Example: 
+
+### Super ALT↯TAB
+
+This macro will register `KC_LALT` and tap `KC_TAB`, then wait for 1000ms. If the key is tapped again, it will send another `KC_TAB`; if there is no tap, `KC_LALT` will be unregistered, thus allowing you to cycle through windows. 
+
+```c
+bool is_alt_tab_active = false;    # ADD this near the begining of keymap.c
+uint16_t alt_tab_timer = 0;        # we will be using them soon.
+
+enum custom_keycodes {             # Make sure have the awesome keycode ready
+  ALT_TAB = SAFE_RANGE,
+};
+
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {               # This will do most of the grunt work with the keycodes.
+    case ALT_TAB:
+      if (record->event.pressed) {
+        if (!is_alt_tab_active) {
+          is_alt_tab_active = true;
+          register_code(KC_LALT);
+        } 
+        alt_tab_timer = timer_read();
+        register_code(KC_TAB);
+      } else {
+        unregister_code(KC_TAB);
+      }
+      break;
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+
+void matrix_scan_user(void) {     # The very important timer. 
+  if (is_alt_tab_active) {
+    if (timer_elapsed(alt_tab_timer) > 1000) {
+      unregister_code(KC_LALT);
+      is_alt_tab_active = false;
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+---
+
+##  **(DEPRECATED)** The Old Way: `MACRO()` & `action_get_macro`
+
+!> This is inherited from TMK, and hasn't been updated - it's recommended that you use `SEND_STRING` and `process_record_user` instead.
 
 By default QMK assumes you don't have any macros. To define your macros you create an `action_get_macro()` function. For example:
 
 ```c
 const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-	if (record->event.pressed) {
-		switch(id) {
-			case 0:
-				return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(I), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
-			case 1:
-				return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(B), U(LSFT), T(Y), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
-		}
-	}
-	return MACRO_NONE;
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+        switch(id) {
+            case 0:
+                return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(I), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
+            case 1:
+                return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(B), U(LSFT), T(Y), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
+        }
+    }
+    return MACRO_NONE;
 };
 ```
 
 This defines two macros which will be run when the key they are assigned to is pressed. If instead you'd like them to run when the key is released you can change the if statement:
 
-	if (!record->event.pressed) {
+    if (!record->event.pressed) {
 
 ### Macro Commands
 
@@ -165,25 +276,25 @@ A macro can include the following commands:
 
 ### Mapping a Macro to a Key
 
-Use the `M()` function within your `KEYMAP()` to call a macro. For example, here is the keymap for a 2-key keyboard:
+Use the `M()` function within your keymap to call a macro. For example, here is the keymap for a 2-key keyboard:
 
 ```c
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-	[0] = KEYMAP(
-		M(0), M(1)
-	),
+    [0] = LAYOUT(
+        M(0), M(1)
+    ),
 };
 
 const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-	if (record->event.pressed) {
-		switch(id) {
-			case 0:
-				return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(I), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
-			case 1:
-				return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(B), U(LSFT), T(Y), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
-		}
-	}
-	return MACRO_NONE;
+    if (record->event.pressed) {
+        switch(id) {
+            case 0:
+                return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(H), U(LSFT), T(I), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
+            case 1:
+                return MACRO(D(LSFT), T(B), U(LSFT), T(Y), T(E), D(LSFT), T(1), U(LSFT), END);
+        }
+    }
+    return MACRO_NONE;
 };
 ```
 
@@ -198,64 +309,31 @@ If you have a bunch of macros you want to refer to from your keymap while keepin
 #define M_BYE M(1)
 
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-	[0] = KEYMAP(
-		M_HI, M_BYE
-	),
+    [0] = LAYOUT(
+        M_HI, M_BYE
+    ),
 };
 ```
 
-## Advanced Macro Functions
 
-There are some functions you may find useful in macro-writing. Keep in mind that while you can write some fairly advanced code within a macro if your functionality gets too complex you may want to define a custom keycode instead. Macros are meant to be simple.
+## Advanced Example: 
 
-### `record->event.pressed`
-
-This is a boolean value that can be tested to see if the switch is being pressed or released. An example of this is
-
-```c
-	if (record->event.pressed) {
-		// on keydown
-	} else {
-		// on keyup
-	}
-```
-
-### `register_code(<kc>);`
-
-This sends the `<kc>` keydown event to the computer. Some examples would be `KC_ESC`, `KC_C`, `KC_4`, and even modifiers such as `KC_LSFT` and `KC_LGUI`.
-
-### `unregister_code(<kc>);`
-
-Parallel to `register_code` function, this sends the `<kc>` keyup event to the computer. If you don't use this, the key will be held down until it's sent.
-
-### `clear_keyboard();`
-
-This will clear all mods and keys currently pressed.
-
-### `clear_mods();`
-
-This will clear all mods currently pressed.
-
-### `clear_keyboard_but_mods();`
-
-This will clear all keys besides the mods currently pressed.
-
-## Advanced Example: Single-Key Copy/Paste
+### Single-Key Copy/Paste
 
 This example defines a macro which sends `Ctrl-C` when pressed down, and `Ctrl-V` when released.
 
 ```c
 const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-	switch(id) {
-		case 0: {
-			if (record->event.pressed) {
-				return MACRO( D(LCTL), T(C), U(LCTL), END  );
-			} else {
-				return MACRO( D(LCTL), T(V), U(LCTL), END  );
-			}
-			break;
-		}
-	}
-	return MACRO_NONE;
+    switch(id) {
+        case 0: {
+            if (record->event.pressed) {
+                return MACRO( D(LCTL), T(C), U(LCTL), END  );
+            } else {
+                return MACRO( D(LCTL), T(V), U(LCTL), END  );
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+    return MACRO_NONE;
 };
 ```

docs/feature_mouse_keys.md

@@ -1,81 +1,119 @@
-# Mousekeys
+# Mouse keys
 
+Mouse keys is a feature that allows you to emulate a mouse using your keyboard. You can move the pointer at different speeds, press 5 buttons and scroll in 8 directions.
 
-Mousekeys is a feature that allows you to emulate a mouse using your keyboard. You can move the pointer around, click up to 5 buttons, and even scroll in all 4 directions. QMK uses the same algorithm as the X Window System MouseKeysAccel feature. You can read more about it [on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mouse_keys).
+## Adding mouse keys to your keyboard
 
-## Adding Mousekeys to a Keymap
+To use mouse keys, you must at least enable mouse keys support and map mouse actions to keys on your keyboard.
 
-There are two steps to adding Mousekeys support to your keyboard. You must enable support in the `rules.mk` file and you must map mouse actions to keys on your keyboard.
+### Enabling mouse keys
 
-### Adding Mousekeys Support in the `rules.mk`
+To enable mouse keys, add the following line to your keymap’s `rules.mk`:
 
-To add support for Mousekeys you simply need to add a single line to your keymap's `rules.mk`:
-
-```
+```c
 MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes
 ```
 
-You can see an example here: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/keymaps/mouse_keys/rules.mk
+### Mapping mouse actions
 
-### Mapping Mouse Actions to Keyboard Keys
+In your keymap you can use the following keycodes to map key presses to mouse actions:
 
-You can use these keycodes within your keymap to map button presses to mouse actions:
+|Key             |Aliases  |Description      |
+|----------------|---------|-----------------|
+|`KC_MS_UP`      |`KC_MS_U`|Move cursor up   |
+|`KC_MS_DOWN`    |`KC_MS_D`|Move cursor down |
+|`KC_MS_LEFT`    |`KC_MS_L`|Move cursor left |
+|`KC_MS_RIGHT`   |`KC_MS_R`|Move cursor right|
+|`KC_MS_BTN1`    |`KC_BTN1`|Press button 1   |
+|`KC_MS_BTN2`    |`KC_BTN2`|Press button 2   |
+|`KC_MS_BTN3`    |`KC_BTN3`|Press button 3   |
+|`KC_MS_BTN4`    |`KC_BTN4`|Press button 4   |
+|`KC_MS_BTN5`    |`KC_BTN5`|Press button 5   |
+|`KC_MS_WH_UP`   |`KC_WH_U`|Move wheel up    |
+|`KC_MS_WH_DOWN` |`KC_WH_D`|Move wheel down  |
+|`KC_MS_WH_LEFT` |`KC_WH_L`|Move wheel left  |
+|`KC_MS_WH_RIGHT`|`KC_WH_R`|Move wheel right |
+|`KC_MS_ACCEL0`  |`KC_ACL0`|Set speed to 0   |
+|`KC_MS_ACCEL1`  |`KC_ACL1`|Set speed to 1   |
+|`KC_MS_ACCEL2`  |`KC_ACL2`|Set speed to 2   |
 
-|Key             |Aliases  |Description                |
-|----------------|---------|---------------------------|
-|`KC_MS_UP`      |`KC_MS_U`|Mouse Cursor Up            |
-|`KC_MS_DOWN`    |`KC_MS_D`|Mouse Cursor Down          |
-|`KC_MS_LEFT`    |`KC_MS_L`|Mouse Cursor Left          |
-|`KC_MS_RIGHT`   |`KC_MS_R`|Mouse Cursor Right         |
-|`KC_MS_BTN1`    |`KC_BTN1`|Mouse Button 1             |
-|`KC_MS_BTN2`    |`KC_BTN2`|Mouse Button 2             |
-|`KC_MS_BTN3`    |`KC_BTN3`|Mouse Button 3             |
-|`KC_MS_BTN4`    |`KC_BTN4`|Mouse Button 4             |
-|`KC_MS_BTN5`    |`KC_BTN5`|Mouse Button 5             |
-|`KC_MS_WH_UP`   |`KC_WH_U`|Mouse Wheel Up             |
-|`KC_MS_WH_DOWN` |`KC_WH_D`|Mouse Wheel Down           |
-|`KC_MS_WH_LEFT` |`KC_WH_L`|Mouse Wheel Left           |
-|`KC_MS_WH_RIGHT`|`KC_WH_R`|Mouse Wheel Right          |
-|`KC_MS_ACCEL0`  |`KC_ACL0`|Set mouse acceleration to 0|
-|`KC_MS_ACCEL1`  |`KC_ACL1`|Set mouse acceleration to 1|
-|`KC_MS_ACCEL2`  |`KC_ACL2`|Set mouse acceleration to 2|
+## Configuring mouse keys
 
-You can see an example in the `_ML` here: https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/keymaps/mouse_keys/keymap.c#L46
+Mouse keys supports two different modes to move the cursor:
 
-## Configuring the Behavior of Mousekeys
+* **Accelerated (default):** Holding movement keys accelerates the cursor until it reaches its maximum speed.
+* **Constant:** Holding movement keys moves the cursor at constant speeds.
 
-The default speed for controlling the mouse with the keyboard is intentionally slow. You can adjust these parameters by adding these settings to your keymap's `config.h` file. All times are specified in milliseconds (ms).
+The same principle applies to scrolling.
 
-```
-#define MOUSEKEY_DELAY             300
-#define MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL          50
-#define MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED         10
-#define MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX       20
-#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED   8
-#define MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX 40
+Configuration options that are times, intervals or delays are given in milliseconds. Scroll speed is given as multiples of the default scroll step. For example, a scroll speed of 8 means that each scroll action covers 8 times the length of the default scroll step as defined by your operating system or application.
+
+### Accelerated mode
+
+This is the default mode. You can adjust the cursor and scrolling acceleration using the following settings in your keymap’s `config.h` file:
+
+|Define                      |Default|Description                                              |
+|----------------------------|-------|---------------------------------------------------------|
+|`MOUSEKEY_DELAY`            |300    |Delay between pressing a movement key and cursor movement|
+|`MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL`         |50     |Time between cursor movements                            |
+|`MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`        |10     |Maximum cursor speed at which acceleration stops         |
+|`MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX`      |20     |Time until maximum cursor speed is reached               |
+|`MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED`  |8      |Maximum number of scroll steps per scroll action         |
+|`MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX`|40     |Time until maximum scroll speed is reached               |
+
+Tips:
+
+* Setting `MOUSEKEY_DELAY` too low makes the cursor unresponsive. Setting it too high makes small movements difficult.
+* For smoother cursor movements, lower the value of `MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL`. If the refresh rate of your display is 60Hz, you could set it to `16` (1/60). As this raises the cursor speed significantly, you may want to lower `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`.
+* Setting `MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX` or `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX` to `0` will disable acceleration for the cursor or scrolling respectively. This way you can make one of them constant while keeping the other accelerated, which is not possible in constant speed mode.
+
+Cursor acceleration uses the same algorithm as the X Window System MouseKeysAccel feature. You can read more about it [on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mouse_keys).
+
+### Constant mode
+
+In this mode you can define multiple different speeds for both the cursor and the mouse wheel. There is no acceleration. `KC_ACL0`, `KC_ACL1` and `KC_ACL2` change the cursor and scroll speed to their respective setting.
+
+You can choose whether speed selection is momentary or tap-to-select:
+
+* **Momentary:** The chosen speed is only active while you hold the respective key. When the key is raised, mouse keys returns to the unmodified speed.
+* **Tap-to-select:** The chosen speed is activated when you press the respective key and remains active even after the key has been raised. The default speed is that of `KC_ACL1`. There is no unmodified speed.
+
+The default speeds from slowest to fastest are as follows:
+
+* **Momentary:** `KC_ACL0` < `KC_ACL1` < *unmodified* < `KC_ACL2`
+* **Tap-to-select:** `KC_ACL0` < `KC_ACL1` < `KC_ACL2`
+
+To use constant speed mode, you must at least define `MK_3_SPEED` in your keymap’s `config.h` file:
+
+```c
+#define MK_3_SPEED
 ```
 
+To enable momentary mode, also define `MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL`:
 
-### `MOUSEKEY_DELAY`
+```c
+#define MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL
+```
 
-When one of the mouse movement buttons is pressed this setting is used to define the delay between that button press and the mouse cursor moving. Some people find that small movements are impossible if this setting is too low, while settings that are too high feel sluggish.
+Use the following settings if you want to adjust cursor movement or scrolling:
 
-### `MOUSEKEY_INTERVAL`
-
-When a movement key is held down this specifies how long to wait between each movement report. Lower settings will translate into an effectively higher mouse speed.
-
-### `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`
-
-As a movement key is held down the speed of the mouse cursor will increase until it reaches `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED`.
-
-### `MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX`
-
-How long you want to hold down a movement key for until `MOUSEKEY_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickly your cursor will accelerate.
-
-### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED`
-
-The top speed for scrolling movements.
-
-### `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX`
-
-How long you want to hold down a scroll key for until `MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED` is reached. This controls how quickly your scrolling will accelerate.
+|Define               |Default      |Description                                |
+|---------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------|
+|`MK_3_SPEED`         |*Not defined*|Enable constant cursor speeds              |
+|`MK_MOMENTARY_ACCEL` |*Not defined*|Enable momentary speed selection           |
+|`MK_C_OFFSET_UNMOD`  |16           |Cursor offset per movement (unmodified)    |
+|`MK_C_INTERVAL_UNMOD`|16           |Time between cursor movements (unmodified) |
+|`MK_C_OFFSET_0`      |1            |Cursor offset per movement (`KC_ACL0`)     |
+|`MK_C_INTERVAL_0`    |32           |Time between cursor movements (`KC_ACL0`)  |
+|`MK_C_OFFSET_1`      |4            |Cursor offset per movement (`KC_ACL1`)     |
+|`MK_C_INTERVAL_1`    |16           |Time between cursor movements (`KC_ACL1`)  |
+|`MK_C_OFFSET_2`      |32           |Cursor offset per movement (`KC_ACL2`)     |
+|`MK_C_INTERVAL_2`    |16           |Time between cursor movements (`KC_ACL2`)  |
+|`MK_W_OFFSET_UNMOD`  |1            |Scroll steps per scroll action (unmodified)|
+|`MK_W_INTERVAL_UNMOD`|40           |Time between scroll steps (unmodified)     |
+|`MK_W_OFFSET_0`      |1            |Scroll steps per scroll action (`KC_ACL0`) |
+|`MK_W_INTERVAL_0`    |360          |Time between scroll steps (`KC_ACL0`)      |
+|`MK_W_OFFSET_1`      |1            |Scroll steps per scroll action (`KC_ACL1`) |
+|`MK_W_INTERVAL_1`    |120          |Time between scroll steps (`KC_ACL1`)      |
+|`MK_W_OFFSET_2`      |1            |Scroll steps per scroll action (`KC_ACL2`) |
+|`MK_W_INTERVAL_2`    |20           |Time between scroll steps (`KC_ACL2`)      |

docs/feature_oled_driver.md

@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+# OLED Driver
+
+## OLED Supported Hardware
+
+OLED modules using SSD1306 or SH1106 driver ICs, communicating over I2C.
+Tested combinations:
+
+| IC driver |   Size | Keyboard Platform | Notes                    |
+|-----------|--------|-------------------|--------------------------|
+| SSD1306   | 128x32 | AVR               | Primary support          |
+| SSD1306   | 128x64 | AVR               | Verified working         |
+| SSD1306   | 128x32 | ARM               |                          |
+| SH1106    | 128x64 | AVR               | No rotation or scrolling |
+
+Hardware configurations using ARM-based microcontrollers or different sizes of OLED modules may be compatible, but are untested.
+
+!> Warning: This OLED Driver currently uses the new i2c_master driver from split common code. If your split keyboard uses I2C to communicate between sides, this driver could cause an address conflict (serial is fine). Please contact your keyboard vendor and ask them to migrate to the latest split common code to fix this. In addition, the display timeout system to reduce OLED burn-in also uses split common to detect keypresses, so you will need to implement custom timeout logic for non-split common keyboards.
+
+## Usage
+
+To enable the OLED feature, there are three steps. First, when compiling your keyboard, you'll need to set `OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE=yes` in `rules.mk`, e.g.:
+
+```
+OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+This enables the feature and the `OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE` define. Then in your `keymap.c` file, you will need to implement the user task call, e.g:
+
+```C++
+#ifdef OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE
+void oled_task_user(void) {
+  // Host Keyboard Layer Status
+  oled_write_P(PSTR("Layer: "), false);
+  switch (get_highest_layer(layer_state)) {
+    case _QWERTY:
+      oled_write_P(PSTR("Default\n"), false);
+      break;
+    case _FN:
+      oled_write_P(PSTR("FN\n"), false);
+      break;
+    case _ADJ:
+      oled_write_P(PSTR("ADJ\n"), false);
+      break;
+    default:
+      // Or use the write_ln shortcut over adding '\n' to the end of your string
+      oled_write_ln_P(PSTR("Undefined"), false);
+  }
+
+  // Host Keyboard LED Status
+  uint8_t led_usb_state = host_keyboard_leds();
+  oled_write_P(led_usb_state & (1<<USB_LED_NUM_LOCK) ? PSTR("NUMLCK ") : PSTR("       "), false);
+  oled_write_P(led_usb_state & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK) ? PSTR("CAPLCK ") : PSTR("       "), false);
+  oled_write_P(led_usb_state & (1<<USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK) ? PSTR("SCRLCK ") : PSTR("       "), false);
+}
+#endif
+```
+
+## Logo Example
+
+In the default font, ranges in the font file are reserved for a QMK Logo. To Render this logo to the oled screen, use the following code example:
+
+```C++
+static void render_logo(void) {
+  static const char PROGMEM qmk_logo[] = {
+    0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8a,0x8b,0x8c,0x8d,0x8e,0x8f,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,
+    0xa0,0xa1,0xa2,0xa3,0xa4,0xa5,0xa6,0xa7,0xa8,0xa9,0xaa,0xab,0xac,0xad,0xae,0xaf,0xb0,0xb1,0xb2,0xb3,0xb4,
+    0xc0,0xc1,0xc2,0xc3,0xc4,0xc5,0xc6,0xc7,0xc8,0xc9,0xca,0xcb,0xcc,0xcd,0xce,0xcf,0xd0,0xd1,0xd2,0xd3,0xd4,0};
+
+  oled_write_P(qmk_logo, false);
+}
+```
+
+## Other Examples
+
+In split keyboards, it is very common to have two OLED displays that each render different content and oriented flipped differently. You can do this by switching which content to render by using the return from `is_keyboard_master()` or `is_keyboard_left()` found in `split_util.h`, e.g:
+
+```C++
+#ifdef OLED_DRIVER_ENABLE
+oled_rotation_t oled_init_user(oled_rotation_t rotation) {
+  if (!is_keyboard_master())
+    return OLED_ROTATION_180;  // flips the display 180 degrees if offhand
+  return rotation;
+}
+
+void oled_task_user(void) {
+  if (is_keyboard_master()) {
+    render_status();     // Renders the current keyboard state (layer, lock, caps, scroll, etc)
+  } else {
+    render_logo();       // Renders a statuc logo
+    oled_scroll_left();  // Turns on scrolling
+  }
+}
+#endif
+```
+
+
+ ## Basic Configuration
+
+| Define                     | Default           | Description                                                                                                                |
+|----------------------------|-------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| `OLED_DISPLAY_ADDRESS`     | `0x3C`            | The i2c address of the OLED Display                                                                                        |
+| `OLED_FONT_H`              | `"glcdfont.c"`    | The font code file to use for custom fonts                                                                                 |
+| `OLED_FONT_START`          | `0`               | The starting characer index for custom fonts                                                                               |
+| `OLED_FONT_END`            | `224`             | The ending characer index for custom fonts                                                                                 |
+| `OLED_FONT_WIDTH`          | `6`               | The font width                                                                                                             |
+| `OLED_FONT_HEIGHT`         | `8`               | The font height (untested)                                                                                                 |
+| `OLED_TIMEOUT`             | `60000`           | Turns off the OLED screen after 60000ms of keyboard inactivity. Helps reduce OLED Burn-in. Set to 0 to disable.            |
+| `OLED_SCROLL_TIMEOUT`      | `0`               | Scrolls the OLED screen after 0ms of OLED inactivity. Helps reduce OLED Burn-in. Set to 0 to disable.                      |
+| `OLED_SCROLL_TIMEOUT_RIGHT`| *Not defined*     | Scroll timeout direction is right when defined, left when undefined.                                                       |
+| `OLED_IC`                  | `OLED_IC_SSD1306` | Set to `OLED_IC_SH1106` if you're using the SH1106 OLED controller.                                                        |
+| `OLED_COLUMN_OFFSET`       | `0`               | (SH1106 only.) Shift output to the right this many pixels.<br />Useful for 128x64 displays centered on a 132x64 SH1106 IC. |
+
+ ## 128x64 & Custom sized OLED Displays
+
+ The default display size for this feature is 128x32 and all necessary defines are precalculated with that in mind. We have added a define, `OLED_DISPLAY_128X64`, to switch all the values to be used in a 128x64 display, as well as added a custom define, `OLED_DISPLAY_CUSTOM`, that allows you to provide the necessary values to the driver.
+
+|Define                 |Default        |Description                                                      |
+|-----------------------|---------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`OLED_DISPLAY_128X64`  |*Not defined*  |Changes the display defines for use with 128x64 displays.        |
+|`OLED_DISPLAY_CUSTOM`  |*Not defined*  |Changes the display defines for use with custom displays.<br />Requires user to implement the below defines. |
+|`OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH`   |`128`          |The width of the OLED display.                                   |
+|`OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT`  |`32`           |The height of the OLED display.                                  |
+|`OLED_MATRIX_SIZE`     |`512`          |The local buffer size to allocate.<br />`(OLED_DISPLAY_HEIGHT / 8 * OLED_DISPLAY_WIDTH)`. |
+|`OLED_BLOCK_TYPE`      |`uint16_t`     |The unsigned integer type to use for dirty rendering. |
+|`OLED_BLOCK_COUNT`     |`16`           |The number of blocks the display is divided into for dirty rendering.<br />`(sizeof(OLED_BLOCK_TYPE) * 8)`. |
+|`OLED_BLOCK_SIZE`      |`32`           |The size of each block for dirty rendering<br />`(OLED_MATRIX_SIZE / OLED_BLOCK_COUNT)`. |
+|`OLED_COM_PINS`        |`COM_PINS_SEQ` |How the SSD1306 chip maps it's memory to display.<br />Options are `COM_PINS_SEQ`, `COM_PINS_ALT`, `COM_PINS_SEQ_LR`, & `COM_PINS_ALT_LR`. |
+|`OLED_SOURCE_MAP`      |`{ 0, ... N }` |Precalculated source array to use for mapping source buffer to target OLED memory in 90 degree rendering.         |
+|`OLED_TARGET_MAP`      |`{ 24, ... N }`|Precalculated target array to use for mapping source buffer to target OLED memory in 90 degree rendering.         |
+
+
+### 90 Degree Rotation - Technical Mumbo Jumbo 
+
+!> Rotation is unsupported on the SH1106.
+
+```C
+// OLED Rotation enum values are flags
+typedef enum {
+    OLED_ROTATION_0   = 0,
+    OLED_ROTATION_90  = 1,
+    OLED_ROTATION_180 = 2,
+    OLED_ROTATION_270 = 3, // OLED_ROTATION_90 | OLED_ROTATION_180
+} oled_rotation_t;
+```
+
+ OLED displays driven by SSD1306 drivers only natively support in hard ware 0 degree and 180 degree rendering. This feature is done in software and not free. Using this feature will increase the time to calculate what data to send over i2c to the OLED. If you are strapped for cycles, this can cause keycodes to not register. In testing however, the rendering time on an `atmega32u4` board only went from 2ms to 5ms and keycodes not registering was only noticed once we hit 15ms. 
+ 
+ 90 Degree Rotated Rendering is achieved by using bitwise operations to rotate each 8 block of memory and uses two precalculated arrays to remap buffer memory to OLED memory. The memory map defines are precalculated for remap performance and are calculated based on the OLED Height, Width, and Block Size. For example, in the 128x32 implementation with a `uint8_t` block type, we have a 64 byte block size. This gives us eight 8 byte blocks that need to be rotated and rendered. The OLED renders horizontally two 8 byte blocks before moving down a page, e.g:
+
+|   |   |   |   |   |   |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+| 0 | 1 |   |   |   |   |
+| 2 | 3 |   |   |   |   |
+| 4 | 5 |   |   |   |   |
+| 6 | 7 |   |   |   |   |
+
+However the local buffer is stored as if it was Height x Width display instead of Width x Height, e.g:
+
+|   |   |   |   |   |   |
+|---|---|---|---|---|---|
+| 3 | 7 |   |   |   |   |
+| 2 | 6 |   |   |   |   |
+| 1 | 5 |   |   |   |   |
+| 0 | 4 |   |   |   |   |
+
+So those precalculated arrays just index the memory offsets in the order in which each one iterates its data.
+
+## OLED API
+
+```C++
+// OLED Rotation enum values are flags
+typedef enum {
+    OLED_ROTATION_0   = 0,
+    OLED_ROTATION_90  = 1,
+    OLED_ROTATION_180 = 2,
+    OLED_ROTATION_270 = 3, // OLED_ROTATION_90 | OLED_ROTATION_180
+} oled_rotation_t;
+
+// Initialize the OLED display, rotating the rendered output based on the define passed in.
+// Returns true if the OLED was initialized successfully
+bool oled_init(oled_rotation_t rotation);
+
+// Called at the start of oled_init, weak function overridable by the user
+// rotation - the value passed into oled_init
+// Return new oled_rotation_t if you want to override default rotation
+oled_rotation_t oled_init_user(oled_rotation_t rotation);
+
+// Clears the display buffer, resets cursor position to 0, and sets the buffer to dirty for rendering
+void oled_clear(void);
+
+// Renders the dirty chunks of the buffer to OLED display
+void oled_render(void);
+
+// Moves cursor to character position indicated by column and line, wraps if out of bounds
+// Max column denoted by 'oled_max_chars()' and max lines by 'oled_max_lines()' functions
+void oled_set_cursor(uint8_t col, uint8_t line);
+
+// Advances the cursor to the next page, writing ' ' if true
+// Wraps to the begining when out of bounds
+void oled_advance_page(bool clearPageRemainder);
+
+// Moves the cursor forward 1 character length
+// Advance page if there is not enough room for the next character
+// Wraps to the begining when out of bounds
+void oled_advance_char(void);
+
+// Writes a single character to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+// Main handler that writes character data to the display buffer
+void oled_write_char(const char data, bool invert);
+
+// Writes a string to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+void oled_write(const char *data, bool invert);
+
+// Writes a string to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+// Advances the cursor to the next page, wiring ' ' to the remainder of the current page
+void oled_write_ln(const char *data, bool invert);
+
+// Writes a PROGMEM string to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+// Remapped to call 'void oled_write(const char *data, bool invert);' on ARM
+void oled_write_P(const char *data, bool invert);
+
+// Writes a PROGMEM string to the buffer at current cursor position
+// Advances the cursor while writing, inverts the pixels if true
+// Advances the cursor to the next page, wiring ' ' to the remainder of the current page
+// Remapped to call 'void oled_write_ln(const char *data, bool invert);' on ARM
+void oled_write_ln_P(const char *data, bool invert);
+
+// Can be used to manually turn on the screen if it is off
+// Returns true if the screen was on or turns on
+bool oled_on(void);
+
+// Can be used to manually turn off the screen if it is on
+// Returns true if the screen was off or turns off
+bool oled_off(void);
+
+// Basically it's oled_render, but with timeout management and oled_task_user calling!
+void oled_task(void);
+
+// Called at the start of oled_task, weak function overridable by the user
+void oled_task_user(void);
+
+// Scrolls the entire display right
+// Returns true if the screen was scrolling or starts scrolling
+// NOTE: display contents cannot be changed while scrolling
+bool oled_scroll_right(void);
+
+// Scrolls the entire display left
+// Returns true if the screen was scrolling or starts scrolling
+// NOTE: display contents cannot be changed while scrolling
+bool oled_scroll_left(void);
+
+// Turns off display scrolling
+// Returns true if the screen was not scrolling or stops scrolling
+bool oled_scroll_off(void);
+
+// Returns the maximum number of characters that will fit on a line
+uint8_t oled_max_chars(void);
+
+// Returns the maximum number of lines that will fit on the OLED
+uint8_t oled_max_lines(void);
+```
+
+!> Scrolling and rotation are unsupported on the SH1106.
+
+## SSD1306.h driver conversion guide
+
+|Old API                    |Recommended New API                |
+|---------------------------|-----------------------------------|
+|`struct CharacterMatrix`   |*removed - delete all references*  |
+|`iota_gfx_init`            |`oled_init`                        |
+|`iota_gfx_on`              |`oled_on`                          |
+|`iota_gfx_off`             |`oled_off`                         |
+|`iota_gfx_flush`           |`oled_render`                      |
+|`iota_gfx_write_char`      |`oled_write_char`                  |
+|`iota_gfx_write`           |`oled_write`                       |
+|`iota_gfx_write_P`         |`oled_write_P`                     |
+|`iota_gfx_clear_screen`    |`oled_clear`                       |
+|`matrix_clear`             |*removed - delete all references*  |
+|`matrix_write_char_inner`  |`oled_write_char`                  |
+|`matrix_write_char`        |`oled_write_char`                  |
+|`matrix_write`             |`oled_write`                       |
+|`matrix_write_ln`          |`oled_write_ln`                    |
+|`matrix_write_P`           |`oled_write_P`                     |
+|`matrix_write_ln_P`        |`oled_write_ln_P`                  |
+|`matrix_render`            |`oled_render`                      |
+|`iota_gfx_task`            |`oled_task`                        |
+|`iota_gfx_task_user`       |`oled_task_user`                   |

docs/feature_ps2_mouse.md

@@ -6,6 +6,24 @@ To hook up a Trackpoint, you need to obtain a Trackpoint module (i.e. harvest fr
 
 There are three available modes for hooking up PS/2 devices: USART (best), interrupts (better) or busywait (not recommended).
 
+### The Cirtuitry between Trackpoint and Controller
+
+To get the things working, a 4.7K drag is needed between the two lines DATA and CLK and the line 5+. 
+
+```
+
+          DATA ----------+--------- PIN
+                         |
+                        4.7K
+                         |
+MODULE    5+  --------+--+--------- PWR   CONTROLLER
+                      |
+                     4.7K
+                      |    
+          CLK   ------+------------ PIN
+```
+
+
 ### Busywait Version
 
 Note: This is not recommended, you may encounter jerky movement or unsent inputs. Please use interrupt or USART version if possible.

docs/feature_rgb_matrix.md

@@ -1,143 +1,404 @@
 # RGB Matrix Lighting
 
+This feature allows you to use RGB LED matrices driven by external drivers. It hooks into the RGBLIGHT system so you can use the same keycodes as RGBLIGHT to control it.
+
+If you want to use single color LED's you should use the [LED Matrix Subsystem](feature_led_matrix.md) instead.
+
+## Driver configuration
+---
+### IS31FL3731
+
 There is basic support for addressable RGB matrix lighting with the I2C IS31FL3731 RGB controller. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
 
-    RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = yes
+```C
+RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3731
+```
 
 Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
 
-	// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
-	// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
-	// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
-	// 0b1110100 AD <-> GND
-	// 0b1110111 AD <-> VCC
-	// 0b1110101 AD <-> SCL
-	// 0b1110110 AD <-> SDA
-	#define DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1110100
-	#define DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1110110
+```C
+// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
+// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
+// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
+// 0b1110100 AD <-> GND
+// 0b1110111 AD <-> VCC
+// 0b1110101 AD <-> SCL
+// 0b1110110 AD <-> SDA
+#define DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1110100
+#define DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1110110
 
-	#define DRIVER_COUNT 2
-	#define DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL 25
-	#define DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL 24
-	#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL
+#define DRIVER_COUNT 2
+#define DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL 25
+#define DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL 24
+#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL (DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL)
+```
+
+!> Note the parentheses, this is so when `DRIVER_LED_TOTAL` is used in code and expanded, the values are added together before any additional math is applied to them. As an example, `rand() % (DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL)` will give very different results than `rand() % DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL + DRIVER_2_LED_TOTAL`.
 
 Currently only 2 drivers are supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations.
 
 Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
 
-	const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
-	/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
-	 *   driver
-	 *   |  R location
-	 *   |  |      G location
-	 *   |  |      |      B location
-	 *   |  |      |      | */
-	    {0, C1_3,  C2_3,  C3_3},
-	    ....
-	}
+```C
+const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
+/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
+ *   driver
+ *   |  R location
+ *   |  |      G location
+ *   |  |      |      B location
+ *   |  |      |      | */
+    {0, C1_3,  C2_3,  C3_3},
+    ....
+}
+```
 
-Where `Cx_y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf). The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (`0` or `1` right now).
+Where `Cx_y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3731.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3731.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (`0` or `1` right now).
 
-	const rgb_led g_rgb_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
-	/* {row | col << 4}
-	 *    |           {x=0..224, y=0..64}
-	 *    |              |               modifier
-	 *    |              |                 | */
-	    {{0|(0<<4)},   {20.36*0, 21.33*0}, 1},
-	    {{0|(1<<4)},   {20.36*1, 21.33*0}, 1},
-	    ....
-	}
+---
+###  IS31FL3733/IS31FL3737
 
-The format for the matrix position used in this array is `{row | (col << 4)}`. The `x` is between (inclusive) 0-224, and `y` is between (inclusive) 0-64. The easiest way to calculate these positions is:
+!> For the IS31FL3737, replace all instances of `IS31FL3733` below with `IS31FL3737`.
 
-    x = 224 / ( NUMBER_OF_ROWS - 1 ) * ROW_POSITION
-    y = 64 / (NUMBER_OF_COLS - 1 ) * COL_POSITION
+There is basic support for addressable RGB matrix lighting with the I2C IS31FL3733 RGB controller. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
 
-Where all variables are decimels/floats.
+```C
+RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = IS31FL3733
+```
 
-`modifier` is a boolean, whether or not a certain key is considered a modifier (used in some effects).
+Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
+
+```C
+// This is a 7-bit address, that gets left-shifted and bit 0
+// set to 0 for write, 1 for read (as per I2C protocol)
+// The address will vary depending on your wiring:
+// 00 <-> GND
+// 01 <-> SCL
+// 10 <-> SDA
+// 11 <-> VCC
+// ADDR1 represents A1:A0 of the 7-bit address.
+// ADDR2 represents A3:A2 of the 7-bit address.
+// The result is: 0b101(ADDR2)(ADDR1)
+#define DRIVER_ADDR_1 0b1010000
+#define DRIVER_ADDR_2 0b1010000 // this is here for compliancy reasons.
+
+#define DRIVER_COUNT 2
+#define DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL 64
+#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL DRIVER_1_LED_TOTAL
+```
+
+Currently only a single drivers is supported, but it would be trivial to support all 4 combinations. For now define `DRIVER_ADDR_2` as `DRIVER_ADDR_1`
+
+Define these arrays listing all the LEDs in your `<keyboard>.c`:
+
+```C
+const is31_led g_is31_leds[DRIVER_LED_TOTAL] = {
+/* Refer to IS31 manual for these locations
+ *   driver
+ *   |  R location
+ *   |  |       G location
+ *   |  |       |       B location
+ *   |  |       |       | */
+    {0, B_1,    A_1,    C_1},
+    ....
+}
+```
+
+Where `X_Y` is the location of the LED in the matrix defined by [the datasheet](http://www.issi.com/WW/pdf/31FL3733.pdf) and the header file `drivers/issi/is31fl3733.h`. The `driver` is the index of the driver you defined in your `config.h` (Only `0` right now).
+
+---
+
+### WS2812 (AVR only)
+
+There is basic support for addressable RGB matrix lighting with a WS2811/WS2812{a,b,c} addressable LED strand. To enable it, add this to your `rules.mk`:
+
+```C
+RGB_MATRIX_ENABLE = WS2812
+```
+
+Configure the hardware via your `config.h`:
+
+```C
+// The pin connected to the data pin of the LEDs
+#define RGB_DI_PIN D7
+// The number of LEDs connected
+#define DRIVER_LED_TOTAL 70
+```
+
+---
+
+From this point forward the configuration is the same for all the drivers. The `led_config_t` struct provides a key electrical matrix to led index lookup table, what the physical position of each LED is on the board, and what type of key or usage the LED if the LED represents. Here is a brief example:
+
+```C
+const led_config_t g_led_config = { {
+  // Key Matrix to LED Index
+  {   5, NO_LED, NO_LED,   0 },
+  { NO_LED, NO_LED, NO_LED, NO_LED },
+  {   4, NO_LED, NO_LED,   1 },
+  {   3, NO_LED, NO_LED,   2 }
+}, {
+  // LED Index to Physical Position
+  { 188,  16 }, { 187,  48 }, { 149,  64 }, { 112,  64 }, {  37,  48 }, {  38,  16 }
+}, {
+  // LED Index to Flag
+  1, 4, 4, 4, 4, 1
+} };
+```
+
+The first part, `// Key Matrix to LED Index`, tells the system what key this LED represents by using the key's electrical matrix row & col. The second part, `// LED Index to Physical Position` represents the LED's physical `{ x, y }` position on the keyboard. The default expected range of values for `{ x, y }` is the inclusive range `{ 0..224, 0..64 }`. This default expected range is due to effects that calculate the center of the keyboard for their animations. The easiest way to calculate these positions is imagine your keyboard is a grid, and the top left of the keyboard represents `{ x, y }` coordinate `{ 0, 0 }` and the bottom right of your keyboard represents `{ 224, 64 }`. Using this as a basis, you can use the following formula to calculate the physical position:
+
+```C
+x = 224 / (NUMBER_OF_COLS - 1) * COL_POSITION
+y =  64 / (NUMBER_OF_ROWS - 1) * ROW_POSITION
+```
+
+Where NUMBER_OF_COLS, NUMBER_OF_ROWS, COL_POSITION, & ROW_POSITION are all based on the physical layout of your keyboard, not the electrical layout. 
+
+As mentioned earlier, the center of the keyboard by default is expected to be `{ 112, 32 }`, but this can be changed if you want to more accurately calculate the LED's physical `{ x, y }` positions. Keyboard designers can implement `#define RGB_MATRIX_CENTER { 112, 32 }` in their config.h file with the new center point of the keyboard, or where they want it to be allowing more possibilities for the `{ x, y }` values. Do note that the maximum value for x or y is 255, and the recommended maximum is 224 as this gives animations runoff room before they reset.
+
+`// LED Index to Flag` is a bitmask, whether or not a certain LEDs is of a certain type. It is recommended that LEDs are set to only 1 type.
+
+## Flags
+
+|Define                              |Description                                |
+|------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------|
+|`#define HAS_FLAGS(bits, flags)`    |Returns true if `bits` has all `flags` set.|
+|`#define HAS_ANY_FLAGS(bits, flags)`|Returns true if `bits` has any `flags` set.|
+|`#define LED_FLAG_NONE      0x00`   |If this LED has no flags.                  |
+|`#define LED_FLAG_ALL       0xFF`   |If this LED has all flags.                 |
+|`#define LED_FLAG_MODIFIER  0x01`   |If the Key for this LED is a modifier.     |
+|`#define LED_FLAG_UNDERGLOW 0x02`   |If the LED is for underglow.               |
+|`#define LED_FLAG_KEYLIGHT  0x04`   |If the LED is for key backlight.           |
 
 ## Keycodes
 
 All RGB keycodes are currently shared with the RGBLIGHT system:
 
-	* `RGB_TOG` - toggle
-	* `RGB_MOD` - cycle through modes
-	* `RGB_HUI` - increase hue
-	* `RGB_HUD` - decrease hue
-	* `RGB_SAI` - increase saturation
-	* `RGB_SAD` - decrease saturation
-	* `RGB_VAI` - increase value
-	* `RGB_VAD` - decrease value
-	* `RGB_SPI` - increase speed effect (no EEPROM support)
-	* `RGB_SPD` - decrease speed effect (no EEPROM support)
-
-
-	* `RGB_MODE_*` keycodes will generally work, but are not currently mapped to the correct effects for the RGB Matrix system
+* `RGB_TOG` - toggle
+* `RGB_MOD` - cycle through modes
+* `RGB_HUI` - increase hue
+* `RGB_HUD` - decrease hue
+* `RGB_SAI` - increase saturation
+* `RGB_SAD` - decrease saturation
+* `RGB_VAI` - increase value
+* `RGB_VAD` - decrease value
+* `RGB_SPI` - increase speed effect (no EEPROM support)
+* `RGB_SPD` - decrease speed effect (no EEPROM support)
+* `RGB_MODE_*` keycodes will generally work, but are not currently mapped to the correct effects for the RGB Matrix system
 
 ## RGB Matrix Effects
 
-These are the effects that are currently available:
+All effects have been configured to support current configuration values (Hue, Saturation, Value, & Speed) unless otherwise noted below. These are the effects that are currently available:
 
-	enum rgb_matrix_effects {
-		RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_COLOR = 1,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS,
-	#ifdef RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES
-		RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH,
-	    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH,
-	#endif
-	    RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT_MAX
-	};
+```C
+enum rgb_matrix_effects {
+    RGB_MATRIX_NONE = 0,
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_COLOR = 1,     // Static single hue, no speed support
+    RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS,         // Static dual hue, speed is hue for secondary hue
+    RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN,    // Static gradient top to bottom, speed controls how much gradient changes
+    RGB_MATRIX_BREATHING,           // Single hue brightness cycling animation
+    RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SAT,        // Single hue band fading saturation scrolling left to right
+    RGB_MATRIX_BAND_VAL,        // Single hue band fading brightness scrolling left to right
+    RGB_MATRIX_BAND_PINWHEEL_SAT,   // Single hue 3 blade spinning pinwheel fades saturation
+    RGB_MATRIX_BAND_PINWHEEL_VAL,   // Single hue 3 blade spinning pinwheel fades brightness
+    RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SPIRAL_SAT,     // Single hue spinning spiral fades saturation
+    RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SPIRAL_VAL,     // Single hue spinning spiral fades brightness
+    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL,           // Full keyboard solid hue cycling through full gradient
+    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT,    // Full gradient scrolling left to right
+    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN,       // Full gradient scrolling top to bottom
+    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_OUT_IN,        // Full gradient scrolling out to in
+    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_OUT_IN_DUAL,   // Full dual gradients scrolling out to in
+    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON,  // Full gradent Chevron shapped scrolling left to right
+    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_PINWHEEL,      // Full gradient spinning pinwheel around center of keyboard
+    RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_SPIRAL,        // Full gradient spinning spiral around center of keyboard
+    RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON,         // Full gradient spinning around center of keyboard
+    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON,      // Full tighter gradient spinning around center of keyboard
+    RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS,   // Full dual gradients spinning two halfs of keyboard
+    RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS,           // Randomly changes a single key's hue
+    RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS, // Randomly changes a single key's hue and saturation
+#if define(RGB_MATRIX_FRAMEBUFFER_EFFECTS)
+    RGB_MATRIX_TYPING_HEATMAP,      // How hot is your WPM!
+    RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN,        // That famous computer simulation
+#endif
+#if defined(RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES) || defined(RGB_MATRIX_KEYRELEASES)
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_SIMPLE,   // Pulses keys hit to hue & value then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE,      // Static single hue, pulses keys hit to shifted hue then fades to current hue
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_WIDE       // Hue & value pulse near a single key hit then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTIWIDE  // Hue & value pulse near multiple key hits then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_CROSS      // Hue & value pulse the same column and row of a single key hit then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTICROSS // Hue & value pulse the same column and row of multiple key hits then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_NEXUS      // Hue & value pulse away on the same column and row of a single key hit then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTINEXUS // Hue & value pulse away on the same column and row of multiple key hits then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH,              // Full gradient & value pulse away from a single key hit then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH,         // Full gradient & value pulse away from multiple key hits then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH,        // Hue & value pulse away from a single key hit then fades value out
+    RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH,   // Hue & value pulse away from multiple key hits then fades value out
+#endif
+    RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT_MAX
+};
+```
 
-## Custom layer effects
+You can disable a single effect by defining `DISABLE_[EFFECT_NAME]` in your `config.h`:
 
-Custom layer effects can be done by defining this in your `<keyboard>.c`:
 
-    void rgb_matrix_indicators_kb(void) {
-    	// rgb_matrix_set_color(index, red, green, blue);
-    }
+|Define                                                 |Description                                    |
+|-------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS`               |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_ALPHAS_MODS`              |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN`          |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_GRADIENT_UP_DOWN`         |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BREATHING`                 |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BREATHING`                |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SAT`                  |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SAT`                 |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BAND_VAL`                  |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BAND_VAL`                 |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BAND_PINWHEEL_SAT`         |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BAND_PINWHEEL_SAT`        |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BAND_PINWHEEL_VAL`         |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BAND_PINWHEEL_VAL`        |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SPIRAL_SAT`           |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SPIRAL_SAT`          |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SPIRAL_VAL`           |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_BAND_SPIRAL_VAL`          |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL`                 |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_ALL`                |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT`          |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT`         |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN`             |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_UP_DOWN`            |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_OUT_IN`              |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_OUT_IN`             |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_OUT_IN_DUAL`         |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_OUT_IN_DUAL`        |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON`    |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_MOVING_CHEVRON`   |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON`               |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_DUAL_BEACON`              |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_PINWHEEL`            |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_PINWHEEL`           |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_SPIRAL`              |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_SPIRAL`             |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON`            |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_BEACON`           |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS`         |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINBOW_PINWHEELS`        |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS`                 |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_RAINDROPS`                |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS`       |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_JELLYBEAN_RAINDROPS`      |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_TYPING_HEATMAP`            |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_TYPING_HEATMAP`           |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN`              |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_DIGITAL_RAIN`             |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE`            |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE`           |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_SIMPLE`     |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_SIMPLE`    |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_WIDE`       |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_WIDE`      |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTIWIDE`  |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTIWIDE` |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_CROSS`      |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_CROSS`     |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTICROSS` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTICROSS`|
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_NEXUS`      |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_NEXUS`     |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTINEXUS` |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_REACTIVE_MULTINEXUS`|
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH`                    |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SPLASH`                   |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH`               |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_MULTISPLASH`              |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH`              |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_SPLASH`             |
+|`#define DISABLE_RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH`         |Disables `RGB_MATRIX_SOLID_MULTISPLASH`        |
+
+
+## Custom RGB Matrix Effects
+
+By setting `RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_USER` (and/or `RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_KB`) in `rule.mk`, new effects can be defined directly from userspace, without having to edit any QMK core files.
+
+To declare new effects, create a new `rgb_matrix_user/kb.inc` that looks something like this:
+
+`rgb_matrix_user.inc` should go in the root of the keymap directory.
+`rgb_matrix_kb.inc` should go in the root of the keyboard directory.
+
+```C
+// !!! DO NOT ADD #pragma once !!! //
+
+// Step 1.
+// Declare custom effects using the RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT macro
+// (note the lack of semicolon after the macro!)
+RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT(my_cool_effect)
+RGB_MATRIX_EFFECT(my_cool_effect2)
+
+// Step 2.
+// Define effects inside the `RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_EFFECT_IMPLS` ifdef block
+#ifdef RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_EFFECT_IMPLS
+
+// e.g: A simple effect, self-contained within a single method
+static bool my_cool_effect(effect_params_t* params) {
+  RGB_MATRIX_USE_LIMITS(led_min, led_max);
+  for (uint8_t i = led_min; i < led_max; i++) {
+    rgb_matrix_set_color(i, 0xff, 0xff, 0x00);
+  }
+  return led_max < DRIVER_LED_TOTAL;
+}
+
+// e.g: A more complex effect, relying on external methods and state, with
+// dedicated init and run methods
+static uint8_t some_global_state;
+static void my_cool_effect2_complex_init(effect_params_t* params) {
+  some_global_state = 1;
+}
+static bool my_cool_effect2_complex_run(effect_params_t* params) {
+  RGB_MATRIX_USE_LIMITS(led_min, led_max);
+  for (uint8_t i = led_min; i < led_max; i++) {
+    rgb_matrix_set_color(i, 0xff, some_global_state++, 0xff);
+  }
+
+  return led_max < DRIVER_LED_TOTAL;
+}
+static bool my_cool_effect2(effect_params_t* params) {
+  if (params->init) my_cool_effect2_complex_init(params);
+  return my_cool_effect2_complex_run(params);
+}
+
+#endif // RGB_MATRIX_CUSTOM_EFFECT_IMPLS
+```
+
+For inspiration and examples, check out the built-in effects under `quantum/rgb_matrix_animation/`
+
+
+## Colors
+
+These are shorthands to popular colors. The `RGB` ones can be passed to the `setrgb` functions, while the `HSV` ones to the `sethsv` functions.
+
+|RGB                |HSV                |
+|-------------------|-------------------|
+|`RGB_WHITE`        |`HSV_WHITE`        |
+|`RGB_RED`          |`HSV_RED`          |
+|`RGB_CORAL`        |`HSV_CORAL`        |
+|`RGB_ORANGE`       |`HSV_ORANGE`       |
+|`RGB_GOLDENROD`    |`HSV_GOLDENROD`    |
+|`RGB_GOLD`         |`HSV_GOLD`         |
+|`RGB_YELLOW`       |`HSV_YELLOW`       |
+|`RGB_CHARTREUSE`   |`HSV_CHARTREUSE`   |
+|`RGB_GREEN`        |`HSV_GREEN`        |
+|`RGB_SPRINGGREEN`  |`HSV_SPRINGGREEN`  |
+|`RGB_TURQUOISE`    |`HSV_TURQUOISE`    |
+|`RGB_TEAL`         |`HSV_TEAL`         |
+|`RGB_CYAN`         |`HSV_CYAN`         |
+|`RGB_AZURE`        |`HSV_AZURE`        |
+|`RGB_BLUE`         |`HSV_BLUE`         |
+|`RGB_PURPLE`       |`HSV_PURPLE`       |
+|`RGB_MAGENTA`      |`HSV_MAGENTA`      |
+|`RGB_PINK`         |`HSV_PINK`         |
+
+These are defined in [`rgblight_list.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight_list.h). Feel free to add to this list!
 
-A similar function works in the keymap as `rgb_matrix_indicators_user`.
 
 ## Additional `config.h` Options
 
-	#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES // reacts to keypresses (will slow down matrix scan by a lot)
-	#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYRELEASES // reacts to keyreleases (not recommened)
-	#define RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT 0 // number of ticks to wait until disabling effects
-	#define RGB_DISABLE_WHEN_USB_SUSPENDED false // turn off effects when suspended
-    #define RGB_MATRIX_SKIP_FRAMES 1 // number of frames to skip when displaying animations (0 is full effect) if not defined defaults to 1
+```C
+#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYPRESSES // reacts to keypresses
+#define RGB_MATRIX_KEYRELEASES // reacts to keyreleases (instead of keypresses)
+#define RGB_DISABLE_AFTER_TIMEOUT 0 // number of ticks to wait until disabling effects
+#define RGB_DISABLE_WHEN_USB_SUSPENDED false // turn off effects when suspended
+#define RGB_MATRIX_LED_PROCESS_LIMIT (DRIVER_LED_TOTAL + 4) / 5 // limits the number of LEDs to process in an animation per task run (increases keyboard responsiveness)
+#define RGB_MATRIX_LED_FLUSH_LIMIT 16 // limits in milliseconds how frequently an animation will update the LEDs. 16 (16ms) is equivalent to limiting to 60fps (increases keyboard responsiveness)
+#define RGB_MATRIX_MAXIMUM_BRIGHTNESS 200 // limits maximum brightness of LEDs to 200 out of 255. If not defined maximum brightness is set to 255
+#define RGB_MATRIX_STARTUP_MODE RGB_MATRIX_CYCLE_LEFT_RIGHT // Sets the default mode, if none has been set
+```
 
 ## EEPROM storage
 
 The EEPROM for it is currently shared with the RGBLIGHT system (it's generally assumed only one RGB would be used at a time), but could be configured to use its own 32bit address with:
 
-    #define EECONFIG_RGB_MATRIX (uint32_t *)16
+```C
+#define EECONFIG_RGB_MATRIX (uint32_t *)28
+```
 
-Where `16` is an unused index from `eeconfig.h`.
+Where `28` is an unused index from `eeconfig.h`.
 
 ## Suspended state
 
 To use the suspend feature, add this to your `<keyboard>.c`:
 
-	void suspend_power_down_kb(void)
-	{
-	    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
-	}
+```C
+void suspend_power_down_kb(void)
+{
+    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(true);
+}
 
-	void suspend_wakeup_init_kb(void)
-	{
-	    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
-	}
+void suspend_wakeup_init_kb(void)
+{
+    rgb_matrix_set_suspend_state(false);
+}
+```

docs/feature_rgblight.md

@@ -1,131 +1,47 @@
 # RGB Lighting
 
-If you've installed addressable RGB lights on your keyboard you can control them with QMK. Currently we support the following addressable LEDs on Atmel AVR processors:
+QMK has the ability to control RGB LEDs attached to your keyboard. This is commonly called *underglow*, due to the LEDs often being mounted on the bottom of the keyboard, producing a nice diffused effect when combined with a translucent case.
 
-* WS2811 and variants (WS2812, WS2812B, WS2812C, etc)
-* SK6812RGBW
+![Planck with RGB Underglow](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/3774a7fcdab5544fc787f4c200be05fcd417e31f/keyboards/planck/keymaps/yang/planck-with-rgb-underglow.jpg)
 
-Some keyboards come with RGB LEDs pre-installed. Others have to have LEDs installed after the fact. See below for information on modifying your keyboard.
+Some keyboards come with RGB LEDs preinstalled. Others must have them installed after the fact. See the [Hardware Modification](#hardware-modification) section for information on adding RGB lighting to your keyboard.
 
-## Selecting Colors
+Currently QMK supports the following addressable LEDs on AVR microcontrollers (however, the white LED in RGBW variants is not supported):
 
-QMK uses Hue, Saturation, and Value to set color rather than using RGB. You can use the color wheel below to see how this works. Changing the Hue will cycle around the circle. Saturation will affect the intensity of the color, which you can see as you move from the inner part to the outer part of the wheel. Value sets the overall brightness.
+ * WS2811, WS2812, WS2812B, WS2812C, etc.
+ * SK6812, SK6812MINI, SK6805
 
-<img src="gitbook/images/color-wheel.svg" alt="HSV Color Wheel" width="250">
+These LEDs are called "addressable" because instead of using a wire per color, each LED contains a small microchip that understands a special protocol sent over a single wire. The chip passes on the remaining data to the next LED, allowing them to be chained together. In this way, you can easily control the color of the individual LEDs.
 
-If you would like to learn more about HSV you can start with the [Wikipedia article](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV).
+## Usage
 
-## Configuration
+On keyboards with onboard RGB LEDs, it is usually enabled by default. If it is not working for you, check that your `rules.mk` includes the following:
 
-Before RGB Lighting can be used you have to enable it in `rules.mk`:
-
-    RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
-
-You can configure the behavior of the RGB lighting by defining values inside `config.h`.
-
-### Required Configuration
-
-At minimum you have to define the pin your LED strip is connected to and the number of LEDs connected.
-
-```c
-#define RGB_DI_PIN D7     // The pin the LED strip is connected to
-#define RGBLED_NUM 14     // Number of LEDs in your strip
+```make
+RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
 ```
 
-### Optional Configuration
+At minimum you must define the data pin your LED strip is connected to, and the number of LEDs in the strip, in your `config.h`. If your keyboard has onboard RGB LEDs, and you are simply creating a keymap, you usually won't need to modify these.
 
-You can change the behavior of the RGB Lighting by setting these configuration values. Use `#define <Option> <Value>` in a `config.h` at the keyboard, revision, or keymap level.
+|Define         |Description                                                                                              |
+|---------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`RGB_DI_PIN`   |The pin connected to the data pin of the LEDs                                                            |
+|`RGBLED_NUM`   |The number of LEDs connected                                                                             |
+|`RGBLED_SPLIT` |(Optional) For split keyboards, the number of LEDs connected on each half directly wired to `RGB_DI_PIN` |
 
-| Option | Default Value | Description |
-|--------|---------------|-------------|
-| `RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP` | 10 | How many hues you want to have available. |
-| `RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP` | 17 | How many steps of saturation you'd like. |
-| `RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP` | 17 | The number of levels of brightness you want. |
-| `RGBLIGHT_LIMIT_VAL` | 255 | Limit the val of HSV to limit the maximum brightness simply. |
-| `RGBLIGHT_SLEEP`     |    |  `#define` this will shut off the lights when the host goes to sleep | 
+Then you should be able to use the keycodes below to change the RGB lighting to your liking.
 
+### Color Selection
 
-### Animations
+QMK uses [Hue, Saturation, and Value](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HSL_and_HSV) to select colors rather than RGB. The color wheel below demonstrates how this works.
 
-If you have `#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` in your `config.h` you will have a number of animation modes you can cycle through using the `RGB_MOD` key. You can also `#define` other options to tweak certain animations.
+<img src="gitbook/images/color-wheel.svg" alt="HSV Color Wheel" width="250"/>
 
-| Option | Default Value | Description |
-|--------|---------------|-------------|
-| `RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` | | `#define` this to enable animation modes. |
-| `RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHE_CENTER` | 1.85 | Used to calculate the curve for the breathing animation. Valid values 1.0-2.7. |
-| `RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHE_MAX` | 255 | The maximum brightness for the breathing mode. Valid values 1-255. |
-| `RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE_LENGTH` | 4 | The number of LEDs to light up for the "snake" animation. |
-| `RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_LENGTH` | 3 | The number of LEDs to light up for the "knight" animation. |
-| `RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_OFFSET` | 0 | Start the knight animation this many LEDs from the start of the strip. |
-| `RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_LED_NUM` | RGBLED_NUM | The number of LEDs to have the "knight" animation travel. |
-| `RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS_INTERVAL` | 1000 | How long to wait between light changes for the "christmas" animation. Specified in ms. |
-| `RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS_STEP` | 2 | How many LED's to group the red/green colors by for the christmas mode. |
+Changing the **Hue** cycles around the circle.<br>
+Changing the **Saturation** moves between the inner and outer sections of the wheel, affecting the intensity of the color.<br>
+Changing the **Value** sets the overall brightness.<br>
 
-You can also tweak the behavior of the animations by defining these consts in your `keymap.c`. These mostly affect the speed different modes animate at.
-
-```c
-// How long (in ms) to wait between animation steps for the breathing mode
-const uint8_t RGBLED_BREATHING_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {30, 20, 10, 5};
-
-// How long (in ms) to wait between animation steps for the rainbow mode
-const uint8_t RGBLED_RAINBOW_MOOD_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {120, 60, 30};
-
-// How long (in ms) to wait between animation steps for the swirl mode
-const uint8_t RGBLED_RAINBOW_SWIRL_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {100, 50, 20};
-
-// How long (in ms) to wait between animation steps for the snake mode
-const uint8_t RGBLED_SNAKE_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {100, 50, 20};
-
-// How long (in ms) to wait between animation steps for the knight modes
-const uint8_t RGBLED_KNIGHT_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {127, 63, 31};
-
-// These control which colors are selected for the gradient mode
-const uint16_t RGBLED_GRADIENT_RANGES[] PROGMEM = {360, 240, 180, 120, 90};
-```
-
-### LED Control
-
-Look in `rgblights.h` for all available functions, but if you want to control all or some LEDs your goto functions are:
-
-```c
-// turn all lights off (stored in EEPROM)
-rgblight_disable();
-// turn lights on, based on their previous state (stored in EEPROM)
-rgblight_enable(); 
-
-// turn all lights off (not stored in EEPROM)
-rgblight_disable_noeeprom();
-// turn lights on, based on their previous state (not stored in EEPROM)
-rgblight_enable_noeeprom();
-
-// where r/g/b is a number from 0..255.  Turns all the LEDs to this color (ignores mode, not stored in EEPROM). 
-rgblight_setrgb(r, g, b); 
-// HSV color control - h is a value from 0..360 and s/v is a value from 0..255 (stored in EEPROM)
-rgblight_sethsv(h, s, v);  
-// HSV color control - h is a value from 0..360 and s/v is a value from 0..255 (not stored in EEPROM)
-rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(h, s, v);  
-
-// Sets the mode, if rgb animations are enabled (stored in eeprom)
-rgblight_mode(x);
-// Sets the mode, if rgb animations are enabled (not stored in eeprom)
-rgblight_mode_noeeprom(x);
-// MODE 1, solid color
-// MODE 2-5, breathing
-// MODE 6-8, rainbow mood
-// MODE 9-14, rainbow swirl
-// MODE 15-20, snake
-// MODE 21-23, knight
-// MODE 24, xmas
-// MODE 25-34, static rainbow
-
-rgblight_setrgb_at(r,g,b, LED);  // control a single LED.  0 <= LED < RGBLED_NUM
-rgblight_sethsv_at(h,s,v, LED);  // control a single LED.  0 <= LED < RGBLED_NUM
-```
-You can find a list of predefined colors at [`quantum/rgblight_list.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight_list.h). Free to add to this list!
-
-## RGB Lighting Keycodes
-
-These control the RGB Lighting functionality.
+## Keycodes
 
 |Key                |Aliases   |Description                                                         |
 |-------------------|----------|--------------------------------------------------------------------|
@@ -146,25 +62,324 @@ These control the RGB Lighting functionality.
 |`RGB_MODE_KNIGHT`  |`RGB_M_K` |"Knight Rider" animation mode                                       |
 |`RGB_MODE_XMAS`    |`RGB_M_X` |Christmas animation mode                                            |
 |`RGB_MODE_GRADIENT`|`RGB_M_G` |Static gradient animation mode                                      |
-|`RGB_MODE_RGBTEST `|`RGB_M_T` |Red,Green,Blue test animation mode                                  |
+|`RGB_MODE_RGBTEST` |`RGB_M_T` |Red, Green, Blue test animation mode                                |
 
-note: for backwards compatibility, `RGB_SMOD` is an alias for `RGB_MOD`.
+## Configuration
 
-## Hardware Modification
+Your RGB lighting can be configured by placing these `#define`s in your `config.h`:
 
-![Planck with RGB Underglow](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/3774a7fcdab5544fc787f4c200be05fcd417e31f/keyboards/planck/keymaps/yang/planck-with-rgb-underglow.jpg)
+|Define               |Default      |Description                                                                  |
+|---------------------|-------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP`  |`10`         |The number of steps to cycle through the hue by                              |
+|`RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP`  |`17`         |The number of steps to increment the saturation by                           |
+|`RGBLIGHT_VAL_STEP`  |`17`         |The number of steps to increment the brightness by                           |
+|`RGBLIGHT_LIMIT_VAL` |`255`        |The maximum brightness level                                                 |
+|`RGBLIGHT_SLEEP`     |*Not defined*|If defined, the RGB lighting will be switched off when the host goes to sleep|
+|`RGBLIGHT_SPLIT`     |*Not defined*|If defined, synchronization functionality for split keyboards is added|
+
+## Effects and Animations
+
+Not only can this lighting be whatever color you want,
+if `RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_xxxx` or `RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` is defined, you also have a number of animation modes at your disposal:
+
+|Mode number symbol           |Additional number  |Description                            |
+|-----------------------------|-------------------|---------------------------------------|
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_STATIC_LIGHT` | *None*            |Solid color (this mode is always enabled) |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_BREATHING`    | 0,1,2,3           |Solid color breathing                  |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_RAINBOW_MOOD` | 0,1,2             |Cycling rainbow                        |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_RAINBOW_SWIRL`| 0,1,2,3,4,5       |Swirling rainbow                       |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_SNAKE`        | 0,1,2,3,4,5       |Snake                                  |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_KNIGHT`       | 0,1,2             |Knight                                 |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_CHRISTMAS`    | *None*            |Christmas                              |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_STATIC_GRADIENT`| 0,1,..,9        |Static gradient                        |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_RGB_TEST`     | *None*            |RGB Test                               |
+|`RGBLIGHT_MODE_ALTERNATING`  | *None*            |Alternating                            |
+
+Check out [this video](https://youtube.com/watch?v=VKrpPAHlisY) for a demonstration.
+
+Note: For versions older than 0.6.117, The mode numbers were written directly. In `quantum/rgblight.h` there is a contrast table between the old mode number and the current symbol.
+
+### Effect and Animation Toggles
+
+Use these defines to add or remove animations from the firmware. When you are running low on flash space, it can be helpful to disable animations you are not using.
+
+|Define                              |Default      |Description                                                                          |
+|------------------------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS`               |*Not defined*|Enable all additional animation modes.                                   |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_ALTERNATING`       |*Not defined*|Enable alternating animation mode.                                       |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHING`         |*Not defined*|Enable breathing animation mode.                                         |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS`         |*Not defined*|Enable christmas animation mode.                                         |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT`            |*Not defined*|Enable knight animation mode.                                            |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_MOOD`      |*Not defined*|Enable rainbow mood animation mode.                                      |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_SWIRL`     |*Not defined*|Enable rainbow swirl animation mode.                                     |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RGB_TEST`          |*Not defined*|Enable RGB test animation mode.                                          |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE`             |*Not defined*|Enable snake animation mode.                                             |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_STATIC_GRADIENT`   |*Not defined*|Enable static gradient mode.                                             |
+
+### Effect and Animation Settings
+
+The following options are used to tweak the various animations:
+
+|Define                              |Default      |Description                                                                          |
+|------------------------------------|-------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHE_CENTER`    |*Not defined*|If defined, used to calculate the curve for the breathing animation. Valid values are 1.0 to 2.7 |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHE_MAX`       |`255`        |The maximum brightness for the breathing mode. Valid values are 1 to 255             |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS_INTERVAL`|`1000`       |How long to wait between light changes for the "Christmas" animation, in milliseconds|
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_CHRISTMAS_STEP`    |`2`          |The number of LEDs to group the red/green colors by for the "Christmas" animation    |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_LED_NUM`    |`RGBLED_NUM` |The number of LEDs to have the "Knight" animation travel                             |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_LENGTH`     |`3`          |The number of LEDs to light up for the "Knight" animation                            |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_KNIGHT_OFFSET`     |`0`          |The number of LEDs to start the "Knight" animation from the start of the strip by    |
+|`RGBLIGHT_RAINBOW_SWIRL_RANGE`      |`255`        |Range adjustment for the rainbow swirl effect to get different swirls                |
+|`RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_SNAKE_LENGTH`      |`4`          |The number of LEDs to light up for the "Snake" animation                             |
+
+### Example Usage to Reduce Memory Footprint
+  1. Remove `RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` from `config.h`.
+  1. Selectively add the animations you want to enable. The following would enable two animations and save about 4KiB:
+
+```diff
+ #undef RGBLED_NUM
+-#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS
++#define RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_STATIC_GRADIENT
++#define RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_RAINBOW_SWIRL
+ #define RGBLED_NUM 12
+ #define RGBLIGHT_HUE_STEP 8
+ #define RGBLIGHT_SAT_STEP 8
+```
+
+### Animation Speed
+
+You can also modify the speeds that the different modes animate at:
 
 Here is a quick demo on Youtube (with NPKC KC60) (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VKrpPAHlisY).
 
-For this mod, you need an unused pin wiring to DI of WS2812 strip. After wiring the VCC, GND, and DI, you can enable the underglow in your Makefile.
+```c
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Solid color breathing" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_BREATHING_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {30, 20, 10, 5};
 
-    RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Cycling rainbow" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_RAINBOW_MOOD_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {120, 60, 30};
 
-In order to use the underglow animation functions, you need to have `#define RGBLIGHT_ANIMATIONS` in your `config.h`.
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Swirling rainbow" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_RAINBOW_SWIRL_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {100, 50, 20};
 
-Please add the following options into your config.h, and set them up according your hardware configuration. These settings are for the `F4` pin by default:
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Snake" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_SNAKE_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {100, 50, 20};
 
-    #define RGB_DI_PIN F4     // The pin your RGB strip is wired to
-    #define RGBLED_NUM 14     // Number of LEDs
+// How long (in milliseconds) to wait between animation steps for each of the "Knight" animations
+const uint8_t RGBLED_KNIGHT_INTERVALS[] PROGMEM = {127, 63, 31};
 
-You'll need to edit `RGB_DI_PIN` to the pin you have your `DI` on your RGB strip wired to.
+// These control which hues are selected for each of the "Static gradient" modes
+const uint8_t RGBLED_GRADIENT_RANGES[] PROGMEM = {255, 170, 127, 85, 64};
+```
+
+## Functions
+
+If you need to change your RGB lighting in code, for example in a macro to change the color whenever you switch layers, QMK provides a set of functions to assist you. See [`rgblight.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight.h) for the full list, but the most commonly used functions include:
+
+### Utility Functions
+|Function                                    |Description                                                        |
+|--------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`sethsv(hue, sat, val, ledbuf)`             |Set ledbuf to the given HSV value                                  |
+|`sethsv_raw(hue, sat, val, ledbuf)`         |Set ledbuf to the given HSV value without RGBLIGHT_LIMIT_VAL check |
+|`setrgb(r, g, b, ledbuf)`                   |Set ledbuf to the given RGB value where `r`/`g`/`b`                |
+
+### Low level Functions
+|Function                                    |Description                                |
+|--------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------|
+|`rgblight_set()`                            |Flash out led buffers to LEDs              |
+|`rgblight_set_clipping_range(pos, num)`     |Set clipping Range. see [Clipping Range](#clipping-range) |
+
+Example:
+```c
+sethsv(HSV_WHITE, (LED_TYPE *)&led[0]); // led 0
+sethsv(HSV_RED,   (LED_TYPE *)&led[1]); // led 1
+sethsv(HSV_GREEN, (LED_TYPE *)&led[2]); // led 2
+rgblight_set(); // Utility functions do not call rgblight_set() automatically, so they need to be called explicitly.
+```
+
+### Effects and Animations Functions
+#### effect range setting
+|Function                                    |Description       |
+|--------------------------------------------|------------------|
+|`rgblight_set_effect_range(pos, num)`       |Set Effects Range |
+
+#### direct operation
+|Function                                    |Description  |
+|--------------------------------------------|-------------|
+|`rgblight_setrgb_at(r, g, b, index)`          |Set a single LED to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 and `index` is between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_sethsv_at(h, s, v, index)`          |Set a single LED to the given HSV value, where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255, and `index` is between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_setrgb_range(r, g, b, start, end)`|Set a continuous range of LEDs to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 and `start`(included) and `stop`(excluded) are between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM)|
+|`rgblight_sethsv_range(h, s, v, start, end)`|Set a continuous range of LEDs to the given HSV value, where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255, and `start`(included) and `stop`(excluded) are between 0 and `RGBLED_NUM` (not written to EEPROM)|
+|`rgblight_setrgb(r, g, b)`                  |Set effect range LEDs to the given RGB value where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_setrgb_master(r, g, b)`           |Set the LEDs on the master side  to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_setrgb_slave(r, g, b)`            |Set the LEDs on the slave side  to the given RGB value, where `r`/`g`/`b` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_sethsv_master(h, s, v)`           |Set the LEDs on the master side to the given HSV value, where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_sethsv_slave(h, s, v)`            |Set the LEDs on the slave side to the given HSV value, where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
+
+Example:
+```c
+rgblight_sethsv(HSV_WHITE, 0); // led 0
+rgblight_sethsv(HSV_RED,   1); // led 1
+rgblight_sethsv(HSV_GREEN, 2); // led 2
+// The above functions automatically calls rgblight_set(), so there is no need to call it explicitly.
+// Note that it is inefficient to call repeatedly.
+```
+
+#### effect mode change
+|Function                                    |Description  |
+|--------------------------------------------|-------------|
+|`rgblight_mode(x)`                          |Set the mode, if RGB animations are enabled |
+|`rgblight_mode_noeeprom(x)`                 |Set the mode, if RGB animations are enabled (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_step()`                           |Change the mode to the next RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations |
+|`rgblight_step_noeeprom()`                  |Change the mode to the next RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_step_reverse()`                   |Change the mode to the previous RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations |
+|`rgblight_step_reverse_noeeprom()`          |Change the mode to the previous RGB animation in the list of enabled RGB animations (not written to EEPROM) |
+
+#### effects mode disable/enable
+|Function                                    |Description  |
+|--------------------------------------------|-------------|
+|`rgblight_toggle()`                         |Toggle effect range LEDs between on and off |
+|`rgblight_toggle_noeeprom()`                |Toggle effect range LEDs between on and off (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_enable()`                         |Turn effect range LEDs on, based on their previous state |
+|`rgblight_enable_noeeprom()`                |Turn effect range LEDs on, based on their previous state (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_disable()`                        |Turn effect range LEDs off |
+|`rgblight_disable_noeeprom()`               |Turn effect range LEDs off (not written to EEPROM) |
+
+#### hue, sat, val change
+|Function                                    |Description  |
+|--------------------------------------------|-------------|
+|`rgblight_increase_hue()`                   |Increase the hue for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum hue |
+|`rgblight_increase_hue_noeeprom()`          |Increase the hue for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum hue (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_decrease_hue()`                   |Decrease the hue for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum hue |
+|`rgblight_decrease_hue_noeeprom()`          |Decrease the hue for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum hue (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_increase_sat()`                   |Increase the saturation for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum saturation |
+|`rgblight_increase_sat_noeeprom()`          |Increase the saturation for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum saturation (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_decrease_sat()`                   |Decrease the saturation for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum saturation |
+|`rgblight_decrease_sat_noeeprom()`          |Decrease the saturation for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum saturation (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_increase_val()`                   |Increase the value for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum value |
+|`rgblight_increase_val_noeeprom()`          |Increase the value for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at maximum value (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_decrease_val()`                   |Decrease the value for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum value |
+|`rgblight_decrease_val_noeeprom()`          |Decrease the value for effect range LEDs. This wraps around at minimum value (not written to EEPROM) |
+|`rgblight_sethsv(h, s, v)`                  |Set effect range LEDs to the given HSV value where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 |
+|`rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(h, s, v)`         |Set effect range LEDs to the given HSV value where `h`/`s`/`v` are between 0 and 255 (not written to EEPROM) |
+
+#### query
+|Function               |Description      |
+|-----------------------|-----------------|
+|`rgblight_get_mode()`  |Get current mode |
+|`rgblight_get_hue()`   |Get current hue  |
+|`rgblight_get_sat()`   |Get current sat  |
+|`rgblight_get_val()`   |Get current val  |
+
+## Colors
+
+These are shorthands to popular colors. The `RGB` ones can be passed to the `setrgb` functions, while the `HSV` ones to the `sethsv` functions.
+
+|RGB                |HSV                |
+|-------------------|-------------------|
+|`RGB_WHITE`        |`HSV_WHITE`        |
+|`RGB_RED`          |`HSV_RED`          |
+|`RGB_CORAL`        |`HSV_CORAL`        |
+|`RGB_ORANGE`       |`HSV_ORANGE`       |
+|`RGB_GOLDENROD`    |`HSV_GOLDENROD`    |
+|`RGB_GOLD`         |`HSV_GOLD`         |
+|`RGB_YELLOW`       |`HSV_YELLOW`       |
+|`RGB_CHARTREUSE`   |`HSV_CHARTREUSE`   |
+|`RGB_GREEN`        |`HSV_GREEN`        |
+|`RGB_SPRINGGREEN`  |`HSV_SPRINGGREEN`  |
+|`RGB_TURQUOISE`    |`HSV_TURQUOISE`    |
+|`RGB_TEAL`         |`HSV_TEAL`         |
+|`RGB_CYAN`         |`HSV_CYAN`         |
+|`RGB_AZURE`        |`HSV_AZURE`        |
+|`RGB_BLUE`         |`HSV_BLUE`         |
+|`RGB_PURPLE`       |`HSV_PURPLE`       |
+|`RGB_MAGENTA`      |`HSV_MAGENTA`      |
+|`RGB_PINK`         |`HSV_PINK`         |
+
+```c
+rgblight_setrgb(RGB_ORANGE);
+rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom(HSV_GREEN);
+rgblight_setrgb_at(RGB_GOLD, 3);
+rgblight_sethsv_range(HSV_WHITE, 0, 6);
+```
+
+These are defined in [`rgblight_list.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/rgblight_list.h). Feel free to add to this list!
+
+
+## Changing the order of the LEDs
+
+If you want to make the logical order of LEDs different from the electrical connection order, you can do this by defining the `RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP` macro in your `config.h`.
+
+Normally, the contents of the LED buffer are output to the LEDs in the same order.
+<img src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/2170248/55743718-01866c80-5a6e-11e9-8134-25419928327a.JPG" alt="simple dicrect" width="50%"/>
+
+By defining `RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP` as in the example below, you can specify the LED with addressing in reverse order of the electrical connection order.
+
+```c
+// config.h
+
+#define RGBLED_NUM 4
+#define RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP { 3, 2, 1, 0 }
+
+```
+<img src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/2170248/55743725-08ad7a80-5a6e-11e9-83ed-126a2b0209fc.JPG" alt="simple mapped" width="50%"/>
+
+For keyboards that use the RGB LEDs as a backlight for each key, you can also define it as in the example below.
+
+```c
+// config.h
+
+#define RGBLED_NUM 30
+
+/* RGB LED Conversion macro from physical array to electric array */
+#define LED_LAYOUT( \
+    L00, L01, L02, L03, L04, L05,  \
+    L10, L11, L12, L13, L14, L15,  \
+    L20, L21, L22, L23, L24, L25,  \
+    L30, L31, L32, L33, L34, L35,  \
+    L40, L41, L42, L43, L44, L45 ) \
+  { \
+    L05, L04, L03, L02, L01, L00,   \
+    L10, L11, L12, L13, L14, L15,   \
+    L25, L24, L23, L22, L21, L20,   \
+    L30, L31, L32, L33, L34, L35,   \
+    L46, L45, L44, L43, L42, L41    \
+  }
+
+/* RGB LED logical order map */
+/* Top->Bottom, Right->Left */
+#define RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP LED_LAYOUT( \
+  25, 20, 15, 10,  5,  0,       \
+  26, 21, 16, 11,  6,  1,       \
+  27, 22, 17, 12,  7,  2,       \
+  28, 23, 18, 13,  8,  3,       \
+  29, 24, 19, 14,  9,  4 )
+
+```
+## Clipping Range
+
+Using the `rgblight_set_clipping_range()` function, you can prepare more buffers than the actual number of LEDs, and output some of the buffers to the LEDs. This is useful if you want the split keyboard to treat left and right LEDs as logically contiguous.
+
+You can set the Clipping Range by executing the following code.
+
+```c
+// some soruce
+  rgblight_set_clipping_range(3, 4);
+```
+<img src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/2170248/55743785-2bd82a00-5a6e-11e9-9d4b-1b4ffaf4932b.JPG" alt="clip direct" width="70%"/>
+
+In addition to setting the Clipping Range, you can use `RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP` together.
+
+```c
+// config.h
+#define RGBLED_NUM 8
+#define RGBLIGHT_LED_MAP { 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0 }
+
+// some soruce
+  rgblight_set_clipping_range(3, 4);
+```
+<img src="https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/2170248/55743747-119e4c00-5a6e-11e9-91e5-013203ffae8a.JPG" alt="clip mapped" width="70%"/>
+
+## Hardware Modification
+
+If your keyboard lacks onboard underglow LEDs, you may often be able to solder on an RGB LED strip yourself. You will need to find an unused pin to wire to the data pin of your LED strip. Some keyboards may break out unused pins from the MCU to make soldering easier. The other two pins, VCC and GND, must also be connected to the appropriate power pins.

docs/feature_space_cadet.md

@@ -1,24 +1,60 @@
-## Space Cadet Shift: The Future, Built In
+# Space Cadet: The Future, Built In
 
-Steve Losh [described](http://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) the Space Cadet Shift quite well. Essentially, you hit the left Shift on its own, and you get an opening parenthesis; hit the right Shift on its own, and you get the closing one. When hit with other keys, the Shift key keeps working as it always does. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds.
+Steve Losh described the [Space Cadet Shift](http://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) quite well. Essentially, when you tap Left Shift on its own, you get an opening parenthesis; tap Right Shift on its own and you get the closing one. When held, the Shift keys function as normal. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds, and now even cooler supporting Control and Alt as well!
 
-To use it, use `KC_LSPO` (Left Shift, Parenthesis Open) for your left Shift on your keymap, and `KC_RSPC` (Right Shift, Parenthesis Close) for your right Shift.
+## Usage
 
-It's defaulted to work on US keyboards, but if your layout uses different keys for parenthesis, you can define those in your `config.h` like this:
+Firstly, in your keymap, do one of the following:
+- Replace the Left Shift key with `KC_LSPO` (Left Shift, Parenthesis Open), and Right Shift with `KC_RSPC` (Right Shift, Parenthesis Close).
+- Replace the Left Control key with `KC_LCPO` (Left Control, Parenthesis Open), and Right Control with `KC_RCPC` (Right Control, Parenthesis Close).
+- Replace the Left Alt key with `KC_LAPO` (Left Alt, Parenthesis Open), and Right Alt with `KC_RAPC` (Right Alt, Parenthesis Close).
+- Replace any Shift key in your keymap with `KC_SFTENT` (Right Shift, Enter).
 
-    #define LSPO_KEY KC_9
-    #define RSPC_KEY KC_0
+## Keycodes
 
-You can also choose between different rollover behaviors of the shift keys by defining:
+|Keycode    |Description                                |
+|-----------|-------------------------------------------|
+|`KC_LSPO`  |Left Shift when held, `(` when tapped      |
+|`KC_RSPC`  |Right Shift when held, `)` when tapped     |
+|`KC_LCPO`  |Left Control when held, `(` when tapped    |
+|`KC_RCPC`  |Right Control when held, `)` when tapped   |
+|`KC_LAPO`  |Left Alt when held, `(` when tapped        |
+|`KC_RAPC`  |Right Alt when held, `)` when tapped       |
+|`KC_SFTENT`|Right Shift when held, Enter when tapped   |
 
-    #define DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_ROLLOVER
+## Caveats
 
-in your `config.h`. Disabling rollover allows you to use the opposite shift key to cancel the space cadet state in the event of an erroneous press instead of emitting a pair of parentheses when the keys are released.
+Space Cadet's functionality can conflict with the default Command functionality when both Shift keys are held at the same time. See the [Command feature](feature_command.md) for info on how to change it, or make sure that Command is disabled in your `rules.mk` with:
 
-The only other thing you're going to want to do is create a `Makefile` in your keymap directory and set the following:
-
-```
-COMMAND_ENABLE   = no  # Commands for debug and configuration
+```make
+COMMAND_ENABLE = no
 ```
 
-This is just to keep the keyboard from going into command mode when you hold both Shift keys at the same time.
+## Configuration
+
+By default Space Cadet assumes a US ANSI layout, but if your layout uses different keys for parentheses, you can redefine them in your `config.h`. In addition, you can redefine the modifier to send on tap, or even send no modifier at all. The new configuration defines bundle all options up into a single define of 3 key codes in this order: the `Modifier` when held or when used with other keys, the `Tap Modifer` sent when tapped (no modifier if `KC_TRNS`), finally the `Keycode` sent when tapped. Now keep in mind, mods from other keys will still apply to the `Keycode` if say `KC_RSFT` is held while tapping `KC_LSPO` key with `KC_TRNS` as the `Tap Modifer`.
+
+|Define          |Default                        |Description                                                                      |
+|----------------|-------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`LSPO_KEYS`     |`KC_LSFT, LSPO_MOD, LSPO_KEY`  |Send `KC_LSFT` when held, the mod and  key defined by `LSPO_MOD` and `LSPO_KEY`. |
+|`RSPC_KEYS`     |`KC_RSFT, RSPC_MOD, RSPC_KEY`  |Send `KC_RSFT` when held, the mod and  key defined by `RSPC_MOD` and `RSPC_KEY`. |
+|`LCPO_KEYS`     |`KC_LCTL, KC_LSFT, KC_9`       |Send `KC_LCTL` when held, the mod `KC_LSFT` with the key `KC_9` when tapped.     |
+|`RCPC_KEYS`     |`KC_RCTL, KC_RSFT, KC_0`       |Send `KC_RCTL` when held, the mod `KC_RSFT` with the key `KC_0` when tapped.     |
+|`LAPO_KEYS`     |`KC_LALT, KC_LSFT, KC_9`       |Send `KC_LALT` when held, the mod `KC_LSFT` with the key `KC_9` when tapped.     |
+|`RAPC_KEYS`     |`KC_RALT, KC_RSFT, KC_0`       |Send `KC_RALT` when held, the mod `KC_RSFT` with the key `KC_0` when tapped.     |
+|`SFTENT_KEYS`   |`KC_RSFT, KC_TRNS, SFTENT_KEY` |Send `KC_RSFT` when held, no mod with the key `SFTENT_KEY` when tapped.          |
+|`SPACE_CADET_MODIFIER_CARRYOVER`   |*Not defined* |Store current modifiers before the hold mod is pressed and use them with the tap mod and keycode. Useful for when you frequently release a modifier before triggering Space Cadet.  |
+
+
+## Obsolete Configuration
+
+These defines are used in the above defines internally to support backwards compatibility, so you may continue to use them, however the above defines open up a larger range of flexibility than before. As an example, say you want to not send any modifier when you tap just `KC_LSPO`, with the old defines you had an all or nothing choice of using the `DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_MODIFIER` define. Now you can define that key as: `#define LSPO_KEYS KC_LSFT, KC_TRNS, KC_9`. This tells the system to set Left Shift if held or used with other keys, then on tap send no modifier (transparent) with the `KC_9`.
+
+|Define                        |Default      |Description                                                       |
+|------------------------------|-------------|------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`LSPO_KEY`                    |`KC_9`       |The keycode to send when Left Shift is tapped                     |
+|`RSPC_KEY`                    |`KC_0`       |The keycode to send when Right Shift is tapped                    |
+|`LSPO_MOD`                    |`KC_LSFT`    |The modifier to apply to `LSPO_KEY`                               |
+|`RSPC_MOD`                    |`KC_RSFT`    |The modifier to apply to `RSPC_KEY`                               |
+|`SFTENT_KEY`                  |`KC_ENT`     |The keycode to send when the Shift key is tapped                  |
+|`DISABLE_SPACE_CADET_MODIFIER`|*Not defined*|If defined, prevent the Space Cadet from applying a modifier      |

docs/feature_space_shift_cadet.md

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-## Space Cadet Shift Enter: The future, built in
-
-Based on the Space Cadet Shift by Steve Losh [described](http://stevelosh.com/blog/2012/10/a-modern-space-cadet/) 
-Essentially, you hit the Shift on its own, and it acts as the enter key. When hit with other keys, the Shift key keeps working as it always does. Yes, it's as cool as it sounds. This solution works better than using a macro since the timers defined in quantum allow us to tell when another key is pressed, rather than just having a janky timer than results in accidental endlines. 
-
-To use it, use `KC_SFTENT` (Shift, Enter) for any Shift on your keymap.
-
-It's defaulted to work on US keyboards, but if you'd like to use a different key for Enter, you can define those in your `config.h` like this:
-
-    #define SFTENT_KEY KC_ENT
-
-
-The only other thing you're going to want to do is create a `rules.mk` in your keymap directory and set the following:
-
-```
-COMMAND_ENABLE   = no  # Commands for debug and configuration
-```
-
-This is just to keep the keyboard from going into command mode when you hold both Shift keys at the same time.
-
-
-
-
-
-PLEASE NOTE: this feature uses the same timers as the Space Cadet Shift feature, so using them in tandem may produce unwanted results. 
-

docs/feature_split_keyboard.md

@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+# Split Keyboard 
+
+Many keyboards in the QMK Firmware repo are "split" keyboards. They use two controllers—one plugging into USB, and the second connected by a serial or an I<sup>2</sup>C connection over a TRRS or similar cable. 
+
+Split keyboards can have a lot of benefits, but there is some additional work needed to get them enabled.  
+
+QMK Firmware has a generic implementation that is usable by any board, as well as numerous board specific implementations. 
+
+For this, we will mostly be talking about the generic implementation used by the Let's Split and other keyboards. 
+
+!> ARM is not yet supported for Split Keyboards.  Progress is being made, but we are not quite there, yet. 
+
+
+## Hardware Configuration
+
+This assumes that you're using two Pro Micro-compatible controllers, and are using TRRS jacks to connect to two halves. 
+
+### Required Hardware
+
+Apart from diodes and key switches for the keyboard matrix in each half, you will need 2x TRRS sockets and 1x TRRS cable.
+
+Alternatively, you can use any sort of cable and socket that has at least 3 wires. 
+
+If you want to use I<sup>2</sup>C to communicate between halves, you will need a cable with at least 4 wires and 2x 4.7kΩ pull-up resistors.
+
+#### Considerations 
+
+The most commonly used connection is a TRRS cable and jacks.  These provide 4 wires, making them very useful for split keyboards, and are easy to find. 
+
+However, since one of the wires carries VCC, this means that the boards are not hot pluggable. You should always disconnect the board from USB before unplugging and plugging in TRRS cables, or you can short the controller, or worse. 
+
+Another option is to use phone cables (as in, old school RJ-11/RJ-14 cables). Make sure that you use one that actually supports 4 wires/lanes.  
+
+However, USB cables, SATA cables, and even just 4 wires have been known to be used for communication between the controllers. 
+
+!> Using USB cables for communication between the controllers works just fine, but the connector could be mistaken for a normal USB connection and potentially short out the keyboard, depending on how it's wired.  For this reason, they are not recommended for connecting split keyboards.  
+
+### Serial Wiring
+
+The 3 wires of the TRS/TRRS cable need to connect GND, VCC, and D0 (aka PDO or pin 3) between the two Pro Micros. 
+
+?> Note that the pin used here is actually set by `SOFT_SERIAL_PIN` below.
+
+![serial wiring](https://i.imgur.com/C3D1GAQ.png)
+
+### I<sup>2</sup>C Wiring
+
+The 4 wires of the TRRS cable need to connect GND, VCC, and SCL and SDA (aka PD0/pin 3 and PD1/pin 2, respectively) between the two Pro Micros. 
+
+The pull-up resistors may be placed on either half. It is also possible to use 4 resistors and have the pull-ups in both halves, but this is unnecessary in simple use cases.
+
+![I2C wiring](https://i.imgur.com/Hbzhc6E.png)
+
+## Firmware Configuration
+
+To enable the split keyboard feature, add the following to your `rules.mk`: 
+
+```make
+SPLIT_KEYBOARD = yes
+```
+
+If you're using a custom transport (communication method), then you will also need to add: 
+
+```make
+SPLIT_TRANSPORT = custom
+```
+
+### Setting Handedness
+
+By default, the firmware does not know which side is which; it needs some help to determine that. There are several ways to do this, listed in order of precedence.
+
+#### Handedness by Pin
+
+You can configure the firmware to read a pin on the controller to determine handedness.  To do this, add the following to your `config.h` file:
+
+```c
+#define SPLIT_HAND_PIN B7
+```
+
+This will read the specified pin. If it's high, then the controller assumes it is the left hand, and if it's low, it's assumed to be the right side. 
+
+#### Handedness by EEPROM
+
+This method sets the keyboard's handedness by setting a flag in the persistent storage (`EEPROM`).  This is checked when the controller first starts up, and determines what half the keyboard is, and how to orient the keyboard layout. 
+
+
+To enable this method, add the following to your `config.h` file: 
+
+```c
+#define EE_HANDS
+```
+
+However, you'll have to flash the EEPROM files for the correct hand to each controller.  You can do this manually, or there are targets for avrdude and dfu to do this, while flashing the firmware: 
+
+* `:avrdude-split-left`
+* `:avrdude-split-right`
+* `:dfu-split-left`
+* `:dfu-split-right`
+
+This setting is not changed when re-initializing the EEPROM using the `EEP_RST` key, or using the `eeconfig_init()` function.  However, if you reset the EEPROM outside of the firmware's built in options (such as flashing a file that overwrites the `EEPROM`, like how the [QMK Toolbox]()'s "Reset EEPROM" button works), you'll need to re-flash the controller with the `EEPROM` files. 
+
+You can find the `EEPROM` files in the QMK firmware repo, [here](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/quantum/split_common). 
+
+#### Handedness by `#define`
+
+You can set the handedness at compile time.  This is done by adding the following to your `config.h` file:
+
+```c
+#define MASTER_RIGHT
+```
+
+or 
+
+```c
+#define MASTER_LEFT
+```
+
+If neither are defined, the handedness defaults to `MASTER_LEFT`.
+
+
+### Communication Options
+
+Because not every split keyboard is identical, there are a number of additional options that can be configured in your `config.h` file.
+
+```c
+#define USE_I2C
+```
+
+This enables I<sup>2</sup>C support for split keyboards. This isn't strictly for communication, but can be used for OLED or other I<sup>2</sup>C-based devices. 
+
+```c
+#define SOFT_SERIAL_PIN D0
+```
+
+This sets the pin to be used for serial communication. If you're not using serial, you shouldn't need to define this.  
+
+However, if you are using serial and I<sup>2</sup>C on the board, you will need to set this, and to something other than D0 and D1 (as these are used for I<sup>2</sup>C communication).
+
+```c
+#define SELECT_SOFT_SERIAL_SPEED {#}`
+```
+
+If you're having issues with serial communication, you can change this value, as it controls the communication speed for serial.  The default is 1, and the possible values are:
+
+* **`0`**: about 189kbps (Experimental only)
+* **`1`**: about 137kbps (default)
+* **`2`**: about 75kbps
+* **`3`**: about 39kbps
+* **`4`**: about 26kbps
+* **`5`**: about 20kbps
+
+###  Hardware Configuration Options
+
+There are some settings that you may need to configure, based on how the hardware is set up. 
+
+```c
+#define MATRIX_ROW_PINS_RIGHT { <row pins> }
+#define MATRIX_COL_PINS_RIGHT { <col pins> }
+```
+
+This allows you to specify a different set of pins for the matrix on the right side.  This is useful if you have a board with differently-shaped halves that requires a different configuration (such as Keebio's Quefrency).
+
+```c
+#define DIRECT_PINS_RIGHT { { F1, F0, B0, C7 }, { F4, F5, F6, F7 } }
+```
+
+This allows you to specify a different set of direct pins for the right side.
+
+```c
+#define ENCODERS_PAD_A_RIGHT { encoder1a, encoder2a }
+#define ENCODERS_PAD_B_RIGHT { encoder1b, encoder2b }
+```
+
+This allows you to specify a different set of encoder pins for the right side.
+
+```c
+#define RGBLIGHT_SPLIT
+```
+
+This option enables synchronization of the RGB Light modes between the controllers of the split keyboard.  This is for keyboards that have RGB LEDs that are directly wired to the controller (that is, they are not using the "extra data" option on the TRRS cable).
+
+```c
+#define RGBLED_SPLIT { 6, 6 }
+```
+
+This sets how many LEDs are directly connected to each controller.  The first number is the left side, and the second number is the right side.  
+
+?> This setting implies that `RGBLIGHT_SPLIT` is enabled, and will forcibly enable it, if it's not.
+
+
+## Additional Resources
+
+Nicinabox has a [very nice and detailed guide](https://github.com/nicinabox/lets-split-guide) for the Let's Split keyboard, that covers most everything you need to know, including troubleshooting information. 
+
+However, the RGB Light section is out of date, as it was written long before the RGB Split code was added to QMK Firmware. Instead, wire each strip up directly to the controller.
+
+<!-- I may port this information later, but for now ... it's very nice, and covers everything -->

docs/feature_swap_hands.md

@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ Note that the array indices are reversed same as the matrix and the values are o
 |Key        |Description                                                              |
 |-----------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------|
 |`SH_T(key)`|Sends `key` with a tap; momentary swap when held.                        |
-|`SW_ON`    |Turns on swapping and leaves it on.                                      |
-|`SW_OFF`   |Turn off swapping and leaves it off. Good for returning to a known state.|
-|`SW_MON`   |Swaps hands when pressed, returns to normal when released (momentary).   |
-|`SW_MOFF`  |Momentarily turns off swap.                                              |
+|`SH_ON`    |Turns on swapping and leaves it on.                                      |
+|`SH_OFF`   |Turn off swapping and leaves it off. Good for returning to a known state.|
+|`SH_MON`   |Swaps hands when pressed, returns to normal when released (momentary).   |
+|`SH_MOFF`  |Momentarily turns off swap.                                              |
 |`SH_TG`    |Toggles swap on and off with every key press.                            |
 |`SH_TT`    |Toggles with a tap; momentary when held.                                 |

docs/feature_tap_dance.md

@@ -1,22 +1,33 @@
 # Tap Dance: A Single Key Can Do 3, 5, or 100 Different Things
 
-<!-- FIXME: Break this up into multiple sections -->
-
+## Introduction
 Hit the semicolon key once, send a semicolon. Hit it twice, rapidly -- send a colon. Hit it three times, and your keyboard's LEDs do a wild dance. That's just one example of what Tap Dance can do. It's one of the nicest community-contributed features in the firmware, conceived and created by [algernon](https://github.com/algernon) in [#451](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/pull/451). Here's how algernon describes the feature:
 
 With this feature one can specify keys that behave differently, based on the amount of times they have been tapped, and when interrupted, they get handled before the interrupter.
 
-To make it clear how this is different from `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`, let's explore a certain setup! We want one key to send `Space` on single tap, but `Enter` on double-tap.
+## Explanatory Comparison with `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`
+`ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP` can offer similar functionality to Tap Dance, but it's worth noting some important differences. To do this, let's explore a certain setup! We want one key to send `Space` on single-tap, but `Enter` on double-tap.
 
-With `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`, it is quite a rain-dance to set this up, and has the problem that when the sequence is interrupted, the interrupting key will be sent first. Thus, `SPC a` will result in `a SPC` being sent, if they are typed within `TAPPING_TERM`. With the tap dance feature, that'll come out as `SPC a`, correctly.
+With `ACTION_FUNCTION_TAP`, it is quite a rain-dance to set this up, and has the problem that when the sequence is interrupted, the interrupting key will be sent first. Thus, `SPC a` will result in `a SPC` being sent, if `SPC` and `a` are both typed within `TAPPING_TERM`. With the Tap Dance feature, that'll come out correctly as `SPC a` (even if both `SPC` and `a` are typed within the `TAPPING_TERM`.
 
-The implementation hooks into two parts of the system, to achieve this: into `process_record_quantum()`, and the matrix scan. We need the latter to be able to time out a tap sequence even when a key is not being pressed, so `SPC` alone will time out and register after `TAPPING_TERM` time.
+To achieve this correct handling of interrupts, the implementation of Tap Dance hooks into two parts of the system: `process_record_quantum()`, and the matrix scan. These two parts are explained below, but for now the point to note is that we need the latter to be able to time out a tap sequence even when a key is not being pressed. That way, `SPC` alone will time out and register after `TAPPING_TERM` time.
 
-But lets start with how to use it, first!
+## How to Use Tap Dance
+But enough of the generalities; lets look at how to actually use Tap Dance!
 
-First, you will need `TAP_DANCE_ENABLE=yes` in your `rules.mk`, because the feature is disabled by default. This adds a little less than 1k to the firmware size. Next, you will want to define some tap-dance keys, which is easiest to do with the `TD()` macro, that - similar to `F()`, takes a number, which will later be used as an index into the `tap_dance_actions` array.
+First, you will need `TAP_DANCE_ENABLE=yes` in your `rules.mk`, because the feature is disabled by default. This adds a little less than 1k to the firmware size. 
 
-This array specifies what actions shall be taken when a tap-dance key is in action. Currently, there are five possible options:
+Optionally, you might want to set a custom `TAPPING_TERM` time by adding something like this in you `config.h`:
+
+```
+#define TAPPING_TERM 175
+```
+
+The `TAPPING_TERM` time is the maximum time allowed between taps of your Tap Dance key, and is measured in milliseconds. For example, if you used the above `#define` statement and set up a Tap Dance key that sends `Space` on single-tap and `Enter` on double-tap, then this key will send `ENT` only if you tap this key twice in less than 175ms. If you tap the key, wait more than 175ms, and tap the key again you'll end up sending `SPC SPC` instead. 
+
+Next, you will want to define some tap-dance keys, which is easiest to do with the `TD()` macro, that - similar to `F()` - takes a number, which will later be used as an index into the `tap_dance_actions` array. 
+
+After this, you'll want to use the `tap_dance_actions` array to specify what actions shall be taken when a tap-dance key is in action. Currently, there are five possible options:
 
 * `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(kc1, kc2)`: Sends the `kc1` keycode when tapped once, `kc2` otherwise. When the key is held, the appropriate keycode is registered: `kc1` when pressed and held, `kc2` when tapped once, then pressed and held.
 * `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DUAL_ROLE(kc, layer)`: Sends the `kc` keycode when tapped once, or moves to `layer`. (this functions like the `TO` layer keycode).
@@ -24,15 +35,22 @@ This array specifies what actions shall be taken when a tap-dance key is in acti
 * `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(on_each_tap_fn, on_dance_finished_fn, on_dance_reset_fn)`: Calls the first specified function - defined in the user keymap - on every tap, the second function when the dance action finishes (like the previous option), and the last function when the tap dance action resets.
 * `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME(on_each_tap_fn, on_dance_finished_fn, on_dance_reset_fn, tap_specific_tapping_term)`: This functions identically to the `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED` function, but uses a custom tapping term for it, instead of the predefined `TAPPING_TERM`.
 
-The first option is enough for a lot of cases, that just want dual roles. For example, `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_SPC, KC_ENT)` will result in `Space` being sent on single-tap, `Enter` otherwise.
+The first option is enough for a lot of cases, that just want dual roles. For example, `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_DOUBLE(KC_SPC, KC_ENT)` will result in `Space` being sent on single-tap, `Enter` otherwise. 
 
-And that's the bulk of it!
+!> Keep in mind that only [basic keycodes](keycodes_basic.md) are supported here. Custom keycodes are not supported.
 
-And now, on to the explanation of how it works!
+Similar to the first option, the second option is good for simple layer-switching cases.
 
-The main entry point is `process_tap_dance()`, called from `process_record_quantum()`, which is run for every keypress, and our handler gets to run early. This function checks whether the key pressed is a tap-dance key. If it is not, and a tap-dance was in action, we handle that first, and enqueue the newly pressed key. If it is a tap-dance key, then we check if it is the same as the already active one (if there's one active, that is). If it is not, we fire off the old one first, then register the new one. If it was the same, we increment the counter and the timer.
+For more complicated cases, use the third or fourth options (examples of each are listed below). 
 
-This means that you have `TAPPING_TERM` time to tap the key again, you do not have to input all the taps within that timeframe. This allows for longer tap counts, with minimal impact on responsiveness.
+Finally, the fifth option is particularly useful if your non-Tap-Dance keys start behaving weirdly after adding the code for your Tap Dance keys. The likely problem is that you changed the `TAPPING_TERM` time to make your Tap Dance keys easier for you to use, and that this has changed the way your other keys handle interrupts.
+
+## Implementation Details
+Well, that's the bulk of it! You should now be able to work through the examples below, and to develop your own Tap Dance functionality. But if you want a deeper understanding of what's going on behind the scenes, then read on for the explanation of how it all works!
+
+The main entry point is `process_tap_dance()`, called from `process_record_quantum()`, which is run for every keypress, and our handler gets to run early. This function checks whether the key pressed is a tap-dance key. If it is not, and a tap-dance was in action, we handle that first, and enqueue the newly pressed key. If it is a tap-dance key, then we check if it is the same as the already active one (if there's one active, that is). If it is not, we fire off the old one first, then register the new one. If it was the same, we increment the counter and reset the timer.
+
+This means that you have `TAPPING_TERM` time to tap the key again; you do not have to input all the taps within a single `TAPPING_TERM` timeframe. This allows for longer tap counts, with minimal impact on responsiveness.
 
 Our next stop is `matrix_scan_tap_dance()`. This handles the timeout of tap-dance keys.
 
@@ -183,35 +201,15 @@ Below is a specific example:
 
 ## Setup
 
-You will need a few things that can be used for 'Quad Function Tap-Dance'. The suggested setup is to create a user directory for yourself. This directory will contain rules.mk `<your_name>.c` and `<your_name>.h`. This directory should be called `<your_name>`, and located in the top level `users` directory. There should already be a few examples to look at there.
+You will need a few things that can be used for 'Quad Function Tap-Dance'. 
 
-### In `/qmk_firmware/users/<your_name>/rules.mk`
-
-Put the following:
-```c
-TAP_DANCE_ENABLE = yes
-SRC += your_name.c
-```
-
-Pretty simple. It is a nice way to keep some rules common on all your keymaps.
-
-
-### In `/qmk_firmware/users/<your_name>/<you_name>.h`
-
-You will need a few things in this file:
+You'll need to add these to the top of your `keymap.c` file, before your keymap. 
 
 ```c
-#ifndef YOUR_NAME
-#define YOUR_NAME
-
-#include "quantum.h"
-#include "process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h"
-
-
 typedef struct {
   bool is_press_action;
   int state;
-} xtap;
+} tap;
 
 enum {
   SINGLE_TAP = 1,
@@ -225,27 +223,21 @@ enum {
 
 //Tap dance enums
 enum {
-    CTL_X = 0,
-    SOME_OTHER_DANCE
-}
+  X_CTL = 0,
+  SOME_OTHER_DANCE
+};
 
 int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
 
 //for the x tap dance. Put it here so it can be used in any keymap
 void x_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
 void x_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
+
 ```
 
-### In `/qmk_firmware/users/<your_name>/<your_name>.c`
-
-And then in your user's `.c` file you implement the functions above:
+Now, at the bottom of your `keymap.c` file, you'll need to add the following: 
 
 ```c
-#include "gordon.h"
-#include "quantum.h"
-#include "action.h"
-#include "process_keycode/process_tap_dance.h"
-
 /* Return an integer that corresponds to what kind of tap dance should be executed.
  *
  * How to figure out tap dance state: interrupted and pressed.
@@ -335,4 +327,197 @@ qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
 };
 ```
 
-And then simply use TD(X_CTL) anywhere in your keymap.
+And then simply use `TD(X_CTL)` anywhere in your keymap.
+
+If you want to implement this in your userspace, then you may want to check out how [DanielGGordon](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/gordon) has implemented this in their userspace.
+
+### Example 5: Using tap dance for advanced mod-tap and layer-tap keys
+
+Tap dance can be used to emulate `MT()` and `LT()` behavior when the tapped code is not a basic keycode. This is useful to send tapped keycodes that normally require `Shift`, such as parentheses or curly braces—or other modified keycodes, such as `Control + X`.
+
+Below your layers and custom keycodes, add the following:
+
+```c
+// tapdance keycodes
+enum td_keycodes {
+  ALT_LP // Our example key: `LALT` when held, `(` when tapped. Add additional keycodes for each tapdance.
+};
+
+// define a type containing as many tapdance states as you need
+typedef enum {
+  SINGLE_TAP,
+  SINGLE_HOLD,
+  DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP
+} td_state_t;
+
+// create a global instance of the tapdance state type
+static td_state_t td_state;
+
+// declare your tapdance functions:
+
+// function to determine the current tapdance state
+int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
+
+// `finished` and `reset` functions for each tapdance keycode
+void altlp_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
+void altlp_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
+```
+
+Below your `LAYOUT`, define each of the tapdance functions:
+
+```c
+// determine the tapdance state to return
+int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    if (state->interrupted || !state->pressed) { return SINGLE_TAP; }
+    else { return SINGLE_HOLD; }
+  }
+  if (state->count == 2) { return DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP; }
+  else { return 3; } // any number higher than the maximum state value you return above
+}
+ 
+// handle the possible states for each tapdance keycode you define:
+
+void altlp_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  td_state = cur_dance(state);
+  switch (td_state) {
+    case SINGLE_TAP:
+      register_code16(KC_LPRN);
+      break;
+    case SINGLE_HOLD:
+      register_mods(MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)); // for a layer-tap key, use `layer_on(_MY_LAYER)` here
+      break;
+    case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP: // allow nesting of 2 parens `((` within tapping term
+      tap_code16(KC_LPRN);
+      register_code16(KC_LPRN);
+  }
+}
+
+void altlp_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  switch (td_state) {
+    case SINGLE_TAP:
+      unregister_code16(KC_LPRN);
+      break;
+    case SINGLE_HOLD:
+      unregister_mods(MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)); // for a layer-tap key, use `layer_off(_MY_LAYER)` here
+      break;
+    case DOUBLE_SINGLE_TAP:
+      unregister_code16(KC_LPRN);
+  }
+}
+
+// define `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED()` for each tapdance keycode, passing in `finished` and `reset` functions
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+  [ALT_LP] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED(NULL, altlp_finished, altlp_reset)
+};
+```
+
+Wrap each tapdance keycode in `TD()` when including it in your keymap, e.g. `TD(ALT_LP)`.
+
+### Example 6: Using tap dance for momentary-layer-switch and layer-toggle keys
+
+Tap Dance can be used to mimic MO(layer) and TG(layer) functionality. For this example, we will set up a key to function as `KC_QUOT` on single-tap, as `MO(_MY_LAYER)` on single-hold, and `TG(_MY_LAYER)` on double-tap.
+
+The first step is to include the following code towards the beginning of your `keymap.c`:
+
+```
+typedef struct {
+  bool is_press_action;
+  int state;
+} tap;
+
+//Define a type for as many tap dance states as you need
+enum {
+  SINGLE_TAP = 1,
+  SINGLE_HOLD = 2,
+  DOUBLE_TAP = 3
+};
+
+enum {
+  QUOT_LAYR = 0     //Our custom tap dance key; add any other tap dance keys to this enum 
+};
+
+//Declare the functions to be used with your tap dance key(s)
+
+//Function associated with all tap dances
+int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state);
+
+//Functions associated with individual tap dances
+void ql_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
+void ql_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data);
+
+//Declare variable to track which layer is active
+int active_layer;
+```
+
+The above code is similar to that used in previous examples. The one point to note is that you need to declare a variable to keep track of what layer is currently the active layer. We'll see why shortly.
+
+Towards the bottom of your `keymap.c`, include the following code:
+
+```
+//Update active_layer
+uint32_t layer_state_set_user(uint32_t state) {
+  switch (biton32(state)) {
+    case 1:
+      active_layer = 1;
+      break;
+    case 2:
+      active_layer = 2;
+      break;
+    case 3:
+      active_layer = 3;
+      break;
+    default:
+      active_layer = 0;
+      break;
+  }
+  return state;
+}
+
+//Determine the current tap dance state
+int cur_dance (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state) {
+  if (state->count == 1) {
+    if (!state->pressed) {return SINGLE_TAP;}
+    else return SINGLE_HOLD;
+  } else if (state->count == 2) {return DOUBLE_TAP;}
+  else return 8;
+}
+
+//Initialize tap structure associated with example tap dance key
+static tap ql_tap_state = {
+  .is_press_action = true,
+  .state = 0
+};
+
+//Functions that control what our tap dance key does
+void ql_finished (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  ql_tap_state.state = cur_dance(state);
+  switch (ql_tap_state.state) {
+    case SINGLE_TAP: tap_code(KC_QUOT); break;
+    case SINGLE_HOLD: layer_on(_MY_LAYER); break;
+    case DOUBLE_TAP: 
+      if (active_layer==_MY_LAYER) {layer_off(_MY_LAYER);}
+      else layer_on(_MY_LAYER);
+  }
+}
+
+void ql_reset (qk_tap_dance_state_t *state, void *user_data) {
+  if (ql_tap_state.state==SINGLE_HOLD) {layer_off(_MY_LAYER);}
+  ql_tap_state.state = 0;
+}
+
+//Associate our tap dance key with its functionality
+qk_tap_dance_action_t tap_dance_actions[] = {
+  [QUOT_LAYR] = ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME(NULL, ql_finished, ql_reset, 275)
+};
+```
+
+The is where the real logic of our tap dance key gets worked out. Since `layer_state_set_user()` is called on any layer switch, we use it to update `active_layer`. Our example is assuming that your `keymap.c` includes 4 layers, so adjust the switch statement here to fit your actual number of layers.
+
+The use of `cur_dance()` and `ql_tap_state` mirrors the above examples.
+
+The `case:SINGLE_TAP` in `ql_finished` is similar to the above examples. The `case:SINGLE_HOLD` works in conjunction with `ql_reset()` to switch to `_MY_LAYER` while the tap dance key is held, and to switch away from `_MY_LAYER` when the key is released. This mirrors the use of `MO(_MY_LAYER)`. The `case:DOUBLE_TAP` works by checking whether `_MY_LAYER` is the active layer, and toggling it on or off accordingly. This mirrors the use of `TG(_MY_LAYER)`.
+
+`tap_dance_actions[]` works similar to the above examples. Note that I used `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED_TIME()` instead of `ACTION_TAP_DANCE_FN_ADVANCED()`. This is because I like my `TAPPING_TERM` to be short (~175ms) for my non-tap-dance keys but find that this is too quick for me to reliably complete tap dance actions - thus the increased time of 275ms here.
+
+Finally, to get this tap dance key working, be sure to include `TD(QUOT_LAYR)` in your `keymaps[]`.

docs/feature_unicode.md

@@ -1,43 +1,214 @@
 # Unicode Support
 
-There are three Unicode keymap definition method available in QMK:
+Unicode characters can be input straight from your keyboard! There are some limitations, however.
 
-## UNICODE_ENABLE
+QMK has three different methods for enabling Unicode input and defining keycodes:
 
-Supports Unicode input up to 0xFFFF. The keycode function is `UC(n)` in
-keymap file, where *n* is a 4 digit hexadecimal.
+## Basic Unicode
 
-## UNICODEMAP_ENABLE
+This method supports Unicode code points up to `0x7FFF`. This covers characters for most modern languages, as well as symbols, but it doesn't cover emoji.
 
-Supports Unicode up to 0xFFFFFFFF. You need to maintain a separate mapping
-table `const uint32_t PROGMEM unicode_map[] = {...}` in your keymap file.
-The keycode function is `X(n)` where *n* is the array index of the mapping
-table.
+Add the following to your `rules.mk`:
 
-## UCIS_ENABLE
+```make
+UNICODE_ENABLE = yes
+```
 
-TBD
+Then add `UC(c)` keycodes to your keymap, where _c_ is the code point (preferably in hexadecimal, up to 4 digits long). For example: `UC(0x45B)`, `UC(0x30C4)`.
 
-Unicode input in QMK works by inputing a sequence of characters to the OS,
-sort of like macro. Unfortunately, each OS has different ideas on how Unicode is inputted.
+## Unicode Map
 
-This is the current list of Unicode input method in QMK:
+This method supports all possible code points (up to `0x10FFFF`); however, you need to maintain a separate mapping table in your keymap file, which may contain at most 16384 entries.
 
-* UC_OSX: MacOS Unicode Hex Input support. Works only up to 0xFFFF. Disabled by default. To enable: go to System Preferences -> Keyboard -> Input Sources, and enable Unicode Hex.
-* UC_OSX_RALT: Same as UC_OSX, but sends the Right Alt key for unicode input
-* UC_LNX: Unicode input method under Linux. Works up to 0xFFFFF. Should work almost anywhere on ibus enabled distros. Without ibus, this works under GTK apps, but rarely anywhere else.
-* UC_WIN: (not recommended) Windows built-in Unicode input. To enable: create registry key under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method\EnableHexNumpad` of type `REG_SZ` called `EnableHexNumpad`, set its value to 1, and reboot. This method is not recommended because of reliability and compatibility issue, use WinCompose method below instead.
-* UC_WINC: Windows Unicode input using WinCompose. Requires [WinCompose](https://github.com/samhocevar/wincompose). Works reliably under many (all?) variations of Windows.
+Add the following to your `rules.mk`:
 
-# Additional Language Support
+```make
+UNICODEMAP_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+Then add `X(i)` keycodes to your keymap, where _i_ is an array index into the mapping table:
+
+```c
+enum unicode_names {
+    BANG,
+    IRONY,
+    SNEK
+};
+
+const uint32_t PROGMEM unicode_map[] = {
+    [BANG]  = 0x203D,  // ‽
+    [IRONY] = 0x2E2E,  // ⸮
+    [SNEK]  = 0x1F40D, // 🐍
+};
+```
+
+Then you can use `X(BANG)`, `X(SNEK)` etc. in your keymap.
+
+### Lower and Upper Case
+
+Characters often come in lower and upper case pairs, such as å and Å. To make inputting these characters easier, you can use `XP(i, j)` in your keymap, where _i_ and _j_ are the mapping table indices of the lower and upper case character, respectively. If you're holding down Shift or have Caps Lock turned on when you press the key, the second (upper case) character will be inserted; otherwise, the first (lower case) version will appear.
+
+This is most useful when creating a keymap for an international layout with special characters. Instead of having to put the lower and upper case versions of a character on separate keys, you can have them both on the same key by using `XP()`. This helps blend Unicode keys in with regular alphas.
+
+Due to keycode size constraints, _i_ and _j_ can each only refer to one of the first 128 characters in your `unicode_map`. In other words, 0 ≤ _i_ ≤ 127 and 0 ≤ _j_ ≤ 127. This is enough for most use cases, but if you'd like to customize the index calculation, you can override the [`unicodemap_index()`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/71f640d47ee12c862c798e1f56392853c7b1c1a8/quantum/process_keycode/process_unicodemap.c#L40) function. This also allows you to, say, check Ctrl instead of Shift/Caps.
+
+## UCIS
+
+This method also supports all possible code points. As with the Unicode Map method, you need to maintain a mapping table in your keymap file. However, there are no built-in keycodes for this feature — you have to create a custom keycode or function that invokes this functionality.
+
+Add the following to your `rules.mk`:
+
+```make
+UCIS_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+Then define a table like this in your keymap file:
+
+```c
+const qk_ucis_symbol_t ucis_symbol_table[] = UCIS_TABLE(
+    UCIS_SYM("poop", 0x1F4A9), // 💩
+    UCIS_SYM("rofl", 0x1F923), // 🤣
+    UCIS_SYM("kiss", 0x1F619)  // 😙
+);
+```
+
+To use it, call `qk_ucis_start()`. Then, type the mnemonic for the character (such as "rofl"), and hit Space or Enter. QMK should erase the "rofl" text and insert the laughing emoji.
+
+### Customization
+
+There are several functions that you can define in your keymap to customize the functionality of this feature.
+
+* `void qk_ucis_start_user(void)` – This runs when you call the "start" function, and can be used to provide feedback. By default, it types out a keyboard emoji.
+* `void qk_ucis_success(uint8_t symbol_index)` – This runs when the input has matched something and has completed. By default, it doesn't do anything.
+* `void qk_ucis_symbol_fallback (void)` – This runs when the input doesn't match anything. By default, it falls back to trying that input as a Unicode code.
+
+You can find the default implementations of these functions in [`process_ucis.c`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_ucis.c).
+
+## Input Modes
+
+Unicode input in QMK works by inputting a sequence of characters to the OS, sort of like a macro. Unfortunately, the way this is done differs for each platform. Specifically, each platform requires a different combination of keys to trigger Unicode input. Therefore, a corresponding input mode has to be set in QMK.
+
+The following input modes are available:
+
+* **`UC_OSX`**: macOS built-in Unicode hex input. Supports code points up to `0xFFFF` (`0x10FFFF` with Unicode Map).
+
+  To enable, go to _System Preferences > Keyboard > Input Sources_, add _Unicode Hex Input_ to the list (it's under _Other_), then activate it from the input dropdown in the Menu Bar.
+  By default, this mode uses the left Option key (`KC_LALT`) for Unicode input, but this can be changed by defining [`UNICODE_KEY_OSX`](#input-key-configuration) with another keycode.
+
+  !> Using the _Unicode Hex Input_ input source may disable some Option based shortcuts, such as Option + Left Arrow and Option + Right Arrow.
+
+* **`UC_LNX`**: Linux built-in IBus Unicode input. Supports code points up to `0x10FFFF` (all possible code points).
+
+  Enabled by default and works almost anywhere on IBus-enabled distros. Without IBus, this mode works under GTK apps, but rarely anywhere else.
+  By default, this mode uses Ctrl+Shift+U (`LCTL(LSFT(KC_U))`) to start Unicode input, but this can be changed by defining [`UNICODE_KEY_LNX`](#input-key-configuration) with another keycode. This might be required for IBus versions ≥1.5.15, where Ctrl+Shift+U behavior is consolidated into Ctrl+Shift+E.
+
+* **`UC_WIN`**: _(not recommended)_ Windows built-in hex numpad Unicode input. Supports code points up to `0xFFFF`.
+
+  To enable, create a registry key under `HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Control Panel\Input Method\EnableHexNumpad` of type `REG_SZ` called `EnableHexNumpad` and set its value to `1`. This can be done from the Command Prompt by running `reg add "HKCU\Control Panel\Input Method" -v EnableHexNumpad -t REG_SZ -d 1` with administrator privileges. Reboot afterwards.
+  This mode is not recommended because of reliability and compatibility issues; use the `UC_WINC` mode instead.
+
+* **`UC_BSD`**: _(non implemented)_ Unicode input under BSD. Not implemented at this time. If you're a BSD user and want to help add support for it, please [open an issue on GitHub](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues).
+
+* **`UC_WINC`**: Windows Unicode input using [WinCompose](https://github.com/samhocevar/wincompose). As of v0.9.0, supports code points up to `0x10FFFF` (all possible code points).
+
+  To enable, install the [latest release](https://github.com/samhocevar/wincompose/releases/latest). Once installed, WinCompose will automatically run on startup. Works reliably under all version of Windows supported by the app.
+  By default, this mode uses right Alt (`KC_RALT`) as the Compose key, but this can be changed in the WinCompose settings and by defining [`UNICODE_KEY_WINC`](#input-key-configuration) with another keycode.
+
+### Switching Input Modes
+
+There are two ways to set the input mode for Unicode: by keycode or by function. Keep in mind that both methods write to persistent storage (EEPROM), and are loaded each time the keyboard starts. So once you've set it the first time, you don't need to set it again unless you want to change it, or you've reset the EEPROM settings.
+
+You can switch the input mode at any time by using one of the following keycodes. The easiest way is to add the ones you use to your keymap.
+
+|Keycode               |Alias    |Input Mode  |Description                                                   |
+|----------------------|---------|------------|--------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`UNICODE_MODE_FORWARD`|`UC_MOD` |Next in list|[Cycle](#input-mode-cycling) through selected modes           |
+|`UNICODE_MODE_REVERSE`|`UC_RMOD`|Prev in list|[Cycle](#input-mode-cycling) through selected modes in reverse|
+|`UNICODE_MODE_OSX`    |`UC_M_OS`|`UC_OSX`    |Switch to macOS input                                         |
+|`UNICODE_MODE_LNX`    |`UC_M_LN`|`UC_LNX`    |Switch to Linux input                                         |
+|`UNICODE_MODE_WIN`    |`UC_M_WI`|`UC_WIN`    |Switch to Windows input                                       |
+|`UNICODE_MODE_BSD`    |`UC_M_BS`|`UC_BSD`    |Switch to BSD input (not implemented)                         |
+|`UNICODE_MODE_WINC`   |`UC_M_WC`|`UC_WINC`   |Switch to Windows input using WinCompose                      |
+
+You can also switch the input mode by calling `set_unicode_input_mode(x)` in your code, where _x_ is one of the above input mode constants (e.g. `UC_LNX`). Since the function only needs to be called once, it's recommended that you do it in `eeconfig_init_user()` (or a similar function). For example:
+
+```c
+void eeconfig_init_user(void) {
+    set_unicode_input_mode(UC_LNX);
+}
+```
+
+### Audio Feedback
+
+If you have the [Audio feature](feature_audio.md) enabled on the board, you can set melodies to be played when you press the above keys. That way you can have some audio feedback when switching input modes.
+
+For instance, you can add these definitions to your `config.h` file:
+
+```c
+#define UNICODE_SONG_OSX  COIN_SOUND
+#define UNICODE_SONG_LNX  UNICODE_LINUX
+#define UNICODE_SONG_BSD  MARIO_GAMEOVER
+#define UNICODE_SONG_WIN  UNICODE_WINDOWS
+#define UNICODE_SONG_WINC UNICODE_WINDOWS
+```
+
+### Additional Customization
+
+Because Unicode is a large and versatile feature, there are a number of options you can customize to make it work better on your system.
+
+#### Start and Finish Input Functions
+
+The functions for starting and finishing Unicode input on your platform can be overridden locally. Possible uses include customizing input mode behavior if you don't use the default keys, or adding extra visual/audio feedback to Unicode input.
+
+* `void unicode_input_start(void)` – This sends the initial sequence that tells your platform to enter Unicode input mode. For example, it presses Ctrl+Shift+U on Linux and holds the Option key on macOS.
+* `void unicode_input_finish(void)` – This is called to exit Unicode input mode, for example by pressing Space or releasing the Option key.
+
+You can find the default implementations of these functions in [`process_unicode_common.c`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/process_keycode/process_unicode_common.c).
+
+#### Input Key Configuration
+
+You can customize the keys used to trigger Unicode input for macOS, Linux and WinCompose by adding corresponding defines to your `config.h`. The default values match the platforms' default settings, so you shouldn't need to change this unless Unicode input isn't working, or you want to use a different key (e.g. in order to free up left or right Alt).
+
+|Define            |Type      |Default           |Example                                    |
+|------------------|----------|------------------|-------------------------------------------|
+|`UNICODE_KEY_OSX` |`uint8_t` |`KC_LALT`         |`#define UNICODE_KEY_OSX  KC_RALT`         |
+|`UNICODE_KEY_LNX` |`uint16_t`|`LCTL(LSFT(KC_U))`|`#define UNICODE_KEY_LNX  LCTL(LSFT(KC_E))`|
+|`UNICODE_KEY_WINC`|`uint8_t` |`KC_RALT`         |`#define UNICODE_KEY_WINC KC_RGUI`         |
+
+#### Input Mode Cycling
+
+You can choose which input modes are available for cycling through. By default, this is disabled. If you want to enable it, limiting it to just the modes you use makes sense. Note that the values in the list are comma-delimited.
+
+```c
+#define UNICODE_SELECTED_MODES UC_OSX, UC_LNX, UC_WIN, UC_WINC
+```
+
+You can cycle through the selected modes by using the `UC_MOD`/`UC_RMOD` keycodes, or by calling `cycle_unicode_input_mode(offset)` in your code (`offset` is how many modes to move forward by, so +1 corresponds to `UC_MOD`).
+
+By default, when the keyboard boots, it will initialize the input mode to the last one you used. You can disable this and make it start with the first mode in the list every time by adding the following to your `config.h`:
+
+```c
+#define UNICODE_CYCLE_PERSIST false
+```
+
+!> Using `UNICODE_SELECTED_MODES` means you don't have to initially set the input mode in `matrix_init_user()` (or a similar function); the Unicode system will do that for you on startup. This has the added benefit of avoiding unnecessary writes to EEPROM.
+
+## `send_unicode_hex_string`
+
+To type multiple characters for things like (ノಠ痊ಠ)ノ彡┻━┻, you can use `send_unicode_hex_string()` much like `SEND_STRING()` except you would use hex values separate by spaces.
+For example, the table flip seen above would be `send_unicode_hex_string("0028 30CE 0CA0 75CA 0CA0 0029 30CE 5F61 253B 2501 253B")`
+
+There are many ways to get a hex code, but an easy one is [this site](https://r12a.github.io/app-conversion/). Just make sure to convert to hexadecimal, and that is your string.
+
+## Additional Language Support
 
 In `quantum/keymap_extras/`, you'll see various language files - these work the same way as the alternative layout ones do. Most are defined by their two letter country/language code followed by an underscore and a 4-letter abbreviation of its name. `FR_UGRV` which will result in a `ù` when using a software-implemented AZERTY layout. It's currently difficult to send such characters in just the firmware.
 
-# International Characters on Windows
+## International Characters on Windows
 
-[AutoHotkey](https://autohotkey.com) allows Windows users to create custom hotkeys among others.
+### AutoHotkey allows Windows users to create custom hotkeys among others.
 
-The method does not require Unicode support in the keyboard itself but depends instead of AutoHotkey running in the background.
+The method does not require Unicode support in the keyboard itself but depends instead of [AutoHotkey](https://autohotkey.com) running in the background.
 
 First you need to select a modifier combination that is not in use by any of your programs.
 CtrlAltWin is not used very widely and should therefore be perfect for this.
@@ -52,3 +223,11 @@ In the default script of AutoHotkey you can define custom hotkeys.
 
 The hotkeys above are for the combination CtrlAltGui and CtrlAltGuiShift plus the letter a.
 AutoHotkey inserts the Text right of `Send, ` when this combination is pressed.
+
+### US International
+
+If you enable the US International layout on the system, it will use punctuation to accent the characters.
+
+For instance, typing "`a" will result in à.
+
+You can find details on how to enable this [here](https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/17424/windows-change-keyboard-layout).

docs/feature_userspace.md

@@ -5,15 +5,12 @@ If you use more than one keyboard with a similar keymap, you might see the benef
 * `/users/<name>/` (added to the path automatically)
   * `readme.md` (optional, recommended)
   * `rules.mk` (included automatically)
+  * `config.h` (included automatically)
   * `<name>.h` (optional)
   * `<name>.c` (optional)
-  * `config.h` (optional)
+  * `cool_rgb_stuff.c` (optional)
+  * `cool_rgb_stuff.h` (optional)
 
-`<name>.c` will need to be added to the SRC in `rules.mk` like this:
-
-    SRC += <name>.c
-
-Additional files may be added in the same way - it's recommended you have one named `<name>`.c/.h though.
 
 All this only happens when you build a keymap named `<name>`, like this:
 
@@ -23,68 +20,179 @@ For example,
 
     make planck:jack
 
-Will include the `/users/jack/` folder in the path, along with `/users/jack/rules.mk`.
+Will include the `/users/jack/` folder in the path, along with `/users/jack/rules.mk`.  
+
+!> This `name` can be [overridden](#override-default-userspace), if needed.  
+
+## `Rules.mk`
+
+The `rules.mk` is one of the two files that gets processed automatically.  This is how you add additional source files (such as  `<name>.c`) will be added when compiling.
+
+It's highly recommended that you use `<name>.c` as the default source file to be added. And to add it, you need to add it the SRC in `rules.mk` like this:
+
+    SRC += <name>.c
+
+Additional files may be added in the same way - it's recommended you have one named `<name>`.c/.h to start off with, though. 
+
+The `/users/<name>/rules.mk` file will be included in the build _after_ the `rules.mk` from your keymap. This allows you to have features in your userspace `rules.mk` that depend on individual QMK features that may or may not be available on a specific keyboard. 
+
+For example, if you have RGB control features shared between all your keyboards that support RGB lighting, you can add support for that if the RGBLIGHT feature is enabled:
+```make
+ifeq ($(strip $(RGBLIGHT_ENABLE)), yes)
+  # Include my fancy rgb functions source here
+  SRC += cool_rgb_stuff.c
+endif
+```
+
+Alternatively, you can `define RGB_ENABLE` in your keymap's `rules.mk` and then check for the variable in your userspace's `rules.mk` like this:
+```make
+ifdef RGB_ENABLE
+  # Include my fancy rgb functions source here
+  SRC += cool_rgb_stuff.c
+endif
+```
+
+### Override default userspace
+
+By default the userspace used will be the same as the keymap name. In some situations this isn't desirable. For instance, if you use the [layout](feature_layouts.md) feature you can't use the same name for different keymaps (e.g. ANSI and ISO). You can name your layouts `mylayout-ansi` and `mylayout-iso` and add the following line to your layout's `rules.mk`:
+
+```
+USER_NAME := mylayout
+```
+
+This is also useful if you have multiple different keyboards with different features physically present on the board (such as one with RGB Lights, and one with Audio, or different number of LEDs, or connected to a different PIN on the controller).
+
+## Configuration Options (`config.h`)
 
 Additionally, `config.h` here will be processed like the same file in your keymap folder.  This is handled separately from the `<name>.h` file.
 
 The reason for this, is that `<name>.h` won't be added in time to add settings (such as `#define TAPPING_TERM 100`), and including the `<name.h>` file in any `config.h` files will result in compile issues.
 
-So you should use the `config.h` for QMK settings, and the `<name>.h` file for user or keymap specific settings.
+!>You should use the `config.h` for [configuration options](config_options.md), and the `<name>.h` file for user or keymap specific settings (such as the enum for layer or keycodes)
 
-## Readme
+
+## Readme (`readme.md`)
 
 Please include authorship (your name, github username, email), and optionally [a license that's GPL compatible](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/license-list.html#GPLCompatibleLicenses).
 
-## `Config.h`
+You can use this as a template: 
+```
+Copyright <year> <name> <email> @<github_username>
 
-If you do add a `config,h` file, you want to make sure that it only gets processed once.  So you may want to start off with something like this:
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
 
-```c
-#ifndef USERSPACE_CONFIG_H
-#define USERSPACE_CONFIG_H
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-// Put normal config.h settings here:
-
-#endif // !USERSPACE_CONFIG_H
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 ```
 
-You can use any option hre that you could use in your keymap's `config.h` file. You can find a list of vales [here](config_options.md).
+You'd want to replace the year, name, email and github username with your info. 
 
-## Example
+Additionally, this is a good place to document your code, if you wish to share it with others. 
 
-For a brief example, checkout `/users/_example/` , or for a more detailed examples check out [`template.h`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/users/drashna/template.h) and [`template.c`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/users/drashna/template.c) in `/users/drashna/` .
+# Examples
 
-### Consolidated Macros
+For a brief example, checkout [`/users/_example/`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna).  
+For a more complicated example, checkout [`/users/drashna/`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna)'s userspace.
 
-If you wanted to consolidate macros and other functions into your userspace for all of your keymaps, you can do that.  The issue is that you then cannot call any function defined in your userspace, or it gets complicated.  To better handle this, you can call the functions here and create new functions to use in individual keymaps.
+
+## Customized Functions
+
+QMK has a bunch of [functions](custom_quantum_functions.md) that have [`_quantum`, `_kb`, and `_user` versions](custom_quantum_functions.md#a-word-on-core-vs-keyboards-vs-keymap) that you can use.  You will pretty much always want to use the user version of these functions.  But the problem is that if you use them in your userspace, then you don't have a version that you can use in your keymap. 
+
+However, you can actually add support for keymap version, so that you can use it in both your userspace and your keymap! 
+
+
+For instance, let's look at the `layer_state_set_user()` function.  You can enable the [Tri Layer State](ref_functions.md#olkb-tri-layers) functionality on all of your boards, while also retaining the Tri Layer functionality in your `keymap.c` files. 
+
+In your `<name.c>` file, you'd want to add this: 
+```c
+__attribute__ ((weak))
+layer_state_t layer_state_set_keymap (layer_state_t state) {
+  return state;
+}
+
+layer_state_t layer_state_set_user (layer_state_t state) {
+  state = update_tri_layer_state(state, 2, 3, 5);
+  return layer_state_set_keymap (state);
+}
+```
+The `__attribute__ ((weak))` part tells the compiler that this is a placeholder function that can then be replaced by a version in your `keymap.c`.  That way, you don't need to add it to your `keymap.c`, but if you do, you won't get any conflicts because the function is the same name. 
+
+The `_keymap` part here doesn't matter, it just needs to be something other than `_quantum`, `_kb`, or `_user`, since those are already in use. So you could use `layer_state_set_mine`, `layer_state_set_fn`, or anything else.
+
+You can see a list of this and other common functions in [`template.c`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/users/drashna/template.c) in [`users/drashna`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/users/drashna).
+
+## Custom Features
+
+Since the Userspace feature can support a staggering number of boards, you may have boards that you want to enable certain functionality for, but not for others. And you can actually create "features" that you can enable or disable in your own userspace.  
+
+For instance, if you wanted to have a bunch of macros available, but only on certain boards (to save space), you could "hide" them being a `#ifdef MACROS_ENABLED`, and then enable it per board.  To do this, add this to your rules.mk
+```make
+ifeq ($(strip $(MACROS_ENABLED)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DMACROS_ENABLED
+endif
+```
+The `OPT_DEFS` setting causes `MACROS_ENABLED` to be defined for your keyboards (note the `-D` in front of the name), and you could use `#ifdef MACROS_ENABLED` to check the status in your c/h files, and handle that code based on that. 
+
+Then you add `MACROS_ENABLED = yes` to the `rules.mk` for you keymap to enable this feature and the code in your userspace.
+
+And in your `process_record_user` function, you'd do something like this: 
+```c
+bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
+  switch (keycode) {
+#ifdef MACROS_ENABLED
+  case MACRO1:
+    if (!record->event.pressed) {
+      SEND_STRING("This is macro 1!");
+    }
+    break;
+  case MACRO2:
+    if (!record->event.pressed) {
+      SEND_STRING("This is macro 2!");
+    }
+    break;
+#endif
+  }
+  return true;
+}
+```
+
+
+## Consolidated Macros
+
+If you wanted to consolidate macros and other functions into your userspace for all of your keymaps, you can do that.  This builds upon the [Customized Functions](#customized-functions) example above. This lets you maintain a bunch of macros that are shared between the different keyboards, and allow for keyboard specific macros, too. 
 
 First, you'd want to go through all of your `keymap.c` files and replace `process_record_user` with `process_record_keymap` instead.   This way, you can still use keyboard specific codes on those boards, and use your custom "global" keycodes as well.   You'll also want to replace `SAFE_RANGE` with `NEW_SAFE_RANGE` so that you wont have any overlapping keycodes
 
 Then add `#include <name.h>` to all of your keymap.c files.  This allows you to use these new keycodes without having to redefine them in each keymap.
 
 Once you've done that, you'll want to set the keycode definitions that you need to the `<name>.h`  file. For instance:
-```
-#ifndef USERSPACE
-#define USERSPACE
+```c
+#pragma once
 
 #include "quantum.h"
+#include "action.h"
+#include "version.h"
 
 // Define all of
 enum custom_keycodes {
   KC_MAKE = SAFE_RANGE,
   NEW_SAFE_RANGE  //use "NEW_SAFE_RANGE" for keymap specific codes
 };
-
-#endif
 ```
 
 Now you want to create the `<name>.c` file, and add this content to it:
 
-```
+```c
 #include "<name>.h"
-#include "quantum.h"
-#include "action.h"
-#include "version.h"
 
 __attribute__ ((weak))
 bool process_record_keymap(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
@@ -93,33 +201,51 @@ bool process_record_keymap(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
 
 bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
   switch (keycode) {
-  case KC_MAKE:
-    if (!record->event.pressed) {
-      SEND_STRING("make " QMK_KEYBOARD ":" QMK_KEYMAP
-#if  (defined(BOOTLOADER_DFU) || defined(BOOTLOADER_LUFA_DFU) || defined(BOOTLOADER_QMK_DFU))
-       ":dfu "
-#elif defined(BOOTLOADER_HALFKAY)
-      ":teensy "
-#elif defined(BOOTLOADER_CATERINA)
-       ":avrdude "
-#endif
-        SS_TAP(X_ENTER));
-    }
-    return false;
-    break;
+    case KC_MAKE:  // Compiles the firmware, and adds the flash command based on keyboard bootloader
+            if (!record->event.pressed) {
+            uint8_t temp_mod = get_mods();
+            uint8_t temp_osm = get_oneshot_mods();
+            clear_mods(); clear_oneshot_mods();
+            SEND_STRING("make " QMK_KEYBOARD ":" QMK_KEYMAP);
+    #ifndef FLASH_BOOTLOADER
+            if ( (temp_mod | temp_osm) & MOD_MASK_SHIFT ) 
+    #endif
+            { // 
+                #if defined(__arm__)  // only run for ARM boards
+                    SEND_STRING(":dfu-util");
+                #elif defined(BOOTLOADER_DFU) // only run for DFU boards
+                    SEND_STRING(":dfu");
+                #elif defined(BOOTLOADER_HALFKAY) // only run for teensy boards
+                    SEND_STRING(":teensy");
+                #elif defined(BOOTLOADER_CATERINA) // only run for Pro Micros
+                    SEND_STRING(":avrdude");
+                #endif // bootloader options
+            }
+            if ( (temp_mod | temp_osm) & MOD_MASK_CTRL) { 
+                SEND_STRING(" -j8 --output-sync"); 
+            }
+            SEND_STRING(SS_TAP(X_ENTER));
+            set_mods(temp_mod);
+        }
+        break;
+
   }
   return process_record_keymap(keycode, record);
 }
 ```
 
-This will add a new `KC_MAKE`  keycode that can be used in any of your keymaps.  And this keycode will output `make <keyboard>:<keymap">`, making frequent compiling easier.  And this will work with any keyboard and any keymap as it will output the current boards info, so that you don't have to type this out every time.
-
-Additionally, this should flash the newly compiled firmware automatically, using the correct utility, based on the bootloader settings (or default to just generating the HEX file). However, it should be noted that this may not work on all systems. AVRDUDE doesn't work on WSL, namely (and will dump the HEX in the ".build" folder instead).
-
-## Override default userspace
-
-By default the userspace used will be the same as the keymap name. In some situations this isn't desirable. For instance, if you use the [layout](feature_layouts.md) feature you can't use the same name for different keymaps (e.g. ANSI and ISO). You can name your layouts `mylayout-ansi` and `mylayout-iso` and add the following line to your layout's `rules.mk`:
+For boards that may not have a shift button (such as on a macro pad), we need a way to always include the bootloader option.  To do that, add the following to the `rules.mk` in your userspace folder: 
 
+```make 
+ifeq ($(strip $(FLASH_BOOTLOADER)), yes)
+    OPT_DEFS += -DFLASH_BOOTLOADER
+endif
 ```
-USER_NAME := mylayout
-```
+
+This will add a new `KC_MAKE` keycode that can be used in any of your keymaps.  And this keycode will output `make <keyboard>:<keymap>`, making frequent compiling easier.  And this will work with any keyboard and any keymap as it will output the current boards info, so that you don't have to type this out every time.
+
+Also, holding `shift` will add the appropriate flashing command (`:dfu`, `:teensy`, `:avrdude`, `:dfu-util`) for a majority of keyboards.  Holding `control` will add some commands that will speed up compiling time by processing multiple files at once. 
+
+And for the boards that lack a shift key, or that you want to always attempt the flashing part, you can add `FLASH_BOOTLOADER = yes` to the `rules.mk` of that keymap.
+
+?> This should flash the newly compiled firmware automatically, using the correct utility, based on the bootloader settings (or default to just generating the HEX file). However, it should be noted that this may not work on all systems. AVRDUDE doesn't work on WSL, namely. And this doesn't support BootloadHID or mdloader. 

docs/feature_velocikey.md

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# Velocikey
+
+Velocikey is a feature that lets you control the speed of lighting effects (like the Rainbow Swirl effect) with the speed of your typing. The faster you type, the faster the lights will go!
+
+## Usage
+For Velocikey to take effect, there are two steps. First, when compiling your keyboard, you'll need to set `VELOCIKEY_ENABLE=yes` in `rules.mk`, e.g.:
+
+```
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = no
+STENO_ENABLE = no
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes
+VELOCIKEY_ENABLE = yes
+```
+
+Then, while using your keyboard, you need to also turn it on with the VLK_TOG keycode, which toggles the feature on and off.
+
+The following light effects will all be controlled by Velocikey when it is enabled:
+ - RGB Breathing
+ - RGB Rainbow Mood
+ - RGB Rainbow Swirl
+ - RGB Snake
+ - RGB Knight
+
+Support for LED breathing effects is planned but not available yet.
+
+ As long as Velocikey is enabled, it will control the speed regardless of any other speed setting that your RGB lights are currently on.
+
+ ## Configuration
+ Velocikey doesn't currently support any configuration via keyboard settings. If you want to adjust something like the speed increase or decay rate, you would need to edit `velocikey.c` and adjust the values there to achieve the kinds of speeds that you like.

docs/features.md

@@ -3,22 +3,34 @@
 QMK has a staggering number of features for building your keyboard. It can take some time to understand all of them and determine which one will achieve your goal.
 
 
-* [Advanced Keycodes](feature_advanced_keycodes.md) - Change layers, type shifted keys, and more. Go beyond typing simple characters.
+* [Advanced Keycodes](feature_advanced_keycodes.md) - Change layers, dual-action keys, and more. Go beyond typing simple characters.
 * [Audio](feature_audio.md) - Connect a speaker to your keyboard for audio feedback, midi support, and music mode.
 * [Auto Shift](feature_auto_shift.md) - Tap for the normal key, hold slightly longer for its shifted state.
 * [Backlight](feature_backlight.md) - LED lighting support for your keyboard.
+* [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md) - BlueTooth support for your keyboard.
 * [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md) - Adjust the behavior of your keyboard using hotkeys.
+* [Combos](feature_combo.md) - Custom actions for multiple key holds.
+* [Command](feature_command.md) - Runtime version of bootmagic (Formerly known as "Magic").
+* [Debounce API](feature_debounce_type.md) - Customization of debouncing algorithms, and the ability to add more/custom debouncing. 
 * [Dynamic Macros](feature_dynamic_macros.md) - Record and playback macros from the keyboard itself.
+* [Encoders](feature_encoders.md) - Rotary encoders! 
+* [Grave Escape](feature_grave_esc.md) - Lets you use a single key for Esc and Grave. 
+* [Haptic Feedback](feature_haptic_feedback.md) - Add haptic feedback drivers to your board.
+* [HD44780 LCD Display](feature_hd44780.md) - Support for LCD character displays using the HD44780 standard.
 * [Key Lock](feature_key_lock.md) - Lock a key in the "down" state.
 * [Layouts](feature_layouts.md) - Use one keymap with any keyboard that supports your layout.
 * [Leader Key](feature_leader_key.md) - Tap the leader key followed by a sequence to trigger custom behavior.
+* [LED Matrix](feature_led_matrix.md) - LED Matrix single color lights for per key lighting (Single Color, not RGB).
 * [Macros](feature_macros.md) - Send multiple key presses when pressing only one physical key.
 * [Mouse keys](feature_mouse_keys.md) - Control your mouse pointer from your keyboard.
+* [OLED Driver](feature_oled_driver.md) - Add OLED screens to your keyboard.
+* [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys) - Sticky Keys, lets you hit a key rather than holding it.
 * [Pointing Device](feature_pointing_device.md) - Framework for connecting your custom pointing device to your keyboard.
 * [PS2 Mouse](feature_ps2_mouse.md) - Driver for connecting a PS/2 mouse directly to your keyboard.
 * [RGB Light](feature_rgblight.md) - RGB lighting for your keyboard.
 * [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) - RGB Matrix lights for per key lighting.
 * [Space Cadet](feature_space_cadet.md) - Use your left/right shift keys to type parenthesis and brackets.
+* [Split Keyboard](feature_split_keyboard.md) 
 * [Stenography](feature_stenography.md) - Put your keyboard into Plover mode for stenography use.
 * [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md) - Mirror your keyboard for one handed usage.
 * [Tap Dance](feature_tap_dance.md) - Make a single key do as many things as you want.
@@ -26,3 +38,4 @@ QMK has a staggering number of features for building your keyboard. It can take
 * [Thermal Printer](feature_thermal_printer.md) - Connect a thermal printer to your keyboard to be able to toggle on a printed log of everything you type.
 * [Unicode](feature_unicode.md) - Unicode input support.
 * [Userspace](feature_userspace.md) - Share code between different keymaps and keyboards.
+* [Velocikey](feature_velocikey.md) - Allows changes in RGB animation speed based on WPM/Typing speed.

docs/flashing.md

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 
 There are quite a few different types of bootloaders that keyboards use, and just about all of the use a different flashing method. Luckily, projects like the [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) aim to be compatible with all the different types without having to think about it much, but this article will describe the different types of bootloaders, and available methods for flashing them.
 
-If you have a bootloader selected with the `BOOTLOADER` variable in your `rules.mk`, QMK will automatically calculate if your .hex file is the right size to be flashed to the device, and output the total size it bytes (along with the max). To run this process manually, compile with the target `check-size`, eg `make planck/rev4:default:check-size`.
+If you have a bootloader selected with the `BOOTLOADER` variable in your `rules.mk`, QMK will automatically calculate if your .hex file is the right size to be flashed to the device, and output the total size in bytes (along with the max). To run this process manually, compile with the target `check-size`, eg `make planck/rev4:default:check-size`.
 
 ## DFU
 
@@ -49,9 +49,18 @@ To generate this bootloader, use the `bootloader` target, eg `make planck/rev4:d
 
 To generate a production-ready .hex file (containing the application and the bootloader), use the `production` target, eg `make planck/rev4:default:production`.
 
+### DFU commands
+
+There are a number of DFU commands that you can use to flash firmware to a DFU device:
+
+* `:dfu` - This is the normal option and waits until a DFU device is available, and then flashes the firmware. This will check every 5 seconds, to see if a DFU device has appeared.
+* `:dfu-ee` - This flashes an `eep` file instead of the normal hex.  This is uncommon. 
+* `:dfu-split-left` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu`). However, this also flashes the "Left Side" EEPROM file for split keyboards. _This is ideal for Elite C based split keyboards._
+* `:dfu-split-right` - This flashes the normal firmware, just like the default option (`:dfu`). However, this also flashes the "Right Side" EEPROM file for split keyboards. _This is ideal for Elite C based split keyboards._
+
 ## Caterina
 
-Arduino boards and their clones use the [Caterina bootloader](https://github.com/arduino/Arduino/tree/master/hardware/arduino/avr/bootloaders/caterina) (any keyboard built with a Pro Micro, or clone), and uses the avr109 protocol to communicate through virtual serial. Bootloaders like [A-Star](https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61/9) are based on Caterina.
+Arduino boards and their clones use the [Caterina bootloader](https://github.com/arduino/ArduinoCore-avr/tree/master/bootloaders/caterina) (any keyboard built with a Pro Micro, or clone), and uses the avr109 protocol to communicate through virtual serial. Bootloaders like [A-Star](https://www.pololu.com/docs/0J61/9) are based on Caterina.
 
 To ensure compatibility with the Caterina bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
 
@@ -71,13 +80,20 @@ Flashing sequence:
 
 1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or short RST to GND quickly (you only have 7 seconds to flash once it enters)
 2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
-4. Flash a .hex file
-5. Wait for the device to reset automatically
+3. Flash a .hex file
+4. Wait for the device to reset automatically
 
 or
 
     make <keyboard>:<keymap>:avrdude
 
+or if you want to flash multiple boards, use the following command
+
+    make <keyboard>:<keymap>:avrdude-loop
+
+When you're done flashing boards, you'll need to hit Ctrl + C or whatever the correct keystroke is for your operating system to break the loop.
+
+
 ## Halfkay
 
 Halfkay is a super-slim protocol developed by PJRC that uses HID, and come on all Teensys (namely the 2.0).
@@ -100,5 +116,90 @@ Flashing sequence:
 
 1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or short RST to GND quickly (you only have 7 seconds to flash once it enters)
 2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
-4. Flash a .hex file
-5. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
+3. Flash a .hex file
+4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
+
+## USBasploader
+
+USBasploader is a bootloader developed by matrixstorm. It is used in some non-USB AVR chips such as the ATmega328P, which run V-USB.
+
+To ensure compatibility with the USBasploader bootloader, make sure this block is present in your `rules.mk`:
+
+    # Bootloader
+    #     This definition is optional, and if your keyboard supports multiple bootloaders of
+    #     different sizes, comment this out, and the correct address will be loaded
+    #     automatically (+60). See bootloader.mk for all options.
+    BOOTLOADER = USBasp
+
+Compatible flashers:
+
+* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
+* [avrdude](http://www.nongnu.org/avrdude/) with the `usbasp` programmer
+* [AVRDUDESS](https://github.com/zkemble/AVRDUDESS)
+
+Flashing sequence:
+
+1. Press the `RESET` keycode, or keep the boot pin shorted to GND while quickly shorting RST to GND
+2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
+3. Flash a .hex file
+4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
+
+## BootloadHID
+
+BootloadHID is a USB bootloader for AVR microcontrollers. The uploader tool requires no kernel level driver on Windows and can therefore be run without installing any DLLs.
+
+To ensure compatibility with the bootloadHID bootloader, make sure this block is present your `rules.mk`:
+
+    # Bootloader
+    #     This definition is optional, and if your keyboard supports multiple bootloaders of
+    #     different sizes, comment this out, and the correct address will be loaded
+    #     automatically (+60). See bootloader.mk for all options.
+    BOOTLOADER = bootloadHID
+
+Compatible flashers:
+
+* [HIDBootFlash](http://vusb.wikidot.com/project:hidbootflash) (recommended Windows GUI)
+* [bootloadhid Command Line](https://www.obdev.at/products/vusb/bootloadhid.html) / `:BootloadHID` in QMK (recommended command line)
+
+Flashing sequence:
+
+1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods:
+    * Tap the `RESET` keycode (may not work on all devices)
+    * Hold the salt key while plugging the keyboard in (usually documented within keyboard readme) 
+2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
+3. Flash a .hex file
+4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
+
+or:
+
+    make <keyboard>:<keymap>:bootloadHID
+
+## STM32
+
+All STM32 chips come preloaded with a factory bootloader that cannot be modified nor deleted. Some STM32 chips have bootloaders that do not come with USB programming (e.g. STM32F103) but the process is still the same.
+
+At the moment, no `BOOTLOADER` variable is needed on `rules.mk` for STM32.
+
+Compatible flashers:
+
+* [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox/releases) (recommended GUI)
+* [dfu-util](https://github.com/Stefan-Schmidt/dfu-util) / `:dfu-util` (recommended command line)
+
+Flashing sequence:
+
+1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods:
+    * Tap the `RESET` keycode (may not work on STM32F042 devices)
+    * If a reset circuit is present, tap the RESET button
+    * Otherwise, you need to bridge BOOT0 to VCC (via BOOT0 button or bridge), short RESET to GND (via RESET button or bridge), and then let go of the BOOT0 bridge
+2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
+3. Flash a .bin file
+    * You will receive a warning about the DFU signature; Just ignore it
+4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
+    * If you are building from command line (e.g. `make planck/rev6:default:dfu-util`), make sure that `:leave` is passed to the `DFU_ARGS` variable inside your `rules.mk` (e.g. `DFU_ARGS = -d 0483:df11 -a 0 -s 0x08000000:leave`) so that your device resets after flashing
+
+### STM32 Commands
+
+There are a number of DFU commands that you can use to flash firmware to a STM32 device:
+
+* `:dfu-util` - The default command for flashing to STM32 devices.
+* `:st-link-cli` - This allows you to flash the firmware via ST-LINK's CLI utility, rather than dfu-util.

docs/flashing_bootloadhid.md

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+# BootloadHID Flashing Instructions and Bootloader Information
+
+ps2avr(GB) boards use an ATmega32A microcontroller and a different bootloader. It is not flashable using the regular QMK methods.
+
+General flashing sequence:
+
+1. Enter the bootloader using any of the following methods:
+    * Tap the `RESET` keycode (may not work on all devices)
+    * Hold the salt key while plugging the keyboard in (usually documented within keyboard readme) 
+2. Wait for the OS to detect the device
+3. Flash a .hex file
+4. Reset the device into application mode (may be done automatically)
+
+## bootloadHID Flashing Target
+
+Using the QMK installation script, detailed [here](newbs_getting_started.md), the required bootloadHID tools should be automatically installed.
+
+To flash via the command line, use the target `:bootloadHID` by executing the following command:
+
+    make <keyboard>:<keymap>:bootloadHID
+
+## GUI Flashing
+
+### Windows
+1. Download [HIDBootFlash](http://vusb.wikidot.com/project:hidbootflash).
+2. Place your keyboard into reset. 
+3. Ensure the configured VendorID is `16c0` and ProductID is `05df`
+4. Press the `Find Device` button and ensure that your keyboard is found.
+5. Press the `Open .hex File` button and locate the `.hex` file you created.
+6. Press the `Flash Device` button and wait for the process to complete.
+
+## Command Line Flashing
+
+1. Place your keyboard into reset. 
+2. Flash the board by typing `bootloadHID -r` followed by the path to your `.hex` file.
+
+### Windows Manual Installation
+For MSYS2:
+1. Download the BootloadHID firmware package from https://www.obdev.at/downloads/vusb/bootloadHID.2012-12-08.tar.gz.
+2. Extract contents using a compatible tool, for example 7-Zip.
+3. Add to the MSYS path by copying `commandline/bootloadHID.exe` from the extracted archive to your MSYS2 installation, typically `C:\msys64\usr\bin`.
+
+For native Windows flashing, the `bootloadHID.exe` can be used outside of the MSYS2 environment.
+
+### Linux Manual Installation
+1. Install libusb development dependency:
+    ```bash
+    # This depends on OS - for Debian the following works
+    sudo apt-get install libusb-dev
+    ```
+2. Download the BootloadHID firmware package:
+    ```
+    wget https://www.obdev.at/downloads/vusb/bootloadHID.2012-12-08.tar.gz -O - | tar -xz -C /tmp
+    ```
+3. Build the bootloadHID executable:
+    ```
+    cd /tmp/bootloadHID.2012-12-08/commandline/
+    make
+    sudo cp bootloadHID /usr/local/bin
+    ```
+
+### MacOS Manual Installation
+1. Install Homebrew by typing the following:
+    ```
+    /usr/bin/ruby -e "$(curl -fsSL https://raw.githubusercontent.com/Homebrew/install/master/install)"
+    ```
+2. Install the following packages:
+    ```
+    brew install --HEAD https://raw.githubusercontent.com/robertgzr/homebrew-tap/master/bootloadhid.rb
+    ```

docs/getting_started_build_tools.md

@@ -4,11 +4,13 @@ This page describes setting up the build environment for QMK. These instructions
 
 <!-- FIXME: We should have ARM instructions somewhere. -->
 
-Note: If it is your first time here, Check out the "Complete Newbs guide" instead
+**Note:** If this is your first time here, check out the [Complete Newbs Guide](newbs.md) page.
+
+Before continuing, double check that your submodules (third-party libraries) are up to date by running `make git-submodule`.
 
 ## Linux
 
-To ensure you are always up to date, you can just run `sudo util/install_dependencies.sh`. That should always install all the dependencies needed. **This will run `apt-get upgrade`.**
+To ensure you are always up to date, you can just run `sudo util/qmk_install.sh`. That should always install all the dependencies needed. **This will run `apt-get upgrade`.**
 
 You can also install things manually, but this documentation might not be always up to date with all requirements.
 
@@ -41,6 +43,10 @@ Debian / Ubuntu example:
 Fedora / Red Hat example:
 
     sudo dnf install gcc unzip wget zip dfu-util dfu-programmer avr-gcc avr-libc binutils-avr32-linux-gnu arm-none-eabi-gcc-cs arm-none-eabi-binutils-cs arm-none-eabi-newlib
+    
+Arch / Manjaro example:
+
+    pacman -S base-devel gcc unzip wget zip avr-gcc avr-binutils avr-libc dfu-util arm-none-eabi-gcc arm-none-eabi-binutils arm-none-eabi-newlib git dfu-programmer dfu-util
 
 ## Nix
 
@@ -56,12 +62,14 @@ If you're using [homebrew,](http://brew.sh/) you can use the following commands:
     brew tap osx-cross/avr
     brew tap PX4/homebrew-px4
     brew update
-    brew install avr-gcc
+    brew install avr-gcc@8
+    brew link --force avr-gcc@8
     brew install dfu-programmer
+    brew install dfu-util
     brew install gcc-arm-none-eabi
     brew install avrdude
 
-This is the recommended method. If you don't have homebrew, [install it!](http://brew.sh/) It's very much worth it for anyone who works in the command line. Note that the `make` and `make install` portion during the homebrew installation of avr-libc can take over 20 minutes and exhibit high CPU usage.
+This is the recommended method. If you don't have homebrew, [install it!](http://brew.sh/) It's very much worth it for anyone who works in the command line. Note that the `make` and `make install` portion during the homebrew installation of `avr-gcc@8` can take over 20 minutes and exhibit high CPU usage.
 
 ## Windows with msys2 (recommended)
 
@@ -69,9 +77,9 @@ The best environment to use, for Windows Vista through any later version (tested
 
 * Install msys2 by downloading it and following the instructions here: http://www.msys2.org
 * Open the ``MSYS2 MingGW 64-bit`` shortcut
-* Navigate to your qmk checkout. For example, if it's in the root of your c drive:
+* Navigate to your QMK repository. For example, if it's in the root of your c drive:
  * `$ cd /c/qmk_firmware`
-* Run `util/msys2_install.sh` and follow the prompts
+* Run `util/qmk_install.sh` and follow the prompts
 
 ## Windows 10 (deprecated)
 These are the old instructions for Windows 10. We recommend you use [MSYS2 as outlined above](#windows-with-msys2-recommended).
@@ -121,24 +129,27 @@ If you have trouble and want to ask for help, it is useful to generate a *Win_Ch
 
 ## Docker
 
-If this is a bit complex for you, Docker might be the turn-key solution you need. After installing [Docker](https://www.docker.com/products/docker), run the following command at the root of the QMK folder to build a keyboard/keymap:
-
+If this is a bit complex for you, Docker might be the turnkey solution you need. After installing [Docker CE](https://docs.docker.com/install/#supported-platforms), run the following command from the `qmk_firmware` directory to build a keyboard/keymap:
 ```bash
-# You'll run this every time you want to build a keymap
-# modify the keymap and keyboard assignment to compile what you want
-# defaults are ergodox/default
+util/docker_build.sh keyboard:keymap
+# For example: util/docker_build.sh ergodox_ez:steno
+```
+This will compile the desired keyboard/keymap and leave the resulting `.hex` or `.bin` file in the QMK directory for you to flash. If `:keymap` is omitted, the `default` keymap is used. Note that the parameter format is the same as when building with `make`.
 
-docker run -e keymap=gwen -e keyboard=ergodox_ez --rm -v $('pwd'):/qmk:rw edasque/qmk_firmware
+You can also start the script without any parameters, in which case it will ask you to input the build parameters one by one, which you may find easier to use:
+```bash
+util/docker_build.sh
+# Reads parameters as input (leave blank for defaults)
 ```
 
-On Windows Docker seems to have issues with the VOLUME tag in Dockerfile, and `$('pwd')` won't print a Windows compliant path; use full path instead, like this:
-
+There is also support for building _and_ flashing the keyboard straight from Docker by specifying the `target` as well:
 ```bash
-docker run -e keymap=default -e keyboard=ergodox_ez --rm -v D:/Users/Sacapuces/Documents/Repositories/qmk:/qmk:rw edasque/qmk_firmware
-
+util/docker_build.sh keyboard:keymap:target
+# For example: util/docker_build.sh planck/rev6:default:dfu-util
 ```
+If you're on Linux, this should work out of the box. On Windows and macOS, it requires [Docker Machine](http://gw.tnode.com/docker/docker-machine-with-usb-support-on-windows-macos/) to be running. This is tedious to set up, so it's not recommended; use [QMK Toolbox](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_toolbox) instead.
 
-This will compile the targeted keyboard/keymap and leave it in your QMK directory for you to flash.
+!> Docker for Windows requires [Hyper-V](https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/virtualization/hyper-v-on-windows/quick-start/enable-hyper-v) to be enabled. This means that it cannot work on versions of Windows which don't have Hyper-V, such as Windows 7, Windows 8 and **Windows 10 Home**.
 
 ## Vagrant
 If you have any problems building the firmware, you can try using a tool called Vagrant. It will set up a virtual computer with a known configuration that's ready-to-go for firmware building. OLKB does NOT host the files for this virtual computer. Details on how to set up Vagrant are in the [vagrant guide](getting_started_vagrant.md).

docs/getting_started_getting_help.md

@@ -4,13 +4,7 @@ There are a lot of resources for getting help with QMK.
 
 ## Realtime Chat
 
-You can find QMK developers and users on our main [gitter chat room](https://gitter.im/qmk/qmk_firmware). We also have other rooms for more specific discussion:
-
-* [Main Firmware Chat](https://gitter.im/qmk/qmk_firmware)
-* [QMK Toolbox](https://gitter.im/qmk/qmk_toolbox)
-* [Hardware Design Discussion](https://gitter.im/qmk/qmk_hardware)
-* [Web Configurator](https://gitter.im/qmk/qmk_configurator)
-* [Compiler API](https://gitter.im/qmk/qmk_compiler_api)
+You can find QMK developers and users on our main [Discord server](https://discord.gg/Uq7gcHh). There are specific channels in the server for chatting about the firmware, Toolbox, hardware, and configurator.
 
 ## OLKB Subreddit
 

docs/getting_started_github.md

@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Start on the [QMK Github page](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware), and you'll
 
 ![Fork on Github](http://i.imgur.com/8Toomz4.jpg)
 
-If you're apart of an organization, you'll need to choose which account to fork it to. In most circumstances, you'll want to fork it to your personal account. Once your fork is completed (sometimes this takes a little while), click the "Clone or Download" button:
+If you're a part of an organization, you'll need to choose which account to fork it to. In most circumstances, you'll want to fork it to your personal account. Once your fork is completed (sometimes this takes a little while), click the "Clone or Download" button:
 
 ![Download from Github](http://i.imgur.com/N1NYcSz.jpg)
 
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@ And be sure to select "HTTPS", and select the link and copy it:
 From here, enter `git clone ` into the command line, and then paste your link:
 
 ```
-**[terminal]
-**[prompt you@computer]**[path ~]**[delimiter  $ ]**[command git clone https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git]
+user@computer:~$ git clone https://github.com/whoeveryouare/qmk_firmware.git
 Cloning into 'qmk_firmware'...
 remote: Counting objects: 46625, done.
 remote: Compressing objects: 100% (2/2), done.
@@ -33,13 +32,12 @@ Checking out files: 100% (2799/2799), done.
 You now have your QMK fork on your local machine, and you can add your keymap, compile it and flash it to your board. Once you're happy with your changes, you can add, commit, and push them to your fork like this:
 
 ```
-**[terminal]
-**[prompt you@computer]**[path ~/qmk_firmware]**[delimiter  $ ]**[command git add .]
-**[prompt you@computer]**[path ~/qmk_firmware]**[delimiter  $ ]**[command git commit -m "adding my keymap"]
+user@computer:~$ git add .
+user@computer:~$ git commit -m "adding my keymap"
 [master cccb1608] adding my keymap
  1 file changed, 1 insertion(+)
  create mode 100644 keyboards/planck/keymaps/mine/keymap.c
-**[prompt you@computer]**[path ~/qmk_firmware]**[delimiter  $ ]**[command git push]
+user@computer:~$ git push
 Counting objects: 1, done.
 Delta compression using up to 4 threads.
 Compressing objects: 100% (1/1), done.

docs/getting_started_introduction.md

@@ -6,13 +6,23 @@ This page attempts to explain the basic information you need to know to work wit
 
 QMK is a fork of [Jun Wako](https://github.com/tmk)'s [tmk_keyboard](https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) project. The original TMK code, with modifications, can be found in the `tmk` folder. The QMK additions to the project may be found in the `quantum` folder. Keyboard projects may be found in the `handwired` and `keyboard` folders.
 
+### Userspace Structure
+
+Within the folder `users` is a directory for each user. This is a place for users to put code that they might use between keyboards. See the docs for [Userspace feature](feature_userspace.md) for more information.
+
 ### Keyboard Project Structure
 
-Within the folder `keyboards` and its subfolder `handwired` is a directory for each keyboard project, for example `qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard`. Within it you'll find the following structure:
+Within the folder `keyboards`, its subfolder `handwired` and its vendor and manufacture subdirectories e.g. `clueboard` is a directory for each keyboard project, for example `qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard/2x1800`. Within it, you'll find the following structure:
 
 * `keymaps/`: Different keymaps that can be built
-* `rules.mk`: The file that sets the default "make" options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `Makefile`
+* `rules.mk`: The file that sets the default "make" options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `rules.mk`.
 * `config.h`: The file that sets the default compile time options. Do not edit this file directly, instead use a keymap specific `config.h`.
+* `info.json`: The file used for setting layout for QMK Configurator. See [Configurator Support](reference_configurator_support.md) for more information.
+* `readme.md`: A brief overview of the keyboard.
+* `<keyboardName>.h`: This file is where the keyboard layout is defined against the keyboard's switch matrix.
+* `<keyboardName>.c`: This file is where you can find custom code for the keyboard.  
+
+For more information on project structure, see [QMK Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md).
 
 ### Keymap Structure
 
@@ -25,23 +35,26 @@ In every keymap folder, the following files may be found. Only `keymap.c` is req
 
 # The `config.h` File
 
-There are 2 `config.h` locations:
+There are 3 possible `config.h` locations:
 
 * keyboard (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/config.h`)
+* userspace (`/users/<user>/config.h`)
 * keymap (`/keyboards/<keyboard>/keymaps/<keymap>/config.h`)
 
-If the keymap `config.h` exists, that file is included by the build system and the keyboard `config.h` is not included. If you wish to override settings in your keymap's `config.h` you will need to include some glue code:
+The build system automatically picks up the config files in the above order. If you wish to override any setting set by a previous `config.h` you will need to first include some boilerplate code for the settings you wish to change.
 
 ```
-#ifndef CONFIG_USER_H
-#define CONFIG_USER_H
-
-#include "config_common.h"
+#pragma once
 ```
 
-If you want to override a setting from the parent `config.h` file, you need to `#undef` and then `#define` the setting again, like this:
+Then to override a setting from the previous `config.h` file you must `#undef` and then `#define` the setting again.
 
-```c
+The boilerplate code and setting look like this together:
+
+```
+#pragma once
+
+// overrides go here!
 #undef MY_SETTING
 #define MY_SETTING 4
 ```

docs/getting_started_make_guide.md

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ The full syntax of the `make` command is `<keyboard_folder>:<keymap>:<target>`,
 The `<target>` means the following
 * If no target is given, then it's the same as `all` below
 * `all` compiles as many keyboard/revision/keymap combinations as specified. For example, `make planck/rev4:default` will generate a single .hex, while `make planck/rev4:all` will generate a hex for every keymap available to the planck.
-* `dfu`, `teensy`, `avrdude` or `dfu-util`, compile and upload the firmware to the keyboard. If the compilation fails, then nothing will be uploaded. The programmer to use depends on the keyboard. For most keyboards it's `dfu`, but for ChibiOS keyboards you should use `dfu-util`, and `teensy` for standard Teensys. To find out which command you should use for your keyboard, check the keyboard specific readme.
+* `dfu`, `teensy`, `avrdude`, `dfu-util` or `bootloadHID`, compile and upload the firmware to the keyboard. If the compilation fails, then nothing will be uploaded. The programmer to use depends on the keyboard. For most keyboards it's `dfu`, but for ChibiOS keyboards you should use `dfu-util`, and `teensy` for standard Teensys. To find out which command you should use for your keyboard, check the keyboard specific readme.
  * **Note**: some operating systems need root access for these commands to work, so in that case you need to run for example `sudo make planck/rev4:default:dfu`.
 * `clean`, cleans the build output folders to make sure that everything is built from scratch. Run this before normal compilation if you have some unexplainable problems.
 
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ This allows the keyboard to tell the host OS that up to 248 keys are held down a
 
 `BACKLIGHT_ENABLE`
 
-This enables your backlight on Timer1 and ports B5, B6, or B7 (for now). You can specify your port by putting this in your `config.h`:
+This enables the in-switch LED backlighting. You can specify the backlight pin by putting this in your `config.h`:
 
     #define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7
 
@@ -93,19 +93,17 @@ This enables MIDI sending and receiving with your keyboard. To enter MIDI send m
 
 `UNICODE_ENABLE`
 
-This allows you to send unicode symbols via `UC(<unicode>)` in your keymap. Only codes up to 0x7FFF are currently supported.
+This allows you to send Unicode characters using `UC(<code point>)` in your keymap. Code points up to `0x7FFF` are supported. This covers characters for most modern languages, as well as symbols, but it doesn't cover emoji.
 
 `UNICODEMAP_ENABLE`
 
-This allows sending unicode symbols using `X(<unicode>)` in your keymap. Codes
-up to 0xFFFFFFFF are supported, including emojis. You will need to maintain
-a separate mapping table in your keymap file.
+This allows you to send Unicode characters using `X(<map index>)` in your keymap. You will need to maintain a mapping table in your keymap file. All possible code points (up to `0x10FFFF`) are supported.
 
-Known limitations:
-- Under Mac OS, only codes up to 0xFFFF are supported.
-- Under Linux ibus, only codes up to 0xFFFFF are supported (but anything important is still under this limit for now).
+`UCIS_ENABLE`
 
-Characters out of range supported by the OS will be ignored.
+This allows you to send Unicode characters by inputting a mnemonic corresponding to the character you want to send. You will need to maintain a mapping table in your keymap file. All possible code points (up to `0x10FFFF`) are supported.
+
+For further details, as well as limitations, see the [Unicode page](feature_unicode.md).
 
 `BLUETOOTH_ENABLE`
 
@@ -117,7 +115,7 @@ This allows you output audio on the C6 pin (needs abstracting). See the [audio p
 
 `FAUXCLICKY_ENABLE`
 
-Uses buzzer to emulate clicky switches. A cheap imitation of the Cherry blue switches. By default, uses the C6 pin, same as AUDIO_ENABLE.
+Uses buzzer to emulate clicky switches. A cheap imitation of the Cherry blue switches. By default, uses the C6 pin, same as `AUDIO_ENABLE`.
 
 `VARIABLE_TRACE`
 
@@ -133,6 +131,22 @@ This consumes about 5390 bytes.
 
 This enables [key lock](feature_key_lock.md). This consumes an additional 260 bytes.
 
+`SPLIT_KEYBOARD`
+
+This enables split keyboard support (dual MCU like the let's split and bakingpy's boards) and includes all necessary files located at quantum/split_common
+
+`SPLIT_TRANSPORT`
+
+As there is no standard split communication driver for ARM-based split keyboards yet, `SPLIT_TRANSPORT = custom` must be used for these. It will prevent the standard split keyboard communication code (which is AVR-specific) from being included, allowing a custom implementation to be used.
+
+`CUSTOM_MATRIX`
+
+Lets you replace the default matrix scanning routine with your own code. You will need to provide your own implementations of matrix_init() and matrix_scan().
+
+`DEBOUNCE_TYPE`
+
+Lets you replace the default key debouncing routine with an alternative one. If `custom` you will need to provide your own implementation.
+
 ## Customizing Makefile Options on a Per-Keymap Basis
 
 If your keymap directory has a file called `rules.mk` any options you set in that file will take precedence over other `rules.mk` options for your particular keyboard.

docs/getting_started_vagrant.md

@@ -1,16 +1,20 @@
 # Vagrant Quick Start
 
-This project includes a Vagrantfile that will allow you to build a new firmware for your keyboard very easily without major changes to your primary operating system. This also ensures that when you clone the project and perform a build, you have the exact same environment as anyone else using the Vagrantfile to build. This makes it much easier for people to help you troubleshoot any issues you encounter.
+This project includes a `Vagrantfile` that will allow you to build a new firmware for your keyboard very easily without major changes to your primary operating system. This also ensures that when you clone the project and perform a build, you have the exact same environment as anyone else using the Vagrantfile to build. This makes it much easier for people to help you troubleshoot any issues you encounter.
 
 ## Requirements
 
-Using the `/Vagrantfile` in this repository requires you have [Vagrant](http://www.vagrantup.com/) as well as [VirtualBox](https://www.virtualbox.org/) (or [VMware Workstation](https://www.vmware.com/products/workstation) and [Vagrant VMware plugin](http://www.vagrantup.com/vmware) but the (paid) VMware plugin requires a licensed copy of VMware Workstation/Fusion).
+Using the `Vagrantfile` in this repository requires you have [Vagrant](http://www.vagrantup.com/) as well as a supported provider installed:
 
-*COMPATIBILITY NOTICE* Certain versions of Virtualbox 5 appear to have an incompatibility with the Virtualbox extensions installed in the boxes in this Vagrantfile. If you encounter any issues with the /vagrant mount not succeeding, please upgrade your version of Virtualbox to at least 5.0.12. **Alternately, you can try running the following command:** `vagrant plugin install vagrant-vbguest`
+* [VirtualBox](https://www.virtualbox.org/) (Version at least 5.0.12)
+  * Sold as 'the most accessible platform to use Vagrant'
+* [VMware Workstation](https://www.vmware.com/products/workstation) and [Vagrant VMware plugin](http://www.vagrantup.com/vmware)
+  * The (paid) VMware plugin requires a licensed copy of VMware Workstation/Fusion
+* [Docker](https://www.docker.com/)
 
-Other than having Vagrant and Virtualbox installed and possibly a restart of your computer afterwards, you can simple run a 'vagrant up' anywhere inside the folder where you checked out this project and it will start a Linux virtual machine that contains all the tools required to build this project. There is a post Vagrant startup hint that will get you off on the right foot, otherwise you can also reference the build documentation below.
+Other than having Vagrant, a suitable provider installed and possibly a restart of your computer afterwards, you can simple run a 'vagrant up' anywhere inside the folder where you checked out this project and it will start an environment (either a virtual machine or container) that contains all the tools required to build this project. There is a post Vagrant startup hint that will get you off on the right foot, otherwise you can also reference the build documentation below.
 
-# Flashing the Firmware
+## Flashing the Firmware
 
 The "easy" way to flash the firmware is using a tool from your host OS:
 
@@ -19,3 +23,35 @@ The "easy" way to flash the firmware is using a tool from your host OS:
 * [Atmel FLIP](http://www.atmel.com/tools/flip.aspx)
 
 If you want to program via the command line you can uncomment the ['modifyvm'] lines in the Vagrantfile to enable the USB passthrough into Linux and then program using the command line tools like dfu-util/dfu-programmer or you can install the Teensy CLI version.
+
+## Vagrantfile Overview
+The development environment is configured to run the QMK Docker image, `qmkfm/base_container`. This not only ensures predictability between systems, it also mirrors the CI environment.
+
+## FAQ
+
+### Why am I seeing issues under Virtualbox?
+Certain versions of Virtualbox 5 appear to have an incompatibility with the Virtualbox extensions installed in the boxes in this Vagrantfile. If you encounter any issues with the /vagrant mount not succeeding, please upgrade your version of Virtualbox to at least 5.0.12. **Alternately, you can try running the following command:**
+
+```console
+vagrant plugin install vagrant-vbguest
+```
+
+### How do I remove an existing environment?
+Finished with your environment? From anywhere inside the folder where you checked out this project, Execute:
+
+```console
+vagrant destory
+```
+
+### What if I want to use Docker directly?
+Want to benefit from the Vagrant workflow without a virtual machine? The Vagrantfile is configured to bypass running a virtual machine, and run the container directly. Execute the following when bringing up the environment to force the use of Docker:
+```console
+vagrant up --provider=docker
+```
+
+### How do I access the virtual machine instead of the Docker container?
+Execute the following to bypass the `vagrant` user booting directly to the official qmk builder image:
+
+```console
+vagrant ssh -c 'sudo -i'
+```

docs/hand_wire.md

@@ -185,21 +185,30 @@ When you're done with the columns, start with the rows in the same process, from
 
 As you move along, be sure that the Teensy is staying in place - recutting and soldering the wires is a pain!
 
+## Additional guides
+
+If you're more of a visual learner, or want some additional tips and something more to follow along, these two visual step by step guides may be helpful:
+
+- [BrownFox's step by step guide](https://deskthority.net/viewtopic.php?f=7&t=6050)
+- [Cribbit's modern hand wiring guide](https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=87689.0)
+
 # Getting Some Basic Firmware Set Up
 
 From here, you should have a working keyboard once you program a firmware. Before we attach the Teensy permanently to the keyboard, let's quickly get some firmware loaded onto the Teensy so we can test each keyswitch.
 
-To start out, download [the firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/) - we'll be using my (Jack's) fork of TMK called QMK/Quantum. We'll be doing a lot from the Terminal/command prompt, so get that open, along with a decent text editor like [Sublime Text](http://www.sublimetext.com/).
+To start out, download [the firmware](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/) - we'll be using my (Jack's) fork of TMK called QMK/Quantum. We'll be doing a lot from the Terminal/command prompt, so get that open, along with a decent text editor like [Sublime Text](http://www.sublimetext.com/) (paid) or [Visual Studio Code](https://code.visualstudio.com) (free).
 
-The first thing we're going to do is create a new project using the script in the root directory of the firmware. In your terminal, run this command with `<project_name>` replaced by the name of your project - it'll need to be different from any other project in the `keyboards/` folder:
+The first thing we're going to do is create a new keyboard. In your terminal, run this command, which will ask you some questions and generate a basic keyboard project:
 
 ```
-    util/new_project.sh <project_name>
+./util/new_keyboard.sh
 ```
 
 You'll want to navigate to the `keyboards/<project_name>/` folder by typing, like the print-out from the script specifies:
 
-    cd keyboards/<project_name>
+```
+cd keyboards/<project_name>
+```
 
 ### `config.h`
 
@@ -209,7 +218,7 @@ Farther down are `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` and `MATRIX_COL_PINS`. Change their definitio
 
 ### `<project_name>.h`
 
-The next file you'll want to look at is `<project_name>.h`. You're going to want to rewrite the `KEYMAP` definition - the format and syntax here is extremely important, so pay attention to how things are setup. The first half of the definition are considered the arguments - this is the format that you'll be following in your keymap later on, so you'll want to have as many k*xy* variables here as you do keys. The second half is the part that the firmware actually looks at, and will contain gaps depending on how you wired your matrix.
+The next file you'll want to look at is `<project_name>.h`. You're going to want to rewrite the `LAYOUT` definition - the format and syntax here is extremely important, so pay attention to how things are setup. The first half of the definition are considered the arguments - this is the format that you'll be following in your keymap later on, so you'll want to have as many k*xy* variables here as you do keys. The second half is the part that the firmware actually looks at, and will contain gaps depending on how you wired your matrix.
 
 We'll dive into how this will work with the following example. Say we have a keyboard like this:
 
@@ -231,10 +240,10 @@ This can be described by saying the top row is 3 1u keys, and the bottom row is
     └─────┴─────┘
 ```
 
-The middle column is unused on the bottom row in this example. Our `KEYMAP` definition would look like this:
+The middle column is unused on the bottom row in this example. Our `LAYOUT` definition would look like this:
 
 ```
-    #define KEYMAP( \
+    #define LAYOUT( \
         k00, k01, k02, \
           k10,  k11,   \
     ) \
@@ -256,10 +265,10 @@ Let's say that instead, we wired our keyboard like this (a fair thing to do):
     └─────┴─────┘
 ```
 
-This would require our `KEYMAP` definition to look like this:
+This would require our `LAYOUT` definition to look like this:
 
 ```
-    #define KEYMAP( \
+    #define LAYOUT( \
         k00, k01, k02, \
           k10,  k11,   \
     ) \
@@ -269,7 +278,7 @@ This would require our `KEYMAP` definition to look like this:
     }
 ```
 
-Notice how the `k11` and `KC_NO` switched places to represent the wiring, and the unused final column on the bottom row. Sometimes it'll make more sense to put a keyswitch on a particular column, but in the end, it won't matter, as long as all of them are accounted for. You can use this process to write out the `KEYMAP` for your entire keyboard - be sure to remember that your keyboard is actually backwards when looking at the underside of it.
+Notice how the `k11` and `KC_NO` switched places to represent the wiring, and the unused final column on the bottom row. Sometimes it'll make more sense to put a keyswitch on a particular column, but in the end, it won't matter, as long as all of them are accounted for. You can use this process to write out the `LAYOUT` for your entire keyboard - be sure to remember that your keyboard is actually backwards when looking at the underside of it.
 
 ### `keymaps/<variant>/default.c`
 
@@ -291,7 +300,7 @@ This can be accomplished by using the following `keymaps` definition:
 
 ```
 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
-    [0] = KEYMAP( /* Base */
+    [0] = LAYOUT( /* Base */
       KC_A,  KC_1,  KC_H, \
         KC_TAB,  KC_SPC   \
     ),
@@ -300,7 +309,7 @@ const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
 
 Note that the layout of the keycodes is similar to the physical layout of our keyboard - this make it much easier to see what's going on. A lot of the keycodes should be fairly obvious, but for a full list of them, check out [Keycodes](keycodes.md) - there are also a lot of aliases to condense your keymap file.
 
-It's also important to use the `KEYMAP` function we defined earlier - this is what allows the firmware to associate our intended readable keymap with the actual wiring.
+It's also important to use the `LAYOUT` function we defined earlier - this is what allows the firmware to associate our intended readable keymap with the actual wiring.
 
 ## Compiling Your Firmware
 
@@ -319,7 +328,7 @@ Carefully flip your keyboard over, open up a new text document, and try typing -
 2. Check the solder joints on the diode - if the diode is loose, part of your row may register, while the other may not.
 3. Check the solder joints on the columns - if your column wiring is loose, part or all of the column may not work.
 4. Check the solder joints on both sides of the wires going to/from the Teensy - the wires need to be fully soldered and connect to both sides.
-5. Check the <project_name>.h file for errors and incorrectly placed `KC_NO`s - if you're unsure where they should be, instead duplicate a k*xy* variable.
+5. Check the `<project_name>.h` file for errors and incorrectly placed `KC_NO`s - if you're unsure where they should be, instead duplicate a k*xy* variable.
 6. Check to make sure you actually compiled the firmware and flashed the Teensy correctly. Unless you got error messages in the terminal, or a pop-up during flashing, you probably did everything correctly.
 
 If you've done all of these things, keep in mind that sometimes you might have had multiple things affecting the keyswitch, so it doesn't hurt to test the keyswitch by shorting it out at the end.
@@ -328,4 +337,4 @@ If you've done all of these things, keep in mind that sometimes you might have h
 
 Now that you have a working board, it's time to get things in their permanent positions. I've often used liberal amounts of hot glue to secure and insulate things, so if that's your style, start spreading that stuff like butter. Otherwise, double-sided tape is always an elegant solution, and electrical tape is a distant second. Due to the nature of these builds, a lot of this part is up to you and how you planned (or didn't plan) things out.
 
-There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - explore [docs.qmk.fm](http://docs.qmk.fm) for a full feature list, and dive into the different project (Planck, Clueboard, Ergodox EZ, etc) to see how people use all of them. You can always stop by [the OLKB subreddit for help!](http://reddit.com/r/olkb)
+There are a lot of possibilities inside the firmware - explore [docs.qmk.fm](http://docs.qmk.fm) for a full feature list, and dive into the different keyboards (Planck, Clueboard, Ergodox EZ, etc) to see how people use all of them. You can always stop by [the OLKB subreddit for help!](http://reddit.com/r/olkb)

docs/hardware_avr.md

@@ -6,14 +6,26 @@ If you have not yet you should read the [Keyboard Guidelines](hardware_keyboard_
 
 ## Adding Your AVR Keyboard to QMK
 
-QMK has a number of features to simplify working with AVR keyboards. For most keyboards you don't have to write a single line of code. To get started run the `util/new_project.sh` script:
+QMK has a number of features to simplify working with AVR keyboards. For most keyboards you don't have to write a single line of code. To get started, run the `util/new_keyboard.sh` script:
 
 ```
-$ util/new_project.sh my_awesome_keyboard
-######################################################
-# /keyboards/my_awesome_keyboard project created. To start
-# working on things, cd into keyboards/my_awesome_keyboard
-######################################################
+$ ./util/new_keyboard.sh
+Generating a new QMK keyboard directory
+
+Keyboard Name: mycoolkb
+Keyboard Type [avr]: 
+Your Name [John Smith]: 
+
+Copying base template files... done
+Copying avr template files... done
+Renaming keyboard files... done
+Replacing %KEYBOARD% with mycoolkb... done
+Replacing %YOUR_NAME% with John Smith... done
+
+Created a new keyboard called mycoolkb.
+
+To start working on things, cd into keyboards/mycoolkb,
+or open the directory in your favourite text editor.
 ```
 
 This will create all the files needed to support your new keyboard, and populate the settings with default values. Now you just need to customize it for your keyboard.
@@ -30,7 +42,7 @@ This is where all the custom logic for your keyboard goes. Many keyboards do not
 
 This is the file you define your [Layout Macro(s)](feature_layouts.md) in. At minimum you should have a `#define LAYOUT` for your keyboard that looks something like this:
 
-```
+```c
 #define LAYOUT(          \
       k00, k01, k02,     \
       k10,   k11         \
@@ -57,7 +69,7 @@ At the top of the `config.h` you'll find USB related settings. These control how
 
 Do change the `MANUFACTURER`, `PRODUCT`, and `DESCRIPTION` lines to accurately reflect your keyboard.
 
-```
+```c
 #define VENDOR_ID       0xFEED
 #define PRODUCT_ID      0x6060
 #define DEVICE_VER      0x0001
@@ -66,20 +78,20 @@ Do change the `MANUFACTURER`, `PRODUCT`, and `DESCRIPTION` lines to accurately r
 #define DESCRIPTION     A custom keyboard
 ```
 
-?> Note: On Windows and macOS the `MANUFACTURER`, `PRODUCT`, and `DESCRIPTION` fields will be displayed in the list of USB devices. On Linux these values will not be visible in `lsusb`, since Linux takes that information from the list published by the USB-IF.
+?> Windows and macOS will display the `MANUFACTURER` and `PRODUCT` in the list of USB devices. `lsusb` on Linux instead takes these from the list maintained by the [USB ID Repository](http://www.linux-usb.org/usb-ids.html) by default. `lsusb -v` will show the values reported by the device, and they are also present in kernel logs after plugging it in.
 
 ### Keyboard Matrix Configuration
 
 The next section of the `config.h` file deals with your keyboard's matrix. The first thing you should set is the matrix's size. This is usually, but not always, the same number of rows and columns as the physical key arrangement.
 
-```
+```c
 #define MATRIX_ROWS 2
 #define MATRIX_COLS 3
 ```
 
 Once you've defined the size of your matrix you need to define which pins on your MCU are connected to rows and columns. To do so simply specify the names of those pins:
 
-```
+```c
 #define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D0, D5 }
 #define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F1, F0, B0 }
 #define UNUSED_PINS
@@ -87,27 +99,41 @@ Once you've defined the size of your matrix you need to define which pins on you
 
 The number of `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` entries must be the same as the number you assigned to `MATRIX_ROWS`, and likewise for `MATRIX_COL_PINS` and `MATRIX_COLS`. You do not have to specify `UNUSED_PINS`, but you can if you want to document what pins are open.
 
-Finally, you can specify the direction your diodes point. This can be `COL2ROW`, `ROW2COL`, or `CUSTOM_MATRIX`.
+Finally, you can specify the direction your diodes point. This can be `COL2ROW` or `ROW2COL`.
 
-```
+```c
 #define DIODE_DIRECTION COL2ROW
 ```
 
+#### Direct Pin Matrix
+To configure a keyboard where each switch is connected to a separate pin and ground instead of sharing row and column pins, use `DIRECT_PINS`. The mapping defines the pins of each switch in rows and columns, from left to right. Must conform to the sizes within `MATRIX_ROWS` and `MATRIX_COLS`, use `NO_PIN` to fill in blank spaces. Overrides the behaviour of `DIODE_DIRECTION`, `MATRIX_ROW_PINS` and `MATRIX_COL_PINS`.
+
+```c
+// #define MATRIX_ROW_PINS { D0, D5 }
+// #define MATRIX_COL_PINS { F1, F0, B0 }
+#define DIRECT_PINS { \
+    { F1, E6, B0, B2, B3 }, \
+    { F5, F0, B1, B7, D2 }, \
+    { F6, F7, C7, D5, D3 }, \
+    { B5, C6, B6, NO_PIN, NO_PIN } \
+}
+#define UNUSED_PINS
+
+/* COL2ROW, ROW2COL */
+//#define DIODE_DIRECTION
+```
+
 ### Backlight Configuration
 
-By default QMK supports backlighting on pins `B5`, `B6`, and `B7`. If you are using one of those you can simply enable it here. For more details see the [Backlight Documentation](feature_backlight.md).
+QMK supports backlighting on most GPIO pins. A select few of these can be driven by the MCU in hardware. For more details see the [Backlight Documentation](feature_backlight.md).
 
-```
+```c
 #define BACKLIGHT_PIN B7
 #define BACKLIGHT_LEVELS 3
 #define BACKLIGHT_BREATHING
 #define BREATHING_PERIOD 6
 ```
 
-{% hint style='info' %}
-You can use backlighting on any pin you like, but you will have to do more work to support that. See the [Backlight Documentation](feature_backlight.md) for more details.
-{% endhint %}
-
 ### Other Configuration Options
 
 There are a lot of features that can be configured or tuned in `config.h`. You should see the [Config Options](config_options.md) page for more details.
@@ -120,7 +146,7 @@ You use the `rules.mk` file to tell QMK what files to build and what features to
 
 These options tell the build system what CPU to build for. Be very careful if you change any of these settings, you can render your keyboard inoperable.
 
-```
+```make
 MCU = atmega32u4
 F_CPU = 16000000
 ARCH = AVR8
@@ -128,26 +154,26 @@ F_USB = $(F_CPU)
 OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
 ```
 
-### Bootloader Size
+### Bootloaders
 
-The bootloader is a special section of your MCU that allows you to upgrade the code stored on the MCU. Think of it like a Rescue Partition for your keyboard. If you are using a teensy 2.0, or a device like the Ergodox EZ that uses the teensy bootloader you should set this to `512`. Most other bootloaders should be set to `4096`, but `1024` and `2048` are other possible values you may encounter.
+The bootloader is a special section of your MCU that allows you to upgrade the code stored on the MCU. Think of it like a Rescue Partition for your keyboard. 
 
-#### Teensy 2.0 Bootloader Example
+#### Teensy Bootloader Example
 
-```
-OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=512
-```
-
-#### Teensy 2.0++ Bootloader Example
-
-```
-OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=1024
+```make
+BOOTLOADER = halfkay
 ```
 
 #### Atmel DFU Loader Example
 
+```make
+BOOTLOADER = atmel-dfu
 ```
-OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+
+#### Pro Micro Bootloader Example
+
+```make
+BOOTLOADER = caterina
 ```
 
 ### Build Options

docs/hardware_drivers.md

@@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ QMK is used on a lot of different hardware. While support for the most common MC
 
 Support for addressing pins on the ProMicro by their Arduino name rather than their AVR name. This needs to be better documented, if you are trying to do this and reading the code doesn't help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) and we can help you through the process.
 
-## SSD1306 (AVR Only)
+## SSD1306 OLED Driver
 
-Support for SSD1306 based OLED displays. This needs to be better documented, if you are trying to do this and reading the code doesn't help please [open an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new) and we can help you through the process.
+Support for SSD1306 based OLED displays. For more information see the [OLED Driver Feature](feature_oled_driver.md) page.
 
 ## uGFX
 
@@ -25,3 +25,11 @@ You can make use of uGFX within QMK to drive character and graphic LCD's, LED ar
 ## WS2812 (AVR Only)
 
 Support for WS2811/WS2812{a,b,c} LED's. For more information see the [RGB Light](feature_rgblight.md) page.
+
+## IS31FL3731
+
+Support for up to 2 drivers. Each driver impliments 2 charlieplex matrices to individually address LEDs using I2C. This allows up to 144 same color LEDs or 32 RGB LEDs. For more information on how to setup the driver see the [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) page.
+
+## IS31FL3733
+
+Support for up to a single driver with room for expansion. Each driver can control 192 individual LEDs or 64 RGB LEDs. For more information on how to setup the driver see the [RGB Matrix](feature_rgb_matrix.md) page.

docs/hardware_keyboard_guidelines.md

@@ -1,20 +1,104 @@
 # QMK Keyboard Guidelines
 
-We welcome all keyboard projects into QMK, but ask that you try to stick to a couple guidelines that help us keep things organised and consistent.
+Since starting, QMK has grown by leaps and bounds thanks to people like you who contribute to creating and maintaining our community keyboards. As we've grown we've discovered some patterns that work well, and ask that you conform to them to make it easier for other people to benefit from your hard work.
+
 
 ## Naming Your Keyboard/Project
 
-All names should be lowercase alphanumeric, and separated by an underscore (`_`), but not begin with one. Your directory and your `.h` and `.c` files should have exactly the same name. All folders should follow the same format. `test`, `keyboard`, and `all` are reserved by make and are not a valid name for a keyboard.
+All keyboard names are in lower case, consisting only of letters, numbers, and underscore (`_`). Names may not begin with an underscore. Forward slash (`/`) is used as a sub-folder separation character.
 
-## `readme.md`
+The names `test`, `keyboard`, and `all` are reserved for make commands and may not be used as a keyboard or subfolder name.
 
-All projects need to have a `readme.md` file that explains what the keyboard is, who made it, where it is available, and links to more information. Please follow the [published template](documentation_templates.md#keyboard-readmemd-template).
+Valid Examples:
+
+* `412_64`
+* `chimera_ortho`
+* `clueboard/66/rev3`
+* `planck`
+* `v60_type_r`
+
+## Sub-folders
+
+QMK uses sub-folders both for organization and to share code between revisions of the same keyboard. You can nest folders up to 4 levels deep:
+
+    qmk_firmware/keyboards/top_folder/sub_1/sub_2/sub_3/sub_4
+
+If a sub-folder has a `rules.mk` file it will be considered a compilable keyboard. It will be available in QMK Configurator and tested with `make all`. If you are using a folder to organize several keyboards from the same maker you should not have a `rules.mk` file.
+
+Example:
+
+Clueboard uses sub-folders for both purposes, organization and keyboard revisions.
+
+* [`qmk_firmware`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master)
+  * [`keyboards`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/keyboards)
+    * [`clueboard`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/keyboards/clueboard)  ← This is the organization folder, there's no `rules.mk` file
+      * [`60`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/keyboards/clueboard/60)  ← This is a compilable keyboard, it has a `rules.mk` file
+      * [`66`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/keyboards/clueboard/66) ← This is also compilable- it uses `DEFAULT_FOLDER` to specify `rev3` as the default revision
+        * [`rev1`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/rev1) ← compilable: `make clueboard/66/rev1`
+        * [`rev2`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/rev2) ← compilable: `make clueboard/66/rev2`
+        * [`rev3`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/keyboards/clueboard/66/rev3) ← compilable: `make clueboard/66/rev3` or `make clueboard/66`
+
+## Keyboard Folder Structure
+
+Your keyboard should be located in `qmk_firmware/keyboards/` and the folder name should be your keyboard's name as described in the previous section. Inside this folder should be several files:
+
+* `readme.md`
+* `info.json`
+* `config.h`
+* `rules.mk`
+* `<keyboard_name>.c`
+* `<keyboard_name>.h`
+
+### `readme.md`
+
+All projects need to have a `readme.md` file that explains what the keyboard is, who made it and where it's available. If applicable, it should also contain links to more information, such as the maker's website. Please follow the [published template](documentation_templates.md#keyboard-readmemd-template).
+
+### `info.json`
+
+This file is used by the [QMK API](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_api). It contains the information [QMK Configurator](https://config.qmk.fm/) needs to display a representation of your keyboard. You can also set metadata here. For more information see the [reference page](reference_info_json.md).
+
+### `config.h`
+
+All projects need to have a `config.h` file that sets things like the matrix size, product name, USB VID/PID, description and other settings. In general, use this file to set essential information and defaults for your keyboard that will always work.
+
+### `rules.mk`
+
+The presence of this file means that the folder is a keyboard target and can be used in `make` commands. This is where you setup the build environment for your keyboard and configure the default set of features.
+
+### `<keyboard_name.c>`
+
+This is where you will write custom code for your keyboard. Typically you will write code to initialize and interface with the hardware in your keyboard. If your keyboard consists of only a key matrix with no LEDs, speakers, or other auxillary hardware this file can be blank.
+
+The following functions are typically defined in this file:
+
+* `void matrix_init_kb(void)`
+* `void matrix_scan_kb(void)`
+* `bool process_record_kb(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record)`
+* `void led_set_kb(uint8_t usb_led)`
+
+### `<keyboard_name.h>`
+
+This file is used to define the matrix for your keyboard. You should define at least one C macro which translates an array into a matrix representing the physical switch matrix for your keyboard. If it's possible to build your keyboard with multiple layouts you should define additional macros.
+
+If you have only a single layout you should call this macro `LAYOUT`.
+
+When defining multiple layouts you should have a base layout, named `LAYOUT_all`, that supports all possible switch positions on your matrix, even if that layout is impossible to build physically. This is the macro you should use in your `default` keymap. You should then have additional keymaps named `default_<layout>` that use your other layout macros. This will make it easier for people to use the layouts you define.
+
+Layout macro names are entirely lowercase, except for the word `LAYOUT` at the front.
+
+As an example, if you have a 60% PCB that supports ANSI and ISO you might define the following layouts and keymaps:
+
+| Layout Name | Keymap Name | Description |
+|-------------|-------------|-------------|
+| LAYOUT_all | default | A layout that supports both ISO and ANSI |
+| LAYOUT_ansi | default_ansi | An ANSI layout |
+| LAYOUT_iso | default_iso | An ISO layout |
 
 ## Image/Hardware Files
 
-In an effort to keep the repo size down, we're no longer accepting images of any format in the repo, with few exceptions. Hosting them elsewhere (imgur) and linking them in the `readme.md` is the preferred method.
+In an effort to keep the repo size down we're no longer accepting binary files of any format, with few exceptions. Hosting them elsewhere (such as <https://imgur.com>) and linking them in the `readme.md` is preferred.
 
-Any sort of hardware file (plate, case, pcb) can't be stored in qmk_firmware, but we have the [qmk.fm repo](https://github.com/qmk/qmk.fm) where such files (as well as in-depth info) can be stored and viewed on [qmk.fm](http://qmk.fm). Downloadable files are stored in `/<keyboard>/` (name follows the same format as above) which are served at `http://qmk.fm/<keyboard>/`, and pages are generated from `/_pages/<keyboard>/` which are served at the same location (.md files are generated into .html files through Jekyll). Check out the `lets_split` directory for an example.
+Hardware files (such as plates, cases, pcb) can be contributed to the [qmk.fm repo](https://github.com/qmk/qmk.fm) and they will be made available on [qmk.fm](http://qmk.fm). Downloadable files are stored in `/<keyboard>/` (name follows the same format as above) which are served at `http://qmk.fm/<keyboard>/`, and pages are generated from `/_pages/<keyboard>/` which are served at the same location (.md files are generated into .html files through Jekyll). Check out the `lets_split` folder for an example.
 
 ## Keyboard Defaults
 
@@ -32,77 +116,6 @@ If your keyboard does not have 2 shift keys you should provide a working default
 
 As documented on [Customizing Functionality](custom_quantum_functions.md) you can define custom functions for your keyboard. Please keep in mind that your users may want to customize that behavior as well, and make it possible for them to do that. If you are providing a custom function, for example `process_record_kb()`, make sure that your function calls the `_user()` version of the call too. You should also take into account the return value of the `_user()` version, and only run your custom code if the user returns `true`.
 
-## Keyboard Metadata
-
-As QMK grows so does the ecosystem surrounding QMK. To make it easier for projects in that ecosystem to tie into QMK as we make changes we are developing a metadata system to expose information about keyboards in QMK.
-
-You can create `info.json` files at every level under `qmk_firmware/keyboards/<name>` to specify this metadata. These files are combined, with more specific files overriding keys in less specific files. This means you do not need to duplicate your metadata information. For example, `qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard/info.json` specifies `manufacturer` and `maintainer`, while `qmk_firmware/keyboards/clueboard/66/info.json` specifies more specific information about Clueboard 66%.
-
-### `info.json` Format
-
-The `info.json` file is a JSON formatted dictionary with the following keys available to be set. You do not have to set all of them, merely the keys that apply to your keyboard.
-
-* `keyboard_name`
-  * A free-form text string describing the keyboard.
-  * Example: `Clueboard 66%`
-* `url`
-  * A URL to the keyboard's product page, [QMK.fm/keyboards](https://qmk.fm/keyboards) page, or other page describing information about the keyboard.
-* `maintainer`
-  * GitHub username of the maintainer, or `qmk` for community maintained boards
-* `width`
-  * Width of the board in Key Units
-* `height`
-  * Height of the board in Key Units
-* `layouts`
-  * Physical Layout representations. See the next section for more detail.
-
-#### Layout Format
-
-Within our `info.json` file the `layouts` portion of the dictionary contains several nested dictionaries. The outer layer consists of QMK layout macros, for example `LAYOUT_ansi` or `LAYOUT_iso`. Within each layout macro are keys for `width`, `height`, and `key_count`, each of which should be self-explanatory.
-
-* `width`
-  * Optional: The width of the layout in Key Units
-* `height`
-  * Optional: The height of the layout in Key Units
-* `key_count`
-  * **Required**: The number of keys in this layout
-* `layout`
-  * A list of Key Dictionaries describing the physical layout. See the next section for more details.
-
-#### Key Dictionary Format
-
-Each Key Dictionary in a layout describes the physical properties of a key. If you are familiar with the Raw Code for <http://keyboard-layout-editor.com> you will find many of the concepts the same. We re-use the same key names and layout choices wherever possible, but unlike keyboard-layout-editor each key is stateless, inheriting no properties from the keys that came before it.
-
-All key positions and rotations are specified in relation to the top-left corner of the keyboard, and the top-left corner of each key.
-
-* `X`
-  * **Required**: The absolute position of the key in the horizontal axis, in Key Units.
-* `Y`
-  * **Required**: The absolute position of the key in the vertical axis, in Key Units.
-* `W`
-  * The width of the key, in Key Units. Ignored if `ks` is provided. Default: `1`
-* `H`
-  * The height of the key, in Key Units. Ignored if `ks` is provided. Default: `1`
-* `R`
-  * How many degrees clockwise to rotate the key.
-* `RX`
-  * The absolute position of the point to rotate the key around in the horizontal axis. Default: `x`
-* `RY`
-  * The absolute position of the point to rotate the key around in the vertical axis. Default: `y`
-* `KS`
-  * Key Shape: define a polygon by providing a list of points, in Key Units.
-  * **Important**: These are relative to the top-left of the key, not absolute.
-  * Example ISO Enter: `[ [0,0], [1.5,0], [1.5,2], [0.25,2], [0.25,1], [0,1], [0,0] ]`
-
-### How is the Metadata Exposed?
-
-This metadata is primarily used in two ways:
-
-* To allow web-based configurators to dynamically generate UI
-* To support the new `make keyboard:keymap:qmk` target, which bundles this metadata up with the firmware to allow QMK Toolbox to be smarter.
-
-Configurator authors can see the [QMK Compiler](https://docs.compile.qmk.fm/api_docs.html) docs for more information on using the JSON API.
-
 ## Non-Production/Handwired Projects
 
 We're happy to accept any project that uses QMK, including prototypes and handwired ones, but we have a separate `/keyboards/handwired/` folder for them, so the main `/keyboards/` folder doesn't get overcrowded. If a prototype project becomes a production project at some point in the future, we'd be happy to move it to the main `/keyboards/` folder!

docs/how_keyboards_work.md

@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ place:
 ``` text
 +------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     +----+
 | User |-------->| Key |------>| Firmware |----->| USB wire |---->| OS |
-+------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     |----+
++------+         +-----+       +----------+      +----------+     +----+
 ```
 
 This scheme is a very simple view of what's going on, and more details follow
@@ -27,17 +27,21 @@ This usually happens with a periodic scan of key presses. This speed often is li
 
 ## 2. What the Firmware Sends
 
-The [HID specification](http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf) tells what a keyboard can actually send through USB to have a chance to be properly recognised. This includes a pre-defined list of scancodes which are simple numbers from `0x00` to `0xE7`. The firmware assigns a scancode to each key of the keyboard.
+The [HID specification](https://www.usb.org/sites/default/files/documents/hut1_12v2.pdf) tells what a keyboard can actually send through USB to have a chance to be properly recognised. This includes a pre-defined list of scancodes which are simple numbers from `0x00` to `0xE7`. The firmware assigns a scancode to each key of the keyboard.
 
-The firmware does not send actually letters or characters, but only scancodes.
-Thus, by modifying the firmware, you only can modify what scancode is sent over
+The firmware does not send actual letters or characters, but only scancodes.
+Thus, by modifying the firmware, you can only modify what scancode is sent over
 USB for a given key.
 
-## 3. What the Operating System Does
+## 3. What the Event Input/Kernel Does
+
+The *scancode* is mapped to a *keycode* dependent on the keyboard [60-keyboard.hwdb at Master](https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/hwdb/60-keyboard.hwdb). Without this mapping, the operating system will not receive a valid keycode and will be unable to do anything useful with that key press.
+
+## 4. What the Operating System Does
 
 Once the keycode reaches the operating system, a piece of software has to have
 it match an actual character thanks to a keyboard layout. For example, if your
-layout is set to QWERTY, a sample of the matching table is as follow:
+layout is set to QWERTY, a sample of the matching table is as follows:
 
 | keycode | character |
 |---------|-----------|
@@ -55,18 +59,18 @@ As the layout is generally fixed (unless you create your own), the firmware can
 
 ## List of Characters You Can Send
 
-Putting aside shortcuts, having a limited set of keycodes mapped to a limited layout means that **the list of characters you can assign to a given key only is the ones present in the layout**.
+Putting aside shortcuts, having a limited set of keycodes mapped to a limited layout means that **the list of characters you can assign to a given key are only the ones present in the layout**.
 
-For example, this means that if you have a QWERTY US layout, and you want to assign 1 key to produce `€` (euro currency symbol), you are unable to do so, because the QWERTY US layout does not have such mapping. You could fix that by using a QWERTY UK layout, or a QWERTY US International.
+For example, this means that if you have a QWERTY US layout, and you want to assign one key to produce `€` (euro currency symbol), you are unable to do so, because the QWERTY US layout does not have such mapping. You could fix that by using a QWERTY UK layout, or a QWERTY US International.
 
-You may wonder why a keyboard layout containing all of Unicode is not devised then? The limited number of keycode available through USB simply disallow such a thing.
+You may wonder why a keyboard layout containing all of Unicode is not devised then? The limited number of keycodes available through USB simply disallows such a thing.
 
 ## How to (Maybe) Enter Unicode Characters
 
-You can have the firmware send *sequences of keys* to use the [software Unicode Input Method](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_input#Hexadecimal_code_input) of the target operating system, thus effectively entering characters independently of the layout defined in the OS.
+You can have the firmware send *sequences of keys* to use the [software Unicode Input Method](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unicode_input#Hexadecimal_input) of the target operating system, thus effectively entering characters independently of the layout defined in the OS.
 
 Yet, it does come with multiple disadvantages:
 
- - Tied to a specific OS a a time (need recompilation when changing OS);
+ - Tied to a specific OS at a time (need recompilation when changing OS);
  - Within a given OS, does not work in all software;
  - Limited to a subset of Unicode on some systems.

docs/i2c_driver.md

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+# I2C Master Driver
+
+The I2C Master drivers used in QMK have a set of common functions to allow portability between MCUs.
+
+## Available functions
+
+|Function                                                                                                          |Description                                                                                                                                                                  |
+|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`void i2c_init(void);`                                                                                            |Initializes the I2C driver. This function should be called once before any transaction is initiated.                                                                         |
+|`uint8_t i2c_start(uint8_t address);`                                                                             |Starts an I2C transaction. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction bit.                                                                                     |
+|`uint8_t i2c_transmit(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);`                        |Transmit data over I2C. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction. Returns status of transaction.                                                             |
+|`uint8_t i2c_receive(uint8_t address, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);`                         |Receive data over I2C. Address is the 7-bit slave address without the direction. Saves number of bytes specified by `length` in `data` array. Returns status of transaction. |
+|`uint8_t i2c_writeReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);`       |Same as the `i2c_transmit` function but `regaddr` sets where in the slave the data will be written.                                                                          |
+|`uint8_t i2c_readReg(uint8_t devaddr, uint8_t regaddr, uint8_t* data, uint16_t length, uint16_t timeout);`        |Same as the `i2c_receive` function but `regaddr` sets from where in the slave the data will be read.                                                                         |
+|`uint8_t i2c_stop(void);`                                                                                         |Ends an I2C transaction.                                                                                                                                                     |
+
+### Function Return
+
+All the above functions, except `void i2c_init(void);` return the following truth table:
+
+|Return Value   |Description                                        |
+|---------------|---------------------------------------------------|
+|0              |Operation executed successfully.                   |
+|-1             |Operation failed.                                  |
+|-2             |Operation timed out.                               |
+
+
+## AVR
+
+### Configuration
+
+The following defines can be used to configure the I2C master driver.
+
+|Variable          |Description                                        |Default|
+|------------------|---------------------------------------------------|-------|
+|`F_SCL`           |Clock frequency in Hz                              |400KHz |
+
+AVRs usually have set GPIO which turn into I2C pins, therefore no further configuration is required.
+
+## ARM
+
+For ARM the Chibios I2C HAL driver is under the hood.
+This section assumes an STM32 MCU.
+
+### Configuration
+
+The configuration for ARM MCUs can be quite complex as often there are multiple I2C drivers which can be assigned to a variety of ports.
+
+Firstly the `mcuconf.h` file must be setup to enable the necessary hardware drivers.
+
+|Variable                      |Description                                                                        |Default|
+|------------------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|-------|
+|`#STM32_I2C_USE_XXX`          |Enable/Disable the hardware driver XXX (each driver should be explicitly listed)    |FALSE  |
+|`#STM32_I2C_BUSY_TIMEOUT`     |Time in ms until the I2C command is aborted if no response is received              |50     |
+|`#STM32_I2C_XXX_IRQ_PRIORITY` |Interrupt priority for hardware driver XXX (THIS IS AN EXPERT SETTING)              |10     |
+|`#STM32_I2C_USE_DMA`          |Enable/Disable the ability of the MCU to offload the data transfer to the DMA unit  |TRUE   |
+|`#STM32_I2C_XXX_DMA_PRIORITY` |Priority of DMA unit for hardware driver XXX (THIS IS AN EXPERT SETTING)            |1      |
+
+Secondly, in the `halconf.h` file, `#define HAL_USE_I2C` must be set to `TRUE`. This allows ChibiOS to load its I2C driver.
+
+Lastly, we need to assign the correct GPIO pins depending on the I2C hardware driver we want to use.
+
+By default the I2C1 hardware driver is assumed to be used. If another hardware driver is used,  `#define I2C_DRIVER I2CDX` should be added to the `config.h` file with X being the number of hardware driver used. For example is I2C3 is enabled, the `config.h` file should contain `#define I2C_DRIVER I2CD3`. This aligns the QMK I2C driver with the Chibios I2C driver.
+
+STM32 MCUs allows a variety of pins to be configured as I2C pins depending on the hardware driver used. By default B6 and B7 are set to I2C. You can use these defines to set your i2c pins:
+
+| Variable                 | Description                                                                                  | Default |
+|--------------------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------|
+| `I2C1_SCL_BANK`          | The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`) to use for SCL                                  | `GPIOB` |
+| `I2C1_SDA_BANK`          | The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`) to use for SDA                                  | `GPIOB` |
+| `I2C1_SCL`               | The pin number for the SCL pin (0-9)                                                         | `6`     |
+| `I2C1_SDA`               | The pin number for the SDA pin (0-9)                                                         | `7`     |
+| `I2C1_BANK` (deprecated) | The bank of pins (`GPIOA`, `GPIOB`, `GPIOC`), superceded by `I2C1_SCL_BANK`, `I2C1_SDA_BANK` | `GPIOB` |
+
+The ChibiOS I2C driver configuration depends on STM32 MCU:
+
+    STM32F1xx, STM32F2xx, STM32F4xx, STM32L0xx and STM32L1xx use I2Cv1;
+    STM32F0xx, STM32F3xx, STM32F7xx and STM32L4xx use I2Cv2;
+
+#### I2Cv1
+STM32 MCUs allow for different clock and duty parameters when configuring I2Cv1. These can be modified using the following parameters, using <https://www.playembedded.org/blog/stm32-i2c-chibios/#I2Cv1_configuration_structure> as a reference:
+
+| Variable           | Default          |
+|--------------------|------------------|
+| `I2C1_OPMODE`      | `OPMODE_I2C`     |
+| `I2C1_CLOCK_SPEED` | `100000`         |
+| `I2C1_DUTY_CYCLE`  | `STD_DUTY_CYCLE` |
+
+#### I2Cv2
+STM32 MCUs allow for different timing parameters when configuring I2Cv2. These can be modified using the following parameters, using <https://www.st.com/en/embedded-software/stsw-stm32126.html> as a reference:
+
+| Variable              | Default |
+|-----------------------|---------|
+| `I2C1_TIMINGR_PRESC`  | `15U`   |
+| `I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLDEL` | `4U`    |
+| `I2C1_TIMINGR_SDADEL` | `2U`    |
+| `I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLH`   | `15U`   |
+| `I2C1_TIMINGR_SCLL`   | `21U`   |
+
+STM32 MCUs allow for different "alternate function" modes when configuring GPIO pins. These are required to switch the pins used to I2Cv2 mode. See the respective datasheet for the appropriate values for your MCU.
+
+| Variable            | Default |
+|---------------------|---------|
+| `I2C1_SCL_PAL_MODE` | `4`     |
+| `I2C1_SDA_PAL_MODE` | `4`     |
+
+#### Other
+You can also overload the `void i2c_init(void)` function, which has a weak attribute. If you do this the configuration variables above will not be used. Please consult the datasheet of your MCU for the available GPIO configurations. The following is an example initialization function:
+
+```C
+void i2c_init(void)
+{
+  setPinInput(B6); // Try releasing special pins for a short time
+  setPinInput(B7);
+  wait_ms(10); // Wait for the release to happen
+
+  palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 6, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATE(4) | PAL_STM32_OTYPE_OPENDRAIN | PAL_STM32_PUPDR_PULLUP); // Set B6 to I2C function
+  palSetPadMode(GPIOB, 7, PAL_MODE_ALTERNATE(4) | PAL_STM32_OTYPE_OPENDRAIN | PAL_STM32_PUPDR_PULLUP); // Set B7 to I2C function
+}
+```

docs/index.html

@@ -5,7 +5,13 @@
   <title>QMK Firmware</title>
   <meta http-equiv="X-UA-Compatible" content="IE=edge,chrome=1" />
   <meta name="description" content="Description">
-  <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, user-scalable=no, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, minimum-scale=1.0">
+  <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, user-scalable=no, initial-scale=1.0, maximum-scale=1.0, minimum-scale=1.0">  
+  <meta property="og:title" content="QMK Firmware Docs">
+  <meta property="og:type" content="website">
+  <meta property="og:description" content="The full documenation of the open-source firmware">
+  <meta property="og:image" content="https://i.imgur.com/svjvIrw.jpg">
+  <meta property="og:url" content="https://docs.qmk.fm">
+  <meta name="twitter:card" content="summary_large_image">
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="//unpkg.com/docsify/lib/themes/vue.css" title="light">
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="qmk.css" title="dark" disabled>
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="sidebar.css" />
@@ -17,7 +23,7 @@
       name: 'QMK Firmware',
       nameLink: 'https://qmk.fm/',
       repo: 'qmk/qmk_firmware',
-      loadSidebar: true,
+      loadSidebar: '_summary.md',
       auto2top: true,
       formatUpdated: '{YYYY}/{MM}/{DD} {HH}:{mm}',
       search: {
@@ -25,7 +31,8 @@
         placeholder: 'Search Documentation...',
         noData: 'We could not find any documents matching your search.',
         depth: 6
-      }
+      },
+      fallbackLanguages: ['zh']
     }
   </script>
   <script src="//unpkg.com/docsify/lib/docsify.min.js"></script>

docs/internals_gpio_control.md

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# GPIO Control
+
+QMK has a GPIO control abstraction layer which is microcontroller agnostic. This is done to allow easy access to pin control across different platforms.
+
+## Functions
+
+The following functions can provide basic control of GPIOs and are found in `quantum/quantum.h`.
+
+|Function              |Description                                                       |
+|----------------------|------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`setPinInput(pin)`    |Set pin as input with high impedance (High-Z)                     |
+|`setPinInputHigh(pin)`|Set pin as input with build in pull-up                            |
+|`setPinInputLow(pin)` |Set pin as input with build in pull-down (Supported only on STM32)|
+|`setPinOutput(pin)`   |Set pin as output                                                 |
+|`writePinHigh(pin)`   |Set pin level as high, assuming it is an output                   |
+|`writePinLow(pin)`    |Set pin level as low, assuming it is an output                    |
+|`writePin(pin, level)`|Set pin level, assuming it is an output                           |
+|`readPin(pin)`        |Returns the level of the pin                                      |
+
+## Advanced Settings
+
+Each microcontroller can have multiple advanced settings regarding its GPIO. This abstraction layer does not limit the use of architecture-specific functions. Advanced users should consult the datasheet of their desired device and include any needed libraries. For AVR, the standard avr/io.h library is used; for STM32, the ChibiOS [PAL library](http://chibios.sourceforge.net/docs3/hal/group___p_a_l.html) is used.
+

docs/isp_flashing_guide.md

@@ -19,58 +19,80 @@ If you're having trouble flashing/erasing your board, and running into cryptic e
     Memory write error, use debug for more info.
     commands.c:360: Error writing memory data. (err -4)
 
-You're likely going to need to ISP flash your board/device to get it working again. Luckily, this process is pretty straight-forward, provided you have any extra programmable keyboard, Arduino, or Teensy 2.0/Teensy 2.0++. There are also dedicated ISP flashers available for this, but most cost >$15, and it's assumed that if you are googling this error, this is the first you've heard about ISP flashing, and don't have one readily available (whereas you might have some other AVR board). __We'll be using a Teensy 2.0 with Windows 10 in this guide__ - if you are comfortable doing this on another system, please consider editing this guide and contributing those instructions!
+You're likely going to need to ISP flash your board/device to get it working again. Luckily, this process is pretty straight-forward, provided you have any extra programmable keyboard, Pro Micro, or Teensy 2.0/Teensy 2.0++. There are also dedicated ISP flashers available for this, but most cost >$15, and it's assumed that if you are googling this error, this is the first you've heard about ISP flashing, and don't have one readily available (whereas you might have some other AVR board). __We'll be using a Teensy 2.0 or Pro Micro with Windows 10 in this guide__ - if you are comfortable doing this on another system, please consider editing this guide and contributing those instructions!   
 
 ## Software Needed
 
-* [The Arduino IDE](https://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/Software)
-* [Teensyduino](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/td_download.html) (if you're using a Teensy)
-* [WinAVR](http://www.ladyada.net/learn/avr/setup-win.html) (Windows)
+* [Teensy Loader](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader.html) (if using a Teensy)
+* QMK Toolbox (flash as usual - be sure to select the correct MCU) or `avrdude` via [WinAVR](http://www.ladyada.net/learn/avr/setup-win.html) (for Teensy & Pro Micro)
 
 ## Wiring
 
 This is pretty straight-forward - we'll be connecting like-things to like-things in the following manner:
 
-    Flasher B0  <-> Keyboard RESET
-    Flasher B1  <-> Keyboard B1 (SCLK)
-    Flasher B2  <-> Keyboard B2 (MOSI)
-    Flasher B3  <-> Keyboard B3 (MISO)
-    Flasher VCC <-> Keyboard VCC
-    Flasher GND <-> Keyboard GND
+### Teensy 2.0
 
-## The ISP Firmware
+    Teensy B0  <-> Keyboard RESET
+    Teensy B1  <-> Keyboard B1 (SCLK)
+    Teensy B2  <-> Keyboard B2 (MOSI)
+    Teensy B3  <-> Keyboard B3 (MISO)
+    Teensy VCC <-> Keyboard VCC
+    Teensy GND <-> Keyboard GND
+    
+### Pro Micro
+
+    Pro Micro 10 (B6)  <-> Keyboard RESET
+    Pro Micro 15 (B1)  <-> Keyboard B1 (SCLK)
+    Pro Micro 16 (B2)  <-> Keyboard B2 (MOSI)
+    Pro Micro 14 (B3)  <-> Keyboard B3 (MISO)
+    Pro Micro VCC      <-> Keyboard VCC
+    Pro Micro GND      <-> Keyboard GND
+
+## The ISP Firmware (now pre-compiled)
+
+The only difference between the .hex files below is which pin is connected to RESET. You can use them on other boards as well, as long as you're aware of the pins being used. If for some reason neither of these pins are available, [create an issue](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/issues/new), and we can generate one for you!
+
+* Teensy 2.0: [`util/teensy_2.0_ISP_B0.hex`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/teensy_2.0_ISP_B0.hex) (`B0`)
+* Pro Micro: [`util/pro_micro_ISP_B6_10.hex`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/pro_micro_ISP_B6_10.hex) (`B6/10`)
+
+**Flash your Teenys/Pro Micro with one of these and continue - you won't need the file after flashing your ISP device.**
+
+## Just the Bootloader File
+
+If you just want to get things back to normal, you can flash only a bootloader from [`util/` folder](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/tree/master/util), and use your normal process to flash the firmware afterwards. Be sure to flash the correct bootloader for your chip:
+
+* [`atmega32u4`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_atmega32u4_1_0_0.hex) - Most keyboards, Planck Rev 1-5, Preonic Rev 1-2
+* [`at90usb1286`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_at90usb128x_1_0_1.hex) - Planck Light Rev 1
+* [`atmega32a`](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_atmega32a_1_0_0.hex) - jj40
+
+If you're not sure what your board uses, look in the `rules.mk` file for the keyboard in QMK. The `MCU =` line will have the value you need. It may differ between different versions of the board.
+
+### Advanced/Production Techniques
+
+If you'd like to flash both the bootloader **and** the regular firmware at the same time, you need to combine the files. 
+
+1. Open the original firmware .hex file in a text editor
+2. Remove the last line (which should be `:00000001FF` - this is an EOF message)
+3. Copy the entire bootloader's contents onto a new line (with no empty lines between) and paste it at the end of the original file
+4. Save it as a new file by naming it `<keyboard>_<keymap>_production.hex`
+
+It's possible to use other bootloaders here in the same way, but __you need a bootloader__, otherwise you'll have to use ISP again to write new firmware to your keyboard.
+
+## Flashing Your Bootloader/Production File
 
 Make sure your keyboard is unplugged from any device, and plug in your Teensy.
 
-1. Run Arduino after you have everything installed
-2. Select `Tools > Board * > Teensy 2.0`
-3. Click `File > Examples > 11.ArduinoISP > ArduinoISP`
+### QMK Toolbox
 
-Then scroll down until you see something that looks like this block of code:
+1. `AVRISP device connected` will show up in yellow
+2. Select the correct bootloader/production .hex file with the `Open` dialog (spaces can't be in the path)
+3. Be sure the correct `Microcontroller` option is selected
+4. Hit `Flash`
+5. Wait, as nothing will output for a while, especially with production files
 
-    // Configure which pins to use:
+If the verification and fuse checks are ok, you're done! Your board may restart automatically, otherwise, unplug your Teensy and plug in your keyboard - you can leave your Teensy wired to your keyboard while testing things, but it's recommended that you desolder it/remove the wiring once you're sure everything works.
 
-    // The standard pin configuration.
-    #ifndef ARDUINO_HOODLOADER2
-
-    #define RESET     0  // Use 0 (B0) instead of 10
-    #define LED_HB    11 // Use 11 (LED on the Teensy 2.0)
-    #define LED_ERR   8  // This won't be used unless you have an LED hooked-up to 8 (D3)
-    #define LED_PMODE 7  // This won't be used unless you have an LED hooked-up to 7 (D2)
-
-And make the changes in the last four lines. If you're using something besides the Teensy 2.0, you'll want to choose something else that makes sense for `LED_HB`. We define `RESET` as `0`/`B0` because that's what's close - if you want to use another pin for some reason, [you can use the pinouts to choose something else](https://www.pjrc.com/teensy/pinout.html).
-
-Once you've made your changes, you can click the Upload button (right arrow), which will open up the Teensy flasher app - you'll need to press the reset button on the Teensy the first time, but after that, it's automatic (you shouldn't be flashing this more than once, though). Once flashed, the orange LED on the Teensy will flash on and off, indicating it's ready for some action.
-
-## The `.hex` File
-
-Before flashing your firmware, you're going to need to and do a little preparation. We'll be appending [this bootloader (also a .hex file)](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/util/bootloader_atmega32u4_1_0_0.hex) to the end of our firmware by opening the original .hex file in a text editor, and removing the last line, which should be `:00000001FF` (this is an EOF message). After that's been removed, copy the entire bootloader's contents and paste it at the end of the original file, and save it.
-
-It's possible to use other bootloaders here in the same way, but __you need a bootloader__, otherwise you'll have to ISP to write new firmware to your keyboard.
-
-## Flashing Your Firmware
-
-Make sure your keyboard is unplugged from any device, and plug in your Teensy.
+### Command Line
 
 Open `cmd` and navigate to your where your modified .hex file is. We'll pretend this file is called `main.hex`, and that your Teensy 2.0 is on the `COM3` port - if you're unsure, you can open your Device Manager, and look for `Ports > USB Serial Device`. Use that COM port here. You can confirm it's the right port with:
 
@@ -92,6 +114,10 @@ Since our keyboard uses an `atmega32u4` (common), that is the chip we'll specify
 
     avrdude -c avrisp -P COM3 -p atmega32u4 -U flash:w:main.hex:i
 
+If your board uses an `atmega32a` (e.g. on a jj40), the command is this (the extra code at the end sets the fuses correctly):
+
+	avrdude -c avrisp -P COM3 -p atmega32 -U flash:w:main.hex:i -U hfuse:w:0xD0:m -U lfuse:w:0x0F:m
+
 You should see a couple of progress bars, then you should see:
 
     avrdude: verifying ...

docs/keycode.txt

@@ -1,261 +0,0 @@
-Keycode Symbol Table
-====================
-Keycodes are defined in `common/keycode.h`.
-Range of 00-A4 and E0-E7 are identical with HID Usage:
-<http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf>
-Virtual keycodes are defined out of above range to support special actions.
-
-
-Keycode Symbol      Short name      Description
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-KC_NO                               00 Reserved (no event indicated)
-KC_ROLL_OVER                        01 Keyboard ErrorRollOver
-KC_POST_FAIL                        02 Keyboard POSTFail
-KC_UNDEFINED                        03 Keyboard ErrorUndefined
-KC_A                                04 Keyboard a and A
-KC_B                                05 Keyboard b and B
-KC_C                                06 Keyboard c and C
-KC_D                                07 Keyboard d and D
-KC_E                                08 Keyboard e and E
-KC_F                                09 Keyboard f and F
-KC_G                                0A Keyboard g and G
-KC_H                                0B Keyboard h and H
-KC_I                                0C Keyboard i and I
-KC_J                                0D Keyboard j and J
-KC_K                                0E Keyboard k and K
-KC_L                                0F Keyboard l and L
-KC_M                                10 Keyboard m and M
-KC_N                                11 Keyboard n and N
-KC_O                                12 Keyboard o and O
-KC_P                                13 Keyboard p and P
-KC_Q                                14 Keyboard q and Q
-KC_R                                15 Keyboard r and R
-KC_S                                16 Keyboard s and S
-KC_T                                17 Keyboard t and T
-KC_U                                18 Keyboard u and U
-KC_V                                19 Keyboard v and V
-KC_W                                1A Keyboard w and W
-KC_X                                1B Keyboard x and X
-KC_Y                                1C Keyboard y and Y
-KC_Z                                1D Keyboard z and Z
-KC_1                                1E Keyboard 1 and !
-KC_2                                1F Keyboard 2 and @
-KC_3                                20 Keyboard 3 and #
-KC_4                                21 Keyboard 4 and $
-KC_5                                22 Keyboard 5 and %
-KC_6                                23 Keyboard 6 and ^
-KC_7                                24 Keyboard 7 and &
-KC_8                                25 Keyboard 8 and *
-KC_9                                26 Keyboard 9 and (
-KC_0                                27 Keyboard 0 and )
-KC_ENTER            KC_ENT          28 Keyboard Return (ENTER)
-KC_ESCAPE           KC_ESC          29 Keyboard ESCAPE
-KC_BSPACE           KC_BSPC         2A Keyboard DELETE (Backspace)
-KC_TAB                              2B Keyboard Tab
-KC_SPACE            KC_SPC          2C Keyboard Spacebar
-KC_MINUS            KC_MINS         2D Keyboard - and (underscore)
-KC_EQUAL            KC_EQL          2E Keyboard = and +
-KC_LBRACKET         KC_LBRC         2F Keyboard [ and {
-KC_RBRACKET         KC_RBRC         30 Keyboard ] and }
-KC_BSLASH           KC_BSLS         31 Keyboard \ and |
-KC_NONUS_HASH       KC_NUHS         32 Keyboard Non-US # and ~
-KC_SCOLON           KC_SCLN         33 Keyboard ; and :
-KC_QUOTE            KC_QUOT         34 Keyboard ‘ and “
-KC_GRAVE            KC_GRV          35 Keyboard Grave Accent and Tilde
-KC_COMMA            KC_COMM         36 Keyboard , and <
-KC_DOT                              37 Keyboard . and >
-KC_SLASH            KC_SLSH         38 Keyboard / and ?
-KC_CAPSLOCK         KC_CAPS         39 Keyboard Caps Lock
-KC_F1                               3A Keyboard F1
-KC_F2                               3B Keyboard F2
-KC_F3                               3C Keyboard F3
-KC_F4                               3D Keyboard F4
-KC_F5                               3E Keyboard F5
-KC_F6                               3F Keyboard F6
-KC_F7                               40 Keyboard F7
-KC_F8                               41 Keyboard F8
-KC_F9                               42 Keyboard F9
-KC_F10                              43 Keyboard F10
-KC_F11                              44 Keyboard F11
-KC_F12                              45 Keyboard F12
-KC_PSCREEN          KC_PSCR         46 Keyboard PrintScreen
-KC_SCROLLLOCK       KC_SLCK         47 Keyboard Scroll Lock
-KC_PAUSE            KC_PAUS         48 Keyboard Pause
-KC_INSERT           KC_INS          49 Keyboard Insert
-KC_HOME                             4A Keyboard Home
-KC_PGUP                             4B Keyboard PageUp
-KC_DELETE           KC_DEL          4C Keyboard Delete Forward
-KC_END                              4D Keyboard End
-KC_PGDOWN           KC_PGDN         4E Keyboard PageDown
-KC_RIGHT            KC_RGHT         4F Keyboard RightArrow
-KC_LEFT                             50 Keyboard LeftArrow
-KC_DOWN                             51 Keyboard DownArrow
-KC_UP                               52 Keyboard UpArrow
-KC_NUMLOCK          KC_NLCK         53 Keypad Num Lock and Clear
-KC_KP_SLASH         KC_PSLS         54 Keypad /
-KC_KP_ASTERISK      KC_PAST         55 Keypad *
-KC_KP_MINUS         KC_PMNS         56 Keypad -
-KC_KP_PLUS          KC_PPLS         57 Keypad +
-KC_KP_ENTER         KC_PENT         58 Keypad ENTER
-KC_KP_1             KC_P1           59 Keypad 1 and End
-KC_KP_2             KC_P2           5A Keypad 2 and Down Arrow
-KC_KP_3             KC_P3           5B Keypad 3 and PageDn
-KC_KP_4             KC_P4           5C Keypad 4 and Left Arrow
-KC_KP_5             KC_P5           5D Keypad 5
-KC_KP_6             KC_P6           5E Keypad 6 and Right Arrow
-KC_KP_7             KC_P7           5F Keypad 7 and Home
-KC_KP_8             KC_P8           60 Keypad 8 and Up Arrow
-KC_KP_9             KC_P9           61 Keypad 9 and PageUp
-KC_KP_0             KC_P0           62 Keypad 0 and Insert
-KC_KP_DOT           KC_PDOT         63 Keypad . and Delete
-KC_NONUS_BSLASH     KC_NUBS         64 Keyboard Non-US \ and |
-KC_APPLICATION      KC_APP          65 Keyboard Application
-KC_POWER                            66 Keyboard Power
-KC_KP_EQUAL         KC_PEQL         67 Keypad =
-KC_F13                              68 Keyboard F13
-KC_F14                              69 Keyboard F14
-KC_F15                              6A Keyboard F15
-KC_F16                              6B Keyboard F16
-KC_F17                              6C Keyboard F17
-KC_F18                              6D Keyboard F18
-KC_F19                              6E Keyboard F19
-KC_F20                              6F Keyboard F20
-KC_F21                              70 Keyboard F21
-KC_F22                              71 Keyboard F22
-KC_F23                              72 Keyboard F23
-KC_F24                              73 Keyboard F24
-KC_EXECUTE                          74 Keyboard Execute
-KC_HELP                             75 Keyboard Help
-KC_MENU                             76 Keyboard Menu
-KC_SELECT                           77 Keyboard Select
-KC_STOP                             78 Keyboard Stop
-KC_AGAIN                            79 Keyboard Again
-KC_UNDO                             7A Keyboard Undo
-KC_CUT                              7B Keyboard Cut
-KC_COPY                             7C Keyboard Copy
-KC_PASTE                            7D Keyboard Paste
-KC_FIND                             7E Keyboard Find
-KC__MUTE                            7F Keyboard Mute
-KC__VOLUP                           80 Keyboard Volume Up
-KC__VOLDOWN                         81 Keyboard Volume Down
-KC_LOCKING_CAPS                     82 Keyboard Locking Caps Lock
-KC_LOCKING_NUM                      83 Keyboard Locking Num Lock
-KC_LOCKING_SCROLL                   84 Keyboard Locking Scroll Lock
-KC_KP_COMMA         KC_PCMM         85 Keypad Comma
-KC_KP_EQUAL_AS400                   86 Keypad Equal Sign
-KC_INT1             KC_RO           87 Keyboard International115
-KC_INT2             KC_KANA         88 Keyboard International216
-KC_INT3             KC_JYEN         89 Keyboard International317
-KC_INT4             KC_HENK         8A Keyboard International418
-KC_INT5             KC_MHEN         8B Keyboard International519
-KC_INT6                             8C Keyboard International620
-KC_INT7                             8D Keyboard International721
-KC_INT8                             8E Keyboard International822
-KC_INT9                             8F Keyboard International922
-KC_LANG1                            90 Keyboard LANG125
-KC_LANG2                            91 Keyboard LANG226
-KC_LANG3                            92 Keyboard LANG330
-KC_LANG4                            93 Keyboard LANG431
-KC_LANG5                            94 Keyboard LANG532
-KC_LANG6                            95 Keyboard LANG68
-KC_LANG7                            96 Keyboard LANG78
-KC_LANG8                            97 Keyboard LANG88
-KC_LANG9                            98 Keyboard LANG98
-KC_ALT_ERASE                        99 Keyboard Alternate Erase
-KC_SYSREQ                           9A Keyboard SysReq/Attention
-KC_CANCEL                           9B Keyboard Cancel
-KC_CLEAR                            9C Keyboard Clear
-KC_PRIOR                            9D Keyboard Prior
-KC_RETURN                           9E Keyboard Return
-KC_SEPARATOR                        9F Keyboard Separator
-KC_OUT                              A0 Keyboard Out
-KC_OPER                             A1 Keyboard Oper
-KC_CLEAR_AGAIN                      A2 Keyboard Clear/Again
-KC_CRSEL                            A3 Keyboard CrSel/Props
-KC_EXSEL                            A4 Keyboard ExSel
-/* Modifiers */
-KC_LCTRL            KC_LCTL         E0 Keyboard LeftControl
-KC_LSHIFT           KC_LSFT         E1 Keyboard LeftShift
-KC_LALT                             E2 Keyboard LeftAlt
-KC_LGUI                             E3 Keyboard Left GUI(Windows/Apple/Meta key)
-KC_RCTRL            KC_RCTL         E4 Keyboard RightControl
-KC_RSHIFT           KC_RSFT         E5 Keyboard RightShift
-KC_RALT                             E6 Keyboard RightAlt
-KC_RGUI                             E7 Keyboard Right GUI(Windows/Apple/Meta key)
-
-/*
- * Virtual keycodes
- */
-/* System Control */
-KC_SYSTEM_POWER     KC_PWR          System Power Down
-KC_SYSTEM_SLEEP     KC_SLEP         System Sleep
-KC_SYSTEM_WAKE      KC_WAKE         System Wake
-/* Consumer Page */
-KC_AUDIO_MUTE       KC_MUTE
-KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP     KC_VOLU
-KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN   KC_VOLD
-KC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK KC_MNXT
-KC_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK KC_MPRV
-KC_MEDIA_STOP       KC_MSTP
-KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE KC_MPLY
-KC_MEDIA_SELECT     KC_MSEL
-KC_MAIL             KC_MAIL
-KC_CALCULATOR       KC_CALC
-KC_MY_COMPUTER      KC_MYCM
-KC_WWW_SEARCH       KC_WSCH
-KC_WWW_HOME         KC_WHOM
-KC_WWW_BACK         KC_WBAK
-KC_WWW_FORWARD      KC_WFWD
-KC_WWW_STOP         KC_WSTP
-KC_WWW_REFRESH      KC_WREF
-KC_WWW_FAVORITES    KC_WFAV
-/* Mousekey */
-KC_MS_UP            KC_MS_U         Mouse Cursor Up
-KC_MS_DOWN          KC_MS_D         Mouse Cursor Down
-KC_MS_LEFT          KC_MS_L         Mouse Cursor Left
-KC_MS_RIGHT         KC_MS_R         Mouse Cursor Right
-KC_MS_BTN1          KC_BTN1         Mouse Button 1
-KC_MS_BTN2          KC_BTN2         Mouse Button 2
-KC_MS_BTN3          KC_BTN3         Mouse Button 3
-KC_MS_BTN4          KC_BTN4         Mouse Button 4
-KC_MS_BTN5          KC_BTN5         Mouse Button 5
-KC_MS_WH_UP         KC_WH_U         Mouse Wheel Up
-KC_MS_WH_DOWN       KC_WH_D         Mouse Wheel Down
-KC_MS_WH_LEFT       KC_WH_L         Mouse Wheel Left
-KC_MS_WH_RIGHT      KC_WH_R         Mouse Wheel Right
-KC_MS_ACCEL0        KC_ACL0         Mouse Acceleration 0
-KC_MS_ACCEL1        KC_ACL1         Mouse Acceleration 1
-KC_MS_ACCEL2        KC_ACL2         Mouse Acceleration 2
-/* Fn key */
-KC_FN0
-KC_FN1
-KC_FN2
-KC_FN3
-KC_FN4
-KC_FN5
-KC_FN6
-KC_FN7
-KC_FN8
-KC_FN9
-KC_FN10
-KC_FN11
-KC_FN12
-KC_FN13
-KC_FN14
-KC_FN15
-KC_FN16
-KC_FN17
-KC_FN18
-KC_FN19
-KC_FN20
-KC_FN21
-KC_FN22
-KC_FN23
-KC_FN24
-KC_FN25
-KC_FN26
-KC_FN27
-KC_FN28
-KC_FN29
-KC_FN30
-KC_FN31

docs/keycodes.md

@@ -6,189 +6,307 @@ This is a reference only. Each group of keys links to the page documenting their
 
 ## [Basic Keycodes](keycodes_basic.md)
 
-|Key                    |Aliases             |Description                                    |
-|-----------------------|--------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
-|`KC_1`                 |                    |`1` and `!`                                    |
-|`KC_2`                 |                    |`2` and `@`                                    |
-|`KC_3`                 |                    |`3` and `#`                                    |
-|`KC_4`                 |                    |`4` and `$`                                    |
-|`KC_5`                 |                    |`5` and `%`                                    |
-|`KC_6`                 |                    |`6` and `^`                                    |
-|`KC_7`                 |                    |`7` and `&`                                    |
-|`KC_8`                 |                    |`8` and `*`                                    |
-|`KC_9`                 |                    |`9` and `(`                                    |
-|`KC_0`                 |                    |`0` and `)`                                    |
-|`KC_F1`                |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F2`                |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F3`                |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F4`                |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F5`                |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F6`                |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F7`                |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F8`                |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F9`                |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F10`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F11`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F12`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F13`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F14`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F15`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F16`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F17`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F18`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F19`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F20`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F21`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F22`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F23`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_F24`               |                    |                                               |
-|`KC_A`                 |                    |`a` and `A`                                    |
-|`KC_B`                 |                    |`b` and `B`                                    |
-|`KC_C`                 |                    |`c` and `C`                                    |
-|`KC_D`                 |                    |`d` and `D`                                    |
-|`KC_E`                 |                    |`e` and `E`                                    |
-|`KC_F`                 |                    |`f` and `F`                                    |
-|`KC_G`                 |                    |`g` and `G`                                    |
-|`KC_H`                 |                    |`h` and `H`                                    |
-|`KC_I`                 |                    |`i` and `I`                                    |
-|`KC_J`                 |                    |`j` and `J`                                    |
-|`KC_K`                 |                    |`k` and `K`                                    |
-|`KC_L`                 |                    |`l` and `L`                                    |
-|`KC_M`                 |                    |`m` and `M`                                    |
-|`KC_N`                 |                    |`n` and `N`                                    |
-|`KC_O`                 |                    |`o` and `O`                                    |
-|`KC_P`                 |                    |`p` and `P`                                    |
-|`KC_Q`                 |                    |`q` and `Q`                                    |
-|`KC_R`                 |                    |`r` and `R`                                    |
-|`KC_S`                 |                    |`s` and `S`                                    |
-|`KC_T`                 |                    |`t` and `T`                                    |
-|`KC_U`                 |                    |`u` and `U`                                    |
-|`KC_V`                 |                    |`v` and `V`                                    |
-|`KC_W`                 |                    |`w` and `W`                                    |
-|`KC_X`                 |                    |`x` and `X`                                    |
-|`KC_Y`                 |                    |`y` and `Y`                                    |
-|`KC_Z`                 |                    |`z` and `Z`                                    |
-|`KC_ENTER`             |`KC_ENT`            |Return (Enter)                                 |
-|`KC_ESCAPE`            |`KC_ESC`            |Escape                                         |
-|`KC_BSPACE`            |`KC_BSPC`           |Delete (Backspace)                             |
-|`KC_TAB`               |                    |Tab                                            |
-|`KC_SPACE`             |`KC_SPC`            |Spacebar                                       |
-|`KC_MINUS`             |`KC_MINS`           |`-` and `_`                                    |
-|`KC_EQUAL`             |`KC_EQL`            |`=` and `+`                                    |
-|`KC_LBRACKET`          |`KC_LBRC`           |`[` and `{`                                    |
-|`KC_RBRACKET`          |`KC_RBRC`           |`]` and `}`                                    |
-|`KC_BSLASH`            |`KC_BSLS`           |`\` and <code>&#124;</code>                    |
-|`KC_NONUS_HASH`        |`KC_NUHS`           |Non-US `#` and `~`                             |
-|`KC_NONUS_BSLASH`      |`KC_NUBS`           |Non-US `\` and <code>&#124;</code>             |
-|`KC_INT1`              |`KC_RO`             |JIS `\` and <code>&#124;</code>                |
-|`KC_INT2`              |`KC_KANA`           |JIS Katakana/Hiragana                          |
-|`KC_INT3`              |`KC_JYEN`           |JIS `¥`                                        |
-|`KC_SCOLON`            |`KC_SCLN`           |`;` and `:`                                    |
-|`KC_QUOTE`             |`KC_QUOT`           |`'` and `"`                                    |
-|`KC_GRAVE`             |`KC_GRV`            |<code>&#96;</code> and `~`                     |
-|`KC_COMMA`             |`KC_COMM`           |`,` and `<`                                    |
-|`KC_DOT`               |                    |`.` and `>`                                    |
-|`KC_SLASH`             |`KC_SLSH`           |`/` and `?`                                    |
-|`KC_CAPSLOCK`          |`KC_CAPS`           |Caps Lock                                      |
-|`KC_LCTRL`             |`KC_LCTL`           |Left Control                                   |
-|`KC_LSHIFT`            |`KC_LSFT`           |Left Shift                                     |
-|`KC_LALT`              |                    |Left Alt                                       |
-|`KC_LGUI`              |`KC_LCMD`, `KC_LWIN`|Left GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key)            |
-|`KC_RCTRL`             |`KC_RCTL`           |Right Control                                  |
-|`KC_RSHIFT`            |`KC_RSFT`           |Right Shift                                    |
-|`KC_RALT`              |                    |Right Alt                                      |
-|`KC_RGUI`              |`KC_RCMD`, `KC_RWIN`|Right GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key)           |
-|`KC_LOCKING_CAPS`      |`KC_LCAP`           |Locking Caps Lock                              |
-|`KC_LOCKING_NUM`       |`KC_LNUM`           |Locking Num Lock                               |
-|`KC_LOCKING_SCROLL`    |`KC_LSCR`           |Locking Scroll Lock                            |
-|`KC_INT4`              |`KC_HENK`           |JIS Henkan                                     |
-|`KC_INT5`              |`KC_MHEN`           |JIS Muhenkan                                   |
-|`KC_PSCREEN`           |`KC_PSCR`           |Print Screen                                   |
-|`KC_SCROLLLOCK`        |`KC_SLCK`           |Scroll Lock                                    |
-|`KC_PAUSE`             |`KC_PAUS`           |Pause                                          |
-|`KC_INSERT`            |`KC_INS`            |Insert                                         |
-|`KC_HOME`              |                    |Home                                           |
-|`KC_PGUP`              |                    |Page Up                                        |
-|`KC_DELETE`            |`KC_DEL`            |Forward Delete                                 |
-|`KC_END`               |                    |End                                            |
-|`KC_PGDOWN`            |`KC_PGDN`           |Page Down                                      |
-|`KC_RIGHT`             |`KC_RGHT`           |Right Arrow                                    |
-|`KC_LEFT`              |                    |Left Arrow                                     |
-|`KC_DOWN`              |                    |Down Arrow                                     |
-|`KC_UP`                |                    |Up Arrow                                       |
-|`KC_APPLICATION`       |`KC_APP`            |Application (Windows Menu Key)                 |
-|`KC_POWER`             |                    |Deprecated by MS in favor of `KC_SYSTEM_POWER`.|
-|`KC_EXECUTE`           |                    |Execute                                        |
-|`KC_HELP`              |                    |Help                                           |
-|`KC_MENU`              |                    |Menu                                           |
-|`KC_SELECT`            |                    |Select                                         |
-|`KC_AGAIN`             |                    |Again                                          |
-|`KC_UNDO`              |                    |Undo                                           |
-|`KC_CUT`               |                    |Cut                                            |
-|`KC_COPY`              |                    |Copy                                           |
-|`KC_PASTE`             |                    |Paste                                          |
-|`KC_FIND`              |                    |Find                                           |
-|`KC_ALT_ERASE`         |                    |Alternate Erase                                |
-|`KC_SYSREQ`            |                    |SysReq/Attention                               |
-|`KC_CANCEL`            |                    |Cancel                                         |
-|`KC_CLEAR`             |                    |Clear                                          |
-|`KC_PRIOR`             |                    |Prior                                          |
-|`KC_RETURN`            |                    |Return                                         |
-|`KC_SEPARATOR`         |                    |Separator                                      |
-|`KC_OUT`               |                    |Out                                            |
-|`KC_OPER`              |                    |Oper                                           |
-|`KC_CLEAR_AGAIN`       |                    |Clear/Again                                    |
-|`KC_CRSEL`             |                    |CrSel/Props                                    |
-|`KC_EXSEL`             |                    |ExSel                                          |
-|`KC_SYSTEM_POWER`      |`KC_PWR`            |System Power Down. Recommended over `KC_POWER`.|
-|`KC_SYSTEM_SLEEP`      |`KC_SLEP`           |System Sleep                                   |
-|`KC_SYSTEM_WAKE`       |`KC_WAKE`           |System Wake                                    |
-|`KC_MAIL`              |`KC_MAIL`           |                                               |
-|`KC_CALCULATOR`        |`KC_CALC`           |                                               |
-|`KC_MY_COMPUTER`       |`KC_MYCM`           |                                               |
-|`KC_WWW_SEARCH`        |`KC_WSCH`           |                                               |
-|`KC_WWW_HOME`          |`KC_WHOM`           |                                               |
-|`KC_WWW_BACK`          |`KC_WBAK`           |                                               |
-|`KC_WWW_FORWARD`       |`KC_WFWD`           |                                               |
-|`KC_WWW_STOP`          |`KC_WSTP`           |                                               |
-|`KC_WWW_REFRESH`       |`KC_WREF`           |                                               |
-|`KC_WWW_FAVORITES`     |`KC_WFAV`           |                                               |
-|`KC_STOP`              |                    |Stop                                           |
-|`KC__MUTE`             |                    |Mute (macOS)                                   |
-|`KC__VOLUP`            |                    |Volume Up (macOS)                              |
-|`KC__VOLDOWN`          |                    |Volume Down (macOS)                            |
-|`KC_AUDIO_MUTE`        |`KC_MUTE`           |Mute (Windows/macOS/Linux)                     |
-|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP`      |`KC_VOLU`           |Volume Up (Windows/macOS/Linux)                |
-|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN`    |`KC_VOLD`           |Volume Down (Windows/macOS/Linux)              |
-|`KC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK`  |`KC_MNXT`           |Next Track (Windows)                           |
-|`KC_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK`  |`KC_MPRV`           |Previous Track (Windows)                       |
-|`KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD`|`KC_MFFD`           |Next Track (macOS)                             |
-|`KC_MEDIA_REWIND`      |`KC_MRWD`           |Previous Track (macOS)                         |
-|`KC_MEDIA_STOP`        |`KC_MSTP`           |Stop Track                                     |
-|`KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE`  |`KC_MPLY`           |Play/Pause Track                               |
-|`KC_MEDIA_SELECT`      |`KC_MSEL`           |                                               |
-|`KC_NUMLOCK`           |`KC_NLCK`           |Keypad Num Lock and Clear                      |
-|`KC_KP_SLASH`          |`KC_PSLS`           |Keypad `/`                                     |
-|`KC_KP_ASTERISK`       |`KC_PAST`           |Keypad `*`                                     |
-|`KC_KP_MINUS`          |`KC_PMNS`           |Keypad `-`                                     |
-|`KC_KP_PLUS`           |`KC_PPLS`           |Keypad `+`                                     |
-|`KC_KP_ENTER`          |`KC_PENT`           |Keypad Enter                                   |
-|`KC_KP_1`              |`KC_P1`             |Keypad `1` and End                             |
-|`KC_KP_2`              |`KC_P2`             |Keypad `2` and Down Arrow                      |
-|`KC_KP_3`              |`KC_P3`             |Keypad `3` and Page Down                       |
-|`KC_KP_4`              |`KC_P4`             |Keypad `4` and Left Arrow                      |
-|`KC_KP_5`              |`KC_P5`             |Keypad `5`                                     |
-|`KC_KP_6`              |`KC_P6`             |Keypad `6` and Right Arrow                     |
-|`KC_KP_7`              |`KC_P7`             |Keypad `7` and Home                            |
-|`KC_KP_8`              |`KC_P8`             |Keypad `8` and Up Arrow                        |
-|`KC_KP_9`              |`KC_P9`             |Keypad `9` and Page Up                         |
-|`KC_KP_0`              |`KC_P0`             |Keypad `0` and Insert                          |
-|`KC_KP_DOT`            |`KC_PDOT`           |Keypad `.` and Delete                          |
-|`KC_KP_EQUAL`          |`KC_PEQL`           |Keypad `=`                                     |
-|`KC_KP_COMMA`          |`KC_PCMM`           |Keypad `,`                                     |
-|`KC_KP_EQUAL_AS400`    |                    |Keypad `=` on AS/400 keyboards                 |
-|`KC_NO`                |                    |Ignore this key (NOOP)                         |
-|`KC_TRANSPARENT`       |`KC_TRNS`           |Use the next lowest non-transparent key        |
+|Key                    |Aliases                       |Description                                    |
+|-----------------------|------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
+|`KC_NO`                |`XXXXXXX`                     |Ignore this key (NOOP)                         |
+|`KC_TRANSPARENT`       |`KC_TRNS`, `_______`          |Use the next lowest non-transparent key        |
+|`KC_A`                 |                              |`a` and `A`                                    |
+|`KC_B`                 |                              |`b` and `B`                                    |
+|`KC_C`                 |                              |`c` and `C`                                    |
+|`KC_D`                 |                              |`d` and `D`                                    |
+|`KC_E`                 |                              |`e` and `E`                                    |
+|`KC_F`                 |                              |`f` and `F`                                    |
+|`KC_G`                 |                              |`g` and `G`                                    |
+|`KC_H`                 |                              |`h` and `H`                                    |
+|`KC_I`                 |                              |`i` and `I`                                    |
+|`KC_J`                 |                              |`j` and `J`                                    |
+|`KC_K`                 |                              |`k` and `K`                                    |
+|`KC_L`                 |                              |`l` and `L`                                    |
+|`KC_M`                 |                              |`m` and `M`                                    |
+|`KC_N`                 |                              |`n` and `N`                                    |
+|`KC_O`                 |                              |`o` and `O`                                    |
+|`KC_P`                 |                              |`p` and `P`                                    |
+|`KC_Q`                 |                              |`q` and `Q`                                    |
+|`KC_R`                 |                              |`r` and `R`                                    |
+|`KC_S`                 |                              |`s` and `S`                                    |
+|`KC_T`                 |                              |`t` and `T`                                    |
+|`KC_U`                 |                              |`u` and `U`                                    |
+|`KC_V`                 |                              |`v` and `V`                                    |
+|`KC_W`                 |                              |`w` and `W`                                    |
+|`KC_X`                 |                              |`x` and `X`                                    |
+|`KC_Y`                 |                              |`y` and `Y`                                    |
+|`KC_Z`                 |                              |`z` and `Z`                                    |
+|`KC_1`                 |                              |`1` and `!`                                    |
+|`KC_2`                 |                              |`2` and `@`                                    |
+|`KC_3`                 |                              |`3` and `#`                                    |
+|`KC_4`                 |                              |`4` and `$`                                    |
+|`KC_5`                 |                              |`5` and `%`                                    |
+|`KC_6`                 |                              |`6` and `^`                                    |
+|`KC_7`                 |                              |`7` and `&`                                    |
+|`KC_8`                 |                              |`8` and `*`                                    |
+|`KC_9`                 |                              |`9` and `(`                                    |
+|`KC_0`                 |                              |`0` and `)`                                    |
+|`KC_ENTER`             |`KC_ENT`                      |Return (Enter)                                 |
+|`KC_ESCAPE`            |`KC_ESC`                      |Escape                                         |
+|`KC_BSPACE`            |`KC_BSPC`                     |Delete (Backspace)                             |
+|`KC_TAB`               |                              |Tab                                            |
+|`KC_SPACE`             |`KC_SPC`                      |Spacebar                                       |
+|`KC_MINUS`             |`KC_MINS`                     |`-` and `_`                                    |
+|`KC_EQUAL`             |`KC_EQL`                      |`=` and `+`                                    |
+|`KC_LBRACKET`          |`KC_LBRC`                     |`[` and `{`                                    |
+|`KC_RBRACKET`          |`KC_RBRC`                     |`]` and `}`                                    |
+|`KC_BSLASH`            |`KC_BSLS`                     |`\` and <code>&#124;</code>                    |
+|`KC_NONUS_HASH`        |`KC_NUHS`                     |Non-US `#` and `~`                             |
+|`KC_SCOLON`            |`KC_SCLN`                     |`;` and `:`                                    |
+|`KC_QUOTE`             |`KC_QUOT`                     |`'` and `"`                                    |
+|`KC_GRAVE`             |`KC_GRV`, `KC_ZKHK`           |<code>&#96;</code> and `~`, JIS Zenkaku/Hankaku|
+|`KC_COMMA`             |`KC_COMM`                     |`,` and `<`                                    |
+|`KC_DOT`               |                              |`.` and `>`                                    |
+|`KC_SLASH`             |`KC_SLSH`                     |`/` and `?`                                    |
+|`KC_CAPSLOCK`          |`KC_CLCK`, `KC_CAPS`          |Caps Lock                                      |
+|`KC_F1`                |                              |F1                                             |
+|`KC_F2`                |                              |F2                                             |
+|`KC_F3`                |                              |F3                                             |
+|`KC_F4`                |                              |F4                                             |
+|`KC_F5`                |                              |F5                                             |
+|`KC_F6`                |                              |F6                                             |
+|`KC_F7`                |                              |F7                                             |
+|`KC_F8`                |                              |F8                                             |
+|`KC_F9`                |                              |F9                                             |
+|`KC_F10`               |                              |F10                                            |
+|`KC_F11`               |                              |F11                                            |
+|`KC_F12`               |                              |F12                                            |
+|`KC_PSCREEN`           |`KC_PSCR`                     |Print Screen                                   |
+|`KC_SCROLLLOCK`        |`KC_SLCK`, `KC_BRMD`          |Scroll Lock, Brightness Down (macOS)           |
+|`KC_PAUSE`             |`KC_PAUS`, `KC_BRK`, `KC_BRMU`|Pause, Brightness Up (macOS)                   |
+|`KC_INSERT`            |`KC_INS`                      |Insert                                         |
+|`KC_HOME`              |                              |Home                                           |
+|`KC_PGUP`              |                              |Page Up                                        |
+|`KC_DELETE`            |`KC_DEL`                      |Forward Delete                                 |
+|`KC_END`               |                              |End                                            |
+|`KC_PGDOWN`            |`KC_PGDN`                     |Page Down                                      |
+|`KC_RIGHT`             |`KC_RGHT`                     |Right Arrow                                    |
+|`KC_LEFT`              |                              |Left Arrow                                     |
+|`KC_DOWN`              |                              |Down Arrow                                     |
+|`KC_UP`                |                              |Up Arrow                                       |
+|`KC_NUMLOCK`           |`KC_NLCK`                     |Keypad Num Lock and Clear                      |
+|`KC_KP_SLASH`          |`KC_PSLS`                     |Keypad `/`                                     |
+|`KC_KP_ASTERISK`       |`KC_PAST`                     |Keypad `*`                                     |
+|`KC_KP_MINUS`          |`KC_PMNS`                     |Keypad `-`                                     |
+|`KC_KP_PLUS`           |`KC_PPLS`                     |Keypad `+`                                     |
+|`KC_KP_ENTER`          |`KC_PENT`                     |Keypad Enter                                   |
+|`KC_KP_1`              |`KC_P1`                       |Keypad `1` and End                             |
+|`KC_KP_2`              |`KC_P2`                       |Keypad `2` and Down Arrow                      |
+|`KC_KP_3`              |`KC_P3`                       |Keypad `3` and Page Down                       |
+|`KC_KP_4`              |`KC_P4`                       |Keypad `4` and Left Arrow                      |
+|`KC_KP_5`              |`KC_P5`                       |Keypad `5`                                     |
+|`KC_KP_6`              |`KC_P6`                       |Keypad `6` and Right Arrow                     |
+|`KC_KP_7`              |`KC_P7`                       |Keypad `7` and Home                            |
+|`KC_KP_8`              |`KC_P8`                       |Keypad `8` and Up Arrow                        |
+|`KC_KP_9`              |`KC_P9`                       |Keypad `9` and Page Up                         |
+|`KC_KP_0`              |`KC_P0`                       |Keypad `0` and Insert                          |
+|`KC_KP_DOT`            |`KC_PDOT`                     |Keypad `.` and Delete                          |
+|`KC_NONUS_BSLASH`      |`KC_NUBS`                     |Non-US `\` and <code>&#124;</code>             |
+|`KC_APPLICATION`       |`KC_APP`                      |Application (Windows Menu Key)                 |
+|`KC_POWER`             |                              |System Power (macOS)                           |
+|`KC_KP_EQUAL`          |`KC_PEQL`                     |Keypad `=`                                     |
+|`KC_F13`               |                              |F13                                            |
+|`KC_F14`               |                              |F14                                            |
+|`KC_F15`               |                              |F15                                            |
+|`KC_F16`               |                              |F16                                            |
+|`KC_F17`               |                              |F17                                            |
+|`KC_F18`               |                              |F18                                            |
+|`KC_F19`               |                              |F19                                            |
+|`KC_F20`               |                              |F20                                            |
+|`KC_F21`               |                              |F21                                            |
+|`KC_F22`               |                              |F22                                            |
+|`KC_F23`               |                              |F23                                            |
+|`KC_F24`               |                              |F24                                            |
+|`KC_EXECUTE`           |`KC_EXEC`                     |Execute                                        |
+|`KC_HELP`              |                              |Help                                           |
+|`KC_MENU`              |                              |Menu                                           |
+|`KC_SELECT`            |`KC_SLCT`                     |Select                                         |
+|`KC_STOP`              |                              |Stop                                           |
+|`KC_AGAIN`             |`KC_AGIN`                     |Again                                          |
+|`KC_UNDO`              |                              |Undo                                           |
+|`KC_CUT`               |                              |Cut                                            |
+|`KC_COPY`              |                              |Copy                                           |
+|`KC_PASTE`             |`KC_PSTE`                     |Paste                                          |
+|`KC_FIND`              |                              |Find                                           |
+|`KC__MUTE`             |                              |Mute (macOS)                                   |
+|`KC__VOLUP`            |                              |Volume Up (macOS)                              |
+|`KC__VOLDOWN`          |                              |Volume Down (macOS)                            |
+|`KC_LOCKING_CAPS`      |`KC_LCAP`                     |Locking Caps Lock                              |
+|`KC_LOCKING_NUM`       |`KC_LNUM`                     |Locking Num Lock                               |
+|`KC_LOCKING_SCROLL`    |`KC_LSCR`                     |Locking Scroll Lock                            |
+|`KC_KP_COMMA`          |`KC_PCMM`                     |Keypad `,`                                     |
+|`KC_KP_EQUAL_AS400`    |                              |Keypad `=` on AS/400 keyboards                 |
+|`KC_INT1`              |`KC_RO`                       |JIS `\` and `_`                                |
+|`KC_INT2`              |`KC_KANA`                     |JIS Katakana/Hiragana                          |
+|`KC_INT3`              |`KC_JYEN`                     |JIS `¥` and <code>&#124;</code>                |
+|`KC_INT4`              |`KC_HENK`                     |JIS Henkan                                     |
+|`KC_INT5`              |`KC_MHEN`                     |JIS Muhenkan                                   |
+|`KC_INT6`              |                              |JIS Numpad `,`                                 |
+|`KC_INT7`              |                              |International 7                                |
+|`KC_INT8`              |                              |International 8                                |
+|`KC_INT9`              |                              |International 9                                |
+|`KC_LANG1`             |`KC_HAEN`                     |Hangul/English                                 |
+|`KC_LANG2`             |`KC_HANJ`                     |Hanja                                          |
+|`KC_LANG3`             |                              |JIS Katakana                                   |
+|`KC_LANG4`             |                              |JIS Hiragana                                   |
+|`KC_LANG5`             |                              |JIS Zenkaku/Hankaku                            |
+|`KC_LANG6`             |                              |Language 6                                     |
+|`KC_LANG7`             |                              |Language 7                                     |
+|`KC_LANG8`             |                              |Language 8                                     |
+|`KC_LANG9`             |                              |Language 9                                     |
+|`KC_ALT_ERASE`         |`KC_ERAS`                     |Alternate Erase                                |
+|`KC_SYSREQ`            |                              |SysReq/Attention                               |
+|`KC_CANCEL`            |                              |Cancel                                         |
+|`KC_CLEAR`             |`KC_CLR`                      |Clear                                          |
+|`KC_PRIOR`             |                              |Prior                                          |
+|`KC_RETURN`            |                              |Return                                         |
+|`KC_SEPARATOR`         |                              |Separator                                      |
+|`KC_OUT`               |                              |Out                                            |
+|`KC_OPER`              |                              |Oper                                           |
+|`KC_CLEAR_AGAIN`       |                              |Clear/Again                                    |
+|`KC_CRSEL`             |                              |CrSel/Props                                    |
+|`KC_EXSEL`             |                              |ExSel                                          |
+|`KC_LCTRL`             |`KC_LCTL`                     |Left Control                                   |
+|`KC_LSHIFT`            |`KC_LSFT`                     |Left Shift                                     |
+|`KC_LALT`              |                              |Left Alt                                       |
+|`KC_LGUI`              |`KC_LCMD`, `KC_LWIN`          |Left GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key)            |
+|`KC_RCTRL`             |`KC_RCTL`                     |Right Control                                  |
+|`KC_RSHIFT`            |`KC_RSFT`                     |Right Shift                                    |
+|`KC_RALT`              |`KC_ALGR`                     |Right Alt (AltGr)                              |
+|`KC_RGUI`              |`KC_RCMD`, `KC_RWIN`          |Right GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key)           |
+|`KC_SYSTEM_POWER`      |`KC_PWR`                      |System Power Down                              |
+|`KC_SYSTEM_SLEEP`      |`KC_SLEP`                     |System Sleep                                   |
+|`KC_SYSTEM_WAKE`       |`KC_WAKE`                     |System Wake                                    |
+|`KC_AUDIO_MUTE`        |`KC_MUTE`                     |Mute                                           |
+|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP`      |`KC_VOLU`                     |Volume Up                                      |
+|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN`    |`KC_VOLD`                     |Volume Down                                    |
+|`KC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK`  |`KC_MNXT`                     |Next Track (Windows)                           |
+|`KC_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK`  |`KC_MPRV`                     |Previous Track (Windows)                       |
+|`KC_MEDIA_STOP`        |`KC_MSTP`                     |Stop Track (Windows)                           |
+|`KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE`  |`KC_MPLY`                     |Play/Pause Track                               |
+|`KC_MEDIA_SELECT`      |`KC_MSEL`                     |Launch Media Player (Windows)                  |
+|`KC_MEDIA_EJECT`       |`KC_EJCT`                     |Eject (macOS)                                  |
+|`KC_MAIL`              |                              |Launch Mail (Windows)                          |
+|`KC_CALCULATOR`        |`KC_CALC`                     |Launch Calculator (Windows)                    |
+|`KC_MY_COMPUTER`       |`KC_MYCM`                     |Launch My Computer (Windows)                   |
+|`KC_WWW_SEARCH`        |`KC_WSCH`                     |Browser Search (Windows)                       |
+|`KC_WWW_HOME`          |`KC_WHOM`                     |Browser Home (Windows)                         |
+|`KC_WWW_BACK`          |`KC_WBAK`                     |Browser Back (Windows)                         |
+|`KC_WWW_FORWARD`       |`KC_WFWD`                     |Browser Forward (Windows)                      |
+|`KC_WWW_STOP`          |`KC_WSTP`                     |Browser Stop (Windows)                         |
+|`KC_WWW_REFRESH`       |`KC_WREF`                     |Browser Refresh (Windows)                      |
+|`KC_WWW_FAVORITES`     |`KC_WFAV`                     |Browser Favorites (Windows)                    |
+|`KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD`|`KC_MFFD`                     |Next Track (macOS)                             |
+|`KC_MEDIA_REWIND`      |`KC_MRWD`                     |Previous Track (macOS)                         |
+|`KC_BRIGHTNESS_UP`     |`KC_BRIU`                     |Brightness Up                                  |
+|`KC_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN`   |`KC_BRID`                     |Brightness Down                                |
+
+## [Quantum Keycodes](quantum_keycodes.md#qmk-keycodes)
+
+|Key            |Aliases    |Description                                                          |
+|---------------|-----------|---------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`RESET`        |           |Put the keyboard into DFU mode for flashing                          |
+|`DEBUG`        |           |Toggle debug mode                                                    |
+|`EEPROM_RESET` |`EEP_RST`  |Resets EEPROM state by reinitializing it                             |
+|`KC_GESC`      |`GRAVE_ESC`|Escape when tapped, <code>&#96;</code> when pressed with Shift or GUI|
+|`KC_LSPO`      |           |Left Shift when held, `(` when tapped                                |
+|`KC_RSPC`      |           |Right Shift when held, `)` when tapped                               |
+|`KC_LCPO`      |           |Left Control when held, `(` when tapped                              |
+|`KC_RCPC`      |           |Right Control when held, `)` when tapped                             |
+|`KC_LAPO`      |           |Left Alt when held, `(` when tapped                                  |
+|`KC_RAPC`      |           |Right Alt when held, `)` when tapped                                 |
+|`KC_SFTENT`    |           |Right Shift when held, Enter when tapped                             |
+|`KC_LEAD`      |           |The [Leader key](feature_leader_key.md)                              |
+|`KC_LOCK`      |           |The [Lock key](feature_key_lock.md)                                  |
+|`FUNC(n)`      |`F(n)`     |Call `fn_action(n)` (deprecated)                                     |
+|`M(n)`         |           |Call macro `n`                                                       |
+|`MACROTAP(n)`  |           |Macro-tap `n` idk FIXME                                              |
+
+## [Audio Keys](feature_audio.md)
+
+|Key             |Aliases  |Description                       |
+|----------------|---------|----------------------------------|
+|`AU_ON`         |         |Turns on Audio Feature            |
+|`AU_OFF`        |         |Turns off Audio Feature           |
+|`AU_TOG`        |         |Toggles Audio state               |
+|`CLICKY_TOGGLE` |`CK_TOGG`|Toggles Audio clicky mode         |
+|`CLICKY_UP`     |`CK_UP`  |Increases frequency of the clicks |
+|`CLICKY_DOWN`   |`CK_DOWN`|Decreases frequency of the clicks |
+|`CLICKY_RESET`  |`CK_RST` |Resets frequency to default       |
+|`MU_ON`         |         |Turns on Music Mode               |
+|`MU_OFF`        |         |Turns off Music Mode              |
+|`MU_TOG`        |         |Toggles Music Mode                |
+|`MU_MOD`        |         |Cycles through the music modes    |
+
+## [Backlighting](feature_backlight.md)
+
+|Key      |Description                               |
+|---------|------------------------------------------|
+|`BL_TOGG`|Turn the backlight on or off              |
+|`BL_STEP`|Cycle through backlight levels            |
+|`BL_ON`  |Set the backlight to max brightness       |
+|`BL_OFF` |Turn the backlight off                    |
+|`BL_INC` |Increase the backlight level              |
+|`BL_DEC` |Decrease the backlight level              |
+|`BL_BRTG`|Toggle backlight breathing                |
+
+## [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
+
+|Key                               |Aliases  |Description                         |
+|----------------------------------|---------|------------------------------------|
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`     |         |Swap Caps Lock and Left Control     |
+|`MAGIC_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`       |         |Treat Caps Lock as Control          |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_LCTL_LGUI`            |         |Swap Left Control and GUI           |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_RCTL_RGUI`            |         |Swap Right Control and GUI          |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_LALT_LGUI`            |         |Swap Left Alt and GUI               |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_RALT_RGUI`            |         |Swap Right Alt and GUI              |
+|`MAGIC_NO_GUI`                    |         |Disable the GUI key                 |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_GRAVE_ESC`            |         |Swap <code>&#96;</code> and Escape  |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`  |         |Swap `\` and Backspace              |
+|`MAGIC_HOST_NKRO`                 |         |Force NKRO on                       |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_ALT_GUI`              |`AG_SWAP`|Swap Alt and GUI on both sides      |
+|`MAGIC_SWAP_CTL_GUI`              |`CG_SWAP`|Swap Ctrl and GUI on both sides (for macOS)|
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`   |         |Unswap Caps Lock and Left Control   |
+|`MAGIC_UNCAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`     |         |Stop treating Caps Lock as Control  |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LCTL_LGUI`          |         |Unswap Left Control and GUI         |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RCTL_RGUI`          |         |Unswap Right Control and GUI        |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LALT_LGUI`          |         |Unswap Left Alt and GUI             |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RALT_RGUI`          |         |Unswap Right Alt and GUI            |
+|`MAGIC_UNNO_GUI`                  |         |Enable the GUI key                  |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_GRAVE_ESC`          |         |Unswap <code>&#96;</code> and Escape|
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`|         |Unswap `\` and Backspace            |
+|`MAGIC_UNHOST_NKRO`               |         |Force NKRO off                      |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_ALT_GUI`            |`AG_NORM`|Unswap Alt and GUI on both sides    |
+|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_CTL_GUI`            |`CG_NORM`|Unswap Ctrl and GUI on both sides      |
+|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_ALT_GUI`            |`AG_TOGG`|Toggle Alt and GUI swap on both sides  |
+|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_CTL_GUI`            |`CG_TOGG`|Toggle Ctrl and GUI swap on both sides |
+|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO`               |         |Turn NKRO on or off                    |
+
+## [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md)
+
+|Key       |Description                                   |
+|----------|----------------------------------------------|
+|`OUT_AUTO`|Automatically switch between USB and Bluetooth|
+|`OUT_USB` |USB only                                      |
+|`OUT_BT`  |Bluetooth only                                |
+
+## [Layer Switching](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#switching-and-toggling-layers)
+
+|Key             |Description                                                                       |
+|----------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`DF(layer)`     |Set the base (default) layer                                                      |
+|`MO(layer)`     |Momentarily turn on `layer` when pressed (requires `KC_TRNS` on destination layer)|
+|`OSL(layer)`    |Momentarily activates `layer` until a key is pressed. See [One Shot Keys](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/feature_advanced_keycodes?id=one-shot-keys) for details. |
+|`LM(layer, mod)`|Momentarily turn on `layer` (like MO) with `mod` active as well.  Where `mod` is a mods_bit.  Mods can be viewed [here](https://docs.qmk.fm/#/feature_advanced_keycodes?id=mod-tap).  Example Implementation: `LM(LAYER_1, MOD_LALT)`|
+|`LT(layer, kc)` |Turn on `layer` when held, `kc` when tapped                                       |
+|`TG(layer)`     |Toggle `layer` on or off                                                          |
+|`TO(layer)`     |Turns on `layer` and turns off all other layers, except the default layer |
+|`TT(layer)`     |Normally acts like MO unless it's tapped multiple times, which toggles `layer` on |
 
 ## [Mouse Keys](feature_mouse_keys.md)
 
@@ -211,56 +329,46 @@ This is a reference only. Each group of keys links to the page documenting their
 |`KC_MS_ACCEL1`  |`KC_ACL1`|Set mouse acceleration to 1|
 |`KC_MS_ACCEL2`  |`KC_ACL2`|Set mouse acceleration to 2|
 
-## [Quantum Keycodes](quantum_keycodes.md#qmk-keycodes)
+## [Modifiers](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#modifier-keys)
 
-|Key          |Aliases    |Description                                                          |
-|-------------|-----------|---------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|`RESET`      |           |Put the keyboard into DFU mode for flashing                          |
-|`DEBUG`      |           |Toggle debug mode                                                    |
-|`KC_GESC`    |`GRAVE_ESC`|Escape when tapped, <code>&#96;</code> when pressed with Shift or GUI|
-|`KC_LSPO`    |           |Left Shift when held, `(` when tapped                                |
-|`KC_RSPC`    |           |Right Shift when held, `)` when tapped                               |
-|`KC_LEAD`    |           |The [Leader key](feature_leader_key.md)                              |
-|`KC_LOCK`    |           |The [Lock key](feature_key_lock.md)                                  |
-|`FUNC(n)`    |`F(n)`     |Call `fn_action(n)` (deprecated)                                     |
-|`M(n)`       |           |Call macro `n`                                                       |
-|`MACROTAP(n)`|           |Macro-tap `n` idk FIXME                                              |
+|Key       |Aliases                        |Description                                         |
+|----------|-------------------------------|----------------------------------------------------|
+|`LCTL(kc)`|`C(kc)`                        |Hold Left Control and press `kc`                    |
+|`LSFT(kc)`|`S(kc)`                        |Hold Left Shift and press `kc`                      |
+|`LALT(kc)`|`A(kc)`                        |Hold Left Alt and press `kc`                        |
+|`LGUI(kc)`|`G(kc)`, `LCMD(kc)`, `LWIN(kc)`|Hold Left GUI and press `kc`                        |
+|`RCTL(kc)`|                               |Hold Right Control and press `kc`                   |
+|`RSFT(kc)`|                               |Hold Right Shift and press `kc`                     |
+|`RALT(kc)`|`ALGR(kc)`                     |Hold Right Alt and press `kc`                       |
+|`RGUI(kc)`|`RCMD(kc)`, `LWIN(kc)`         |Hold Right GUI and press `kc`                       |
+|`SGUI(kc)`|`SCMD(kc)`, `SWIN(kc)`         |Hold Left Shift and GUI and press `kc`              |
+|`LCA(kc)` |                               |Hold Left Control and Alt and press `kc`            |
+|`LCAG(kc)`|                               |Hold Left Control, Alt and GUI and press `kc`       |
+|`MEH(kc)` |                               |Hold Left Control, Shift and Alt and press `kc`     |
+|`HYPR(kc)`|                               |Hold Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI and press `kc`|
+|`KC_MEH`  |                               |Left Control, Shift and Alt                         |
+|`KC_HYPR` |                               |Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI                    |
 
-## [Bootmagic](feature_bootmagic.md)
+## [Mod-Tap Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#mod-tap)
 
-|Key                               |Aliases  |Description                         |
-|----------------------------------|---------|------------------------------------|
-|`MAGIC_SWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`     |         |Swap Caps Lock and Left Control     |
-|`MAGIC_CAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`       |         |Treat Caps Lock as Control          |
-|`MAGIC_SWAP_LALT_LGUI`            |         |Swap Left Alt and GUI               |
-|`MAGIC_SWAP_RALT_RGUI`            |         |Swap Right Alt and GUI              |
-|`MAGIC_NO_GUI`                    |         |Disable the GUI key                 |
-|`MAGIC_SWAP_GRAVE_ESC`            |         |Swap <code>&#96;</code> and Escape  |
-|`MAGIC_SWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`  |         |Swap `\` and Backspace              |
-|`MAGIC_HOST_NKRO`                 |         |Force NKRO on                       |
-|`MAGIC_SWAP_ALT_GUI`              |`AG_SWAP`|Swap Alt and GUI on both sides      |
-|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_CONTROL_CAPSLOCK`   |         |Unswap Caps Lock and Left Control   |
-|`MAGIC_UNCAPSLOCK_TO_CONTROL`     |         |Stop treating Caps Lock as Control  |
-|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_LALT_LGUI`          |         |Unswap Left Alt and GUI             |
-|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_RALT_RGUI`          |         |Unswap Right Alt and GUI            |
-|`MAGIC_UNNO_GUI`                  |         |Enable the GUI key                  |
-|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_GRAVE_ESC`          |         |Unswap <code>&#96;</code> and Escape|
-|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_BACKSLASH_BACKSPACE`|         |Unswap `\` and Backspace            |
-|`MAGIC_UNHOST_NKRO`               |         |Force NKRO off                      |
-|`MAGIC_UNSWAP_ALT_GUI`            |`AG_NORM`|Unswap Alt and GUI on both sides    |
-|`MAGIC_TOGGLE_NKRO`               |         |Turn NKRO on or off                 |
-
-## [Backlighting](feature_backlight.md)
-
-|Key      |Description                               |
-|---------|------------------------------------------|
-|`BL_TOGG`|Turn the backlight on or off              |
-|`BL_STEP`|Cycle through backlight levels            |
-|`BL_ON`  |Set the backlight to max brightness       |
-|`BL_OFF` |Turn the backlight off                    |
-|`BL_INC` |Increase the backlight level              |
-|`BL_DEC` |Decrease the backlight level              |
-|`BL_BRTG`|Toggle backlight breathing                |
+|Key          |Aliases                                                          |Description                                            |
+|-------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
+|`MT(mod, kc)`|                                                                 |`mod` when held, `kc` when tapped                      |
+|`LCTL_T(kc)` |`CTL_T(kc)`                                                      |Left Control when held, `kc` when tapped               |
+|`LSFT_T(kc)` |`SFT_T(kc)`                                                      |Left Shift when held, `kc` when tapped                 |
+|`LALT_T(kc)` |`ALT_T(kc)`                                                      |Left Alt when held, `kc` when tapped                   |
+|`LGUI_T(kc)` |`LCMD_T(kc)`, `LWIN_T(kc)`, `GUI_T(kc)`, `CMD_T(kc)`, `WIN_T(kc)`|Left GUI when held, `kc` when tapped                   |
+|`RCTL_T(kc)` |                                                                 |Right Control when held, `kc` when tapped              |
+|`RSFT_T(kc)` |                                                                 |Right Shift when held, `kc` when tapped                |
+|`RALT_T(kc)` |`ALGR_T(kc)`                                                     |Right Alt when held, `kc` when tapped                  |
+|`RGUI_T(kc)` |`RCMD_T(kc)`, `RWIN_T(kc)`                                       |Right GUI when held, `kc` when tapped                  |
+|`SGUI_T(kc)` |`SCMD_T(kc)`, `SWIN_T(kc)`                                       |Left Shift and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped         |
+|`LCA_T(kc)`  |                                                                 |Left Control and Alt when held, `kc` when tapped       |
+|`LCAG_T(kc)` |                                                                 |Left Control, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped  |
+|`RCAG_T(kc)` |                                                                 |Right Control, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped |
+|`C_S_T(kc)`  |                                                                 |Left Control and Shift when held, `kc` when tapped     |
+|`MEH_T(kc)`  |                                                                 |Left Control, Shift and Alt when held, `kc` when tapped|
+|`HYPR_T(kc)` |`ALL_T(kc)`                                                      |Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped - more info [here](http://brettterpstra.com/2012/12/08/a-useful-caps-lock-key/)|
 
 ## [RGB Lighting](feature_rgblight.md)
 
@@ -308,107 +416,39 @@ This is a reference only. Each group of keys links to the page documenting their
 |`PRINT_ON` |Start printing everything the user types|
 |`PRINT_OFF`|Stop printing everything the user types |
 
-## [Bluetooth](feature_bluetooth.md)
+## [US ANSI Shifted Symbols](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)
 
-|Key       |Description                                   |
-|----------|----------------------------------------------|
-|`OUT_AUTO`|Automatically switch between USB and Bluetooth|
-|`OUT_USB` |USB only                                      |
-|`OUT_BT`  |Bluetooth only                                |
+|Key                     |Aliases            |Description        |
+|------------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
+|`KC_TILDE`              |`KC_TILD`          |`~`                |
+|`KC_EXCLAIM`            |`KC_EXLM`          |`!`                |
+|`KC_AT`                 |                   |`@`                |
+|`KC_HASH`               |                   |`#`                |
+|`KC_DOLLAR`             |`KC_DLR`           |`$`                |
+|`KC_PERCENT`            |`KC_PERC`          |`%`                |
+|`KC_CIRCUMFLEX`         |`KC_CIRC`          |`^`                |
+|`KC_AMPERSAND`          |`KC_AMPR`          |`&`                |
+|`KC_ASTERISK`           |`KC_ASTR`          |`*`                |
+|`KC_LEFT_PAREN`         |`KC_LPRN`          |`(`                |
+|`KC_RIGHT_PAREN`        |`KC_RPRN`          |`)`                |
+|`KC_UNDERSCORE`         |`KC_UNDS`          |`_`                |
+|`KC_PLUS`               |                   |`+`                |
+|`KC_LEFT_CURLY_BRACE`   |`KC_LCBR`          |`{`                |
+|`KC_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACE`  |`KC_RCBR`          |`}`                |
+|`KC_PIPE`               |                   |<code>&#124;</code>|
+|`KC_COLON`              |`KC_COLN`          |`:`                |
+|`KC_DOUBLE_QUOTE`       |`KC_DQUO`, `KC_DQT`|`"`                |
+|`KC_LEFT_ANGLE_BRACKET` |`KC_LABK`, `KC_LT` |`<`                |
+|`KC_RIGHT_ANGLE_BRACKET`|`KC_RABK`, `KC_GT` |`>`                |
+|`KC_QUESTION`           |`KC_QUES`          |`?`                |
 
-## [Modifiers](quantum_keycodes.md#modifiers)
-
-|Key       |Aliases               |Description                                         |
-|----------|----------            |----------------------------------------------------|
-|`KC_HYPR` |                      |Hold Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI               |
-|`KC_MEH`  |                      |Hold Left Control, Shift and Alt                    |
-|`LCTL(kc)`|                      |Hold Left Control and press `kc`                    |
-|`LSFT(kc)`|`S(kc)`               |Hold Left Shift and press `kc`                      |
-|`LALT(kc)`|                      |Hold Left Alt and press `kc`                        |
-|`LGUI(kc)`|`LCMD(kc)`, `LWIN(kc)`|Hold Left GUI and press `kc`                        |
-|`RCTL(kc)`|                      |Hold Right Control and press `kc`                   |
-|`RSFT(kc)`|                      |Hold Right Shift and press `kc`                     |
-|`RALT(kc)`|                      |Hold Right Alt and press `kc`                       |
-|`RGUI(kc)`|`RCMD(kc)`, `LWIN(kc)`|Hold Right GUI and press `kc`                       |
-|`HYPR(kc)`|                      |Hold Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI and press `kc`|
-|`MEH(kc)` |                      |Hold Left Control, Shift and Alt and press `kc`     |
-|`LCAG(kc)`|                      |Hold Left Control, Alt and GUI and press `kc`       |
-|`ALTG(kc)`|                      |Hold Right Control and Alt and press `kc`           |
-|`SGUI(kc)`|`SCMD(kc)`, `SWIN(kc)`|Hold Left Shift and GUI and press `kc`              |
-|`LCA(kc)` |                      |Hold Left Control and Alt and press `kc`            |
-
-## [Mod-Tap Keys](quantum_keycodes.md#mod-tap-keys)
-
-|Key         |Aliases                                |Description                                            |
-|------------|---------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------|
-|`LCTL_T(kc)`|`CTL_T(kc)`                            |Left Control when held, `kc` when tapped               |
-|`RCTL_T(kc)`|                                       |Right Control when held, `kc` when tapped              |
-|`LSFT_T(kc)`|`SFT_T(kc)`                            |Left Shift when held, `kc` when tapped                 |
-|`RSFT_T(kc)`|                                       |Right Shift when held, `kc` when tapped                |
-|`LALT_T(kc)`|`ALT_T(kc)`                            |Left Alt when held, `kc` when tapped                   |
-|`RALT_T(kc)`|`ALGR_T(kc)`                           |Right Alt when held, `kc` when tapped                  |
-|`LGUI_T(kc)`|`LCMD_T(kc)`, `RWIN_T(kc)`, `GUI_T(kc)`|Left GUI when held, `kc` when tapped                   |
-|`RGUI_T(kc)`|`RCMD_T(kc)`, `RWIN_T(kc)`             |Right GUI when held, `kc` when tapped                  |
-|`C_S_T(kc)` |                                       |Left Control and Shift when held, `kc` when tapped     |
-|`MEH_T(kc)` |                                       |Left Control, Shift and Alt when held, `kc` when tapped|
-|`LCAG_T(kc)`|                                       |Left Control, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped  |
-|`RCAG_T(kc)`|                                       |Right Control, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped |
-|`ALL_T(kc)` |                                       |Left Control, Shift, Alt and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped - more info [here](http://brettterpstra.com/2012/12/08/a-useful-caps-lock-key/)|
-|`SCMD_T(kc)`|`SWIN_T(kc)`                           |Left Shift and GUI when held, `kc` when tapped         |
-|`LCA_T(kc)` |                                       |Left Control and Alt when held, `kc` when tapped       |
-
-## [US ANSI Shifted Keys](keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md)
-
-|Key                     |Aliases           |Description        |
-|------------------------|------------------|-------------------|
-|`KC_TILDE`              |`KC_TILD`         |`~`                |
-|`KC_EXCLAIM`            |`KC_EXLM`         |`!`                |
-|`KC_AT`                 |                  |`@`                |
-|`KC_HASH`               |                  |`#`                |
-|`KC_DOLLAR`             |`KC_DLR`          |`$`                |
-|`KC_PERCENT`            |`KC_PERC`         |`%`                |
-|`KC_CIRCUMFLEX`         |`KC_CIRC`         |`^`                |
-|`KC_AMPERSAND`          |`KC_AMPR`         |`&`                |
-|`KC_ASTERISK`           |`KC_ASTR`         |`*`                |
-|`KC_LEFT_PAREN`         |`KC_LPRN`         |`(`                |
-|`KC_RIGHT_PAREN`        |`KC_RPRN`         |`)`                |
-|`KC_UNDERSCORE`         |`KC_UNDS`         |`_`                |
-|`KC_PLUS`               |                  |`+`                |
-|`KC_LEFT_CURLY_BRACE`   |`KC_LCBR`         |`{`                |
-|`KC_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACE`  |`KC_RCBR`         |`}`                |
-|`KC_PIPE`               |                  |<code>&#124;</code>|
-|`KC_COLON`              |`KC_COLN`         |`:`                |
-|`KC_DOUBLE_QUOTE`       |`KC_DQT`/`KC_DQUO`|`"`                |
-|`KC_LEFT_ANGLE_BRACKET` |`KC_LT`/`KC_LABK` |`<`                |
-|`KC_RIGHT_ANGLE_BRACKET`|`KC_GT`/`KC_RABK` |`>`                |
-|`KC_QUESTION`           |`KC_QUES`         |`?`                |
-
-## [Switching and Toggling Layers](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#switching-and-toggling-layers)
-
-|Key             |Description                                                                       |
-|----------------|----------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-|`LT(layer, kc)` |Turn on `layer` when held, `kc` when tapped                                       |
-|`TO(layer)`     |Turn on `layer` when pressed                                                      |
-|`MO(layer)`     |Momentarily turn on `layer` when pressed (requires `KC_TRNS` on destination layer)|
-|`DF(layer)`     |Set the base (default) layer                                                      |
-|`TG(layer)`     |Toggle `layer` on or off                                                          |
-|`TT(layer)`     |Normally acts like MO unless it's tapped multiple times, which toggles `layer` on |
-|`LM(layer, mod)`|Momentarily turn on `layer` (like MO) with `mod` active as well.                  |
-
-## [One Shot Keys](quantum_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)
+## [One Shot Keys](feature_advanced_keycodes.md#one-shot-keys)
 
 |Key         |Description                       |
 |------------|----------------------------------|
 |`OSM(mod)`  |Hold `mod` for one keypress       |
 |`OSL(layer)`|Switch to `layer` for one keypress|
 
-## [Unicode Support](feature_unicode.md)
-
-|Key         |Aliases|                                                 |
-|------------|-------|-------------------------------------------------|
-|`UNICODE(n)`|`UC(n)`|Send Unicode character `n`                       |
-|`X(n)`      |       |Send Unicode character `n` via a different method|
-
 ## [Swap Hands](feature_swap_hands.md)
 
 |Key        |Description                                                              |
@@ -420,3 +460,18 @@ This is a reference only. Each group of keys links to the page documenting their
 |`SH_MOFF`  |Momentarily turns off swap.                                              |
 |`SH_TG`    |Toggles swap on and off with every key press.                            |
 |`SH_TT`    |Toggles with a tap; momentary when held.                                 |
+
+## [Unicode Support](feature_unicode.md)
+
+|Key                   |Aliases  |Description                                                     |
+|----------------------|---------|----------------------------------------------------------------|
+|`UC(c)`               |         |Send Unicode code point `c`                                     |
+|`X(i)`                |         |Send Unicode code point at index `i` in `unicode_map`           |
+|`XP(i, j)`            |         |Send Unicode code point at index `i`, or `j` if Shift/Caps is on|
+|`UNICODE_MODE_FORWARD`|`UC_MOD` |Cycle through selected input modes                              |
+|`UNICODE_MODE_REVERSE`|`UC_RMOD`|Cycle through selected input modes in reverse                   |
+|`UNICODE_MODE_OSX`    |`UC_M_OS`|Switch to macOS input                                           |
+|`UNICODE_MODE_LNX`    |`UC_M_LN`|Switch to Linux input                                           |
+|`UNICODE_MODE_WIN`    |`UC_M_WI`|Switch to Windows input                                         |
+|`UNICODE_MODE_BSD`    |`UC_M_BS`|Switch to BSD input (not implemented)                           |
+|`UNICODE_MODE_WINC`   |`UC_M_WC`|Switch to Windows input using WinCompose                        |

docs/keycodes_basic.md

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Basic Keycodes
 
-The basic set of keycodes are based on the [HID Keyboard/Keypad Usage Page (0x07)](http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf) with the exception of `KC_NO`, `KC_TRNS` and keycodes in the `0xA5-DF` range. See below for more details.
+The basic set of keycodes are based on the [HID Keyboard/Keypad Usage Page (0x07)](https://www.usb.org/sites/default/files/documents/hut1_12v2.pdf) with the exception of `KC_NO`, `KC_TRNS` and keycodes in the `0xA5-DF` range. See below for more details.
 
 ## Letters and Numbers
 
@@ -47,117 +47,145 @@ The basic set of keycodes are based on the [HID Keyboard/Keypad Usage Page (0x07
 
 |Key     |Description|
 |--------|-----------|
-|`KC_F1` |           |
-|`KC_F2` |           |
-|`KC_F3` |           |
-|`KC_F4` |           |
-|`KC_F5` |           |
-|`KC_F6` |           |
-|`KC_F7` |           |
-|`KC_F8` |           |
-|`KC_F9` |           |
-|`KC_F10`|           |
-|`KC_F11`|           |
-|`KC_F12`|           |
-|`KC_F13`|           |
-|`KC_F14`|           |
-|`KC_F15`|           |
-|`KC_F16`|           |
-|`KC_F17`|           |
-|`KC_F18`|           |
-|`KC_F19`|           |
-|`KC_F20`|           |
-|`KC_F21`|           |
-|`KC_F22`|           |
-|`KC_F23`|           |
-|`KC_F24`|           |
+|`KC_F1` |F1         |
+|`KC_F2` |F2         |
+|`KC_F3` |F3         |
+|`KC_F4` |F4         |
+|`KC_F5` |F5         |
+|`KC_F6` |F6         |
+|`KC_F7` |F7         |
+|`KC_F8` |F8         |
+|`KC_F9` |F9         |
+|`KC_F10`|F10        |
+|`KC_F11`|F11        |
+|`KC_F12`|F12        |
+|`KC_F13`|F13        |
+|`KC_F14`|F14        |
+|`KC_F15`|F15        |
+|`KC_F16`|F16        |
+|`KC_F17`|F17        |
+|`KC_F18`|F18        |
+|`KC_F19`|F19        |
+|`KC_F20`|F20        |
+|`KC_F21`|F21        |
+|`KC_F22`|F22        |
+|`KC_F23`|F23        |
+|`KC_F24`|F24        |
 
 ## Punctuation
 
-|Key              |Aliases  |Description                       |
-|-----------------|---------|----------------------------------|
-|`KC_ENTER`       |`KC_ENT` |Return (Enter)                    |
-|`KC_ESCAPE`      |`KC_ESC` |Escape                            |
-|`KC_BSPACE`      |`KC_BSPC`|Delete (Backspace)                |
-|`KC_TAB`         |         |Tab                               |
-|`KC_SPACE`       |`KC_SPC` |Spacebar                          |
-|`KC_MINUS`       |`KC_MINS`|`-` and `_`                       |
-|`KC_EQUAL`       |`KC_EQL` |`=` and `+`                       |
-|`KC_LBRACKET`    |`KC_LBRC`|`[` and `{`                       |
-|`KC_RBRACKET`    |`KC_RBRC`|`]` and `}`                       |
-|`KC_BSLASH`      |`KC_BSLS`|`\` and <code>&#124;</code>       |
-|`KC_NONUS_HASH`  |`KC_NUHS`|Non-US `#` and `~`                |
-|`KC_NONUS_BSLASH`|`KC_NUBS`|Non-US `\` and <code>&#124;</code>|
-|`KC_INT1`        |`KC_RO`  |JIS `\` and <code>&#124;</code>   |
-|`KC_INT2`        |`KC_KANA`|JIS Katakana/Hiragana             |
-|`KC_INT3`        |`KC_JYEN`|JIS `¥`                           |
-|`KC_SCOLON`      |`KC_SCLN`|`;` and `:`                       |
-|`KC_QUOTE`       |`KC_QUOT`|`'` and `"`                       |
-|`KC_GRAVE`       |`KC_GRV` |<code>&#96;</code> and `~`        |
-|`KC_COMMA`       |`KC_COMM`|`,` and `<`                       |
-|`KC_DOT`         |         |`.` and `>`                       |
-|`KC_SLASH`       |`KC_SLSH`|`/` and `?`                       |
-|`KC_CAPSLOCK`    |`KC_CAPS`|Caps Lock                         |
+|Key              |Aliases            |Description                                    |
+|-----------------|-------------------|-----------------------------------------------|
+|`KC_ENTER`       |`KC_ENT`           |Return (Enter)                                 |
+|`KC_ESCAPE`      |`KC_ESC`           |Escape                                         |
+|`KC_BSPACE`      |`KC_BSPC`          |Delete (Backspace)                             |
+|`KC_TAB`         |                   |Tab                                            |
+|`KC_SPACE`       |`KC_SPC`           |Spacebar                                       |
+|`KC_MINUS`       |`KC_MINS`          |`-` and `_`                                    |
+|`KC_EQUAL`       |`KC_EQL`           |`=` and `+`                                    |
+|`KC_LBRACKET`    |`KC_LBRC`          |`[` and `{`                                    |
+|`KC_RBRACKET`    |`KC_RBRC`          |`]` and `}`                                    |
+|`KC_BSLASH`      |`KC_BSLS`          |`\` and <code>&#124;</code>                    |
+|`KC_NONUS_HASH`  |`KC_NUHS`          |Non-US `#` and `~`                             |
+|`KC_SCOLON`      |`KC_SCLN`          |`;` and `:`                                    |
+|`KC_QUOTE`       |`KC_QUOT`          |`'` and `"`                                    |
+|`KC_GRAVE`       |`KC_GRV`, `KC_ZKHK`|<code>&#96;</code> and `~`, JIS Zenkaku/Hankaku|
+|`KC_COMMA`       |`KC_COMM`          |`,` and `<`                                    |
+|`KC_DOT`         |                   |`.` and `>`                                    |
+|`KC_SLASH`       |`KC_SLSH`          |`/` and `?`                                    |
+|`KC_NONUS_BSLASH`|`KC_NUBS`          |Non-US `\` and <code>&#124;</code>             |
 
-## Modifiers
+## Lock Keys
 
 |Key                |Aliases             |Description                         |
 |-------------------|--------------------|------------------------------------|
-|`KC_LCTRL`         |`KC_LCTL`           |Left Control                        |
-|`KC_LSHIFT`        |`KC_LSFT`           |Left Shift                          |
-|`KC_LALT`          |                    |Left Alt                            |
-|`KC_LGUI`          |`KC_LCMD`, `KC_LWIN`|Left GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key) |
-|`KC_RCTRL`         |`KC_RCTL`           |Right Control                       |
-|`KC_RSHIFT`        |`KC_RSFT`           |Right Shift                         |
-|`KC_RALT`          |                    |Right Alt                           |
-|`KC_RGUI`          |`KC_RCMD`, `KC_RWIN`|Right GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key)|
+|`KC_CAPSLOCK`      |`KC_CLCK`, `KC_CAPS`|Caps Lock                           |
+|`KC_SCROLLLOCK`    |`KC_SLCK`, `KC_BRMD`|Scroll Lock, Brightness Down (macOS)|
+|`KC_NUMLOCK`       |`KC_NLCK`           |Keypad Num Lock and Clear           |
 |`KC_LOCKING_CAPS`  |`KC_LCAP`           |Locking Caps Lock                   |
 |`KC_LOCKING_NUM`   |`KC_LNUM`           |Locking Num Lock                    |
 |`KC_LOCKING_SCROLL`|`KC_LSCR`           |Locking Scroll Lock                 |
-|`KC_INT4`          |`KC_HENK`           |JIS Henkan                          |
-|`KC_INT5`          |`KC_MHEN`           |JIS Muhenkan                        |
+
+## Modifiers
+
+|Key        |Aliases             |Description                         |
+|-----------|--------------------|------------------------------------|
+|`KC_LCTRL` |`KC_LCTL`           |Left Control                        |
+|`KC_LSHIFT`|`KC_LSFT`           |Left Shift                          |
+|`KC_LALT`  |                    |Left Alt                            |
+|`KC_LGUI`  |`KC_LCMD`, `KC_LWIN`|Left GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key) |
+|`KC_RCTRL` |`KC_RCTL`           |Right Control                       |
+|`KC_RSHIFT`|`KC_RSFT`           |Right Shift                         |
+|`KC_RALT`  |`KC_ALGR`           |Right Alt (AltGr)                   |
+|`KC_RGUI`  |`KC_RCMD`, `KC_RWIN`|Right GUI (Windows/Command/Meta key)|
+
+## International
+
+|Key       |Aliases  |Description                    |
+|----------|---------|-------------------------------|
+|`KC_INT1` |`KC_RO`  |JIS `\` and `_`                |
+|`KC_INT2` |`KC_KANA`|JIS Katakana/Hiragana          |
+|`KC_INT3` |`KC_JYEN`|JIS `¥` and <code>&#124;</code>|
+|`KC_INT4` |`KC_HENK`|JIS Henkan                     |
+|`KC_INT5` |`KC_MHEN`|JIS Muhenkan                   |
+|`KC_INT6` |         |JIS Numpad `,`                 |
+|`KC_INT7` |         |International 7                |
+|`KC_INT8` |         |International 8                |
+|`KC_INT9` |         |International 9                |
+|`KC_LANG1`|`KC_HAEN`|Hangul/English                 |
+|`KC_LANG2`|`KC_HANJ`|Hanja                          |
+|`KC_LANG3`|         |JIS Katakana                   |
+|`KC_LANG4`|         |JIS Hiragana                   |
+|`KC_LANG5`|         |JIS Zenkaku/Hankaku            |
+|`KC_LANG6`|         |Language 6                     |
+|`KC_LANG7`|         |Language 7                     |
+|`KC_LANG8`|         |Language 8                     |
+|`KC_LANG9`|         |Language 9                     |
 
 ## Commands
 
-|Key               |Aliases  |Description                   |
-|------------------|---------|------------------------------|
-|`KC_PSCREEN`      |`KC_PSCR`|Print Screen                  |
-|`KC_SCROLLLOCK`   |`KC_SLCK`|Scroll Lock                   |
-|`KC_PAUSE`        |`KC_PAUS`|Pause                         |
-|`KC_INSERT`       |`KC_INS` |Insert                        |
-|`KC_HOME`         |         |Home                          |
-|`KC_PGUP`         |         |Page Up                       |
-|`KC_DELETE`       |`KC_DEL` |Forward Delete                |
-|`KC_END`          |         |End                           |
-|`KC_PGDOWN`       |`KC_PGDN`|Page Down                     |
-|`KC_RIGHT`        |`KC_RGHT`|Right Arrow                   |
-|`KC_LEFT`         |         |Left Arrow                    |
-|`KC_DOWN`         |         |Down Arrow                    |
-|`KC_UP`           |         |Up Arrow                      |
-|`KC_APPLICATION`  |`KC_APP` |Application (Windows Menu Key)|
-|`KC_POWER`        |         |Power                         |
-|`KC_EXECUTE`      |         |Execute                       |
-|`KC_HELP`         |         |Help                          |
-|`KC_MENU`         |         |Menu                          |
-|`KC_SELECT`       |         |Select                        |
-|`KC_AGAIN`        |         |Again                         |
-|`KC_UNDO`         |         |Undo                          |
-|`KC_CUT`          |         |Cut                           |
-|`KC_COPY`         |         |Copy                          |
-|`KC_PASTE`        |         |Paste                         |
-|`KC_FIND`         |         |Find                          |
-|`KC_ALT_ERASE`    |         |Alternate Erase               |
-|`KC_SYSREQ`       |         |SysReq/Attention              |
-|`KC_CANCEL`       |         |Cancel                        |
-|`KC_CLEAR`        |         |Clear                         |
-|`KC_PRIOR`        |         |Prior                         |
-|`KC_RETURN`       |         |Return                        |
-|`KC_SEPARATOR`    |         |Separator                     |
-|`KC_OUT`          |         |Out                           |
-|`KC_OPER`         |         |Oper                          |
-|`KC_CLEAR_AGAIN`  |         |Clear/Again                   |
-|`KC_CRSEL`        |         |CrSel/Props                   |
-|`KC_EXSEL`        |         |ExSel                         |
+|Key               |Aliases                       |Description                   |
+|------------------|------------------------------|------------------------------|
+|`KC_PSCREEN`      |`KC_PSCR`                     |Print Screen                  |
+|`KC_PAUSE`        |`KC_PAUS`, `KC_BRK`, `KC_BRMU`|Pause, Brightness Up (macOS)  |
+|`KC_INSERT`       |`KC_INS`                      |Insert                        |
+|`KC_HOME`         |                              |Home                          |
+|`KC_PGUP`         |                              |Page Up                       |
+|`KC_DELETE`       |`KC_DEL`                      |Forward Delete                |
+|`KC_END`          |                              |End                           |
+|`KC_PGDOWN`       |`KC_PGDN`                     |Page Down                     |
+|`KC_RIGHT`        |`KC_RGHT`                     |Right Arrow                   |
+|`KC_LEFT`         |                              |Left Arrow                    |
+|`KC_DOWN`         |                              |Down Arrow                    |
+|`KC_UP`           |                              |Up Arrow                      |
+|`KC_APPLICATION`  |`KC_APP`                      |Application (Windows Menu Key)|
+|`KC_POWER`        |                              |System Power (macOS/Linux)    |
+|`KC_EXECUTE`      |`KC_EXEC`                     |Execute                       |
+|`KC_HELP`         |                              |Help                          |
+|`KC_MENU`         |                              |Menu                          |
+|`KC_SELECT`       |`KC_SLCT`                     |Select                        |
+|`KC_STOP`         |                              |Stop                          |
+|`KC_AGAIN`        |`KC_AGIN`                     |Again                         |
+|`KC_UNDO`         |                              |Undo                          |
+|`KC_CUT`          |                              |Cut                           |
+|`KC_COPY`         |                              |Copy                          |
+|`KC_PASTE`        |`KC_PSTE`                     |Paste                         |
+|`KC_FIND`         |                              |Find                          |
+|`KC__MUTE`        |                              |Mute (macOS)                  |
+|`KC__VOLUP`       |                              |Volume Up (macOS)             |
+|`KC__VOLDOWN`     |                              |Volume Down (macOS)           |
+|`KC_ALT_ERASE`    |`KC_ERAS`                     |Alternate Erase               |
+|`KC_SYSREQ`       |                              |SysReq/Attention              |
+|`KC_CANCEL`       |                              |Cancel                        |
+|`KC_CLEAR`        |`KC_CLR`                      |Clear                         |
+|`KC_PRIOR`        |                              |Prior                         |
+|`KC_RETURN`       |                              |Return                        |
+|`KC_SEPARATOR`    |                              |Separator                     |
+|`KC_OUT`          |                              |Out                           |
+|`KC_OPER`         |                              |Oper                          |
+|`KC_CLEAR_AGAIN`  |                              |Clear/Again                   |
+|`KC_CRSEL`        |                              |CrSel/Props                   |
+|`KC_EXSEL`        |                              |ExSel                         |
 
 ## Media Keys
 
@@ -165,41 +193,39 @@ These keycodes are not part of the Keyboard/Keypad usage page. The `SYSTEM_` key
 
 Windows and macOS use different keycodes for "next track" and "previous track". Make sure you choose the keycode that corresponds to your OS.
 
-|Key                    |Aliases  |Description                      |
-|-----------------------|---------|---------------------------------|
-|`KC_SYSTEM_POWER`      |`KC_PWR` |System Power Down                |
-|`KC_SYSTEM_SLEEP`      |`KC_SLEP`|System Sleep                     |
-|`KC_SYSTEM_WAKE`       |`KC_WAKE`|System Wake                      |
-|`KC_MAIL`              |`KC_MAIL`|                                 |
-|`KC_CALCULATOR`        |`KC_CALC`|                                 |
-|`KC_MY_COMPUTER`       |`KC_MYCM`|                                 |
-|`KC_WWW_SEARCH`        |`KC_WSCH`|                                 |
-|`KC_WWW_HOME`          |`KC_WHOM`|                                 |
-|`KC_WWW_BACK`          |`KC_WBAK`|                                 |
-|`KC_WWW_FORWARD`       |`KC_WFWD`|                                 |
-|`KC_WWW_STOP`          |`KC_WSTP`|                                 |
-|`KC_WWW_REFRESH`       |`KC_WREF`|                                 |
-|`KC_STOP`              |         |Stop                             |
-|`KC_WWW_FAVORITES`     |`KC_WFAV`|                                 |
-|`KC__MUTE`             |         |Mute (macOS)                     |
-|`KC__VOLUP`            |         |Volume Up (macOS)                |
-|`KC__VOLDOWN`          |         |Volume Down (macOS)              |
-|`KC_AUDIO_MUTE`        |`KC_MUTE`|Mute (Windows/macOS/Linux)       |
-|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP`      |`KC_VOLU`|Volume Up (Windows/macOS/Linux)  |
-|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN`    |`KC_VOLD`|Volume Down (Windows/macOS/Linux)|
-|`KC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK`  |`KC_MNXT`|Next Track (Windows)             |
-|`KC_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK`  |`KC_MPRV`|Previous Track (Windows)         |
-|`KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD`|`KC_MFFD`|Next Track (macOS)               |
-|`KC_MEDIA_REWIND`      |`KC_MRWD`|Previous Track (macOS)           |
-|`KC_MEDIA_STOP`        |`KC_MSTP`|Stop Track                       |
-|`KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE`  |`KC_MPLY`|Play/Pause Track                 |
-|`KC_MEDIA_SELECT`      |`KC_MSEL`|                                 |
+|Key                    |Aliases  |Description                  |
+|-----------------------|---------|-----------------------------|
+|`KC_SYSTEM_POWER`      |`KC_PWR` |System Power Down            |
+|`KC_SYSTEM_SLEEP`      |`KC_SLEP`|System Sleep                 |
+|`KC_SYSTEM_WAKE`       |`KC_WAKE`|System Wake                  |
+|`KC_AUDIO_MUTE`        |`KC_MUTE`|Mute                         |
+|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_UP`      |`KC_VOLU`|Volume Up                    |
+|`KC_AUDIO_VOL_DOWN`    |`KC_VOLD`|Volume Down                  |
+|`KC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK`  |`KC_MNXT`|Next Track (Windows)         |
+|`KC_MEDIA_PREV_TRACK`  |`KC_MPRV`|Previous Track (Windows)     |
+|`KC_MEDIA_STOP`        |`KC_MSTP`|Stop Track (Windows)         |
+|`KC_MEDIA_PLAY_PAUSE`  |`KC_MPLY`|Play/Pause Track             |
+|`KC_MEDIA_SELECT`      |`KC_MSEL`|Launch Media Player (Windows)|
+|`KC_MEDIA_EJECT`       |`KC_EJCT`|Eject (macOS)                |
+|`KC_MAIL`              |         |Launch Mail (Windows)        |
+|`KC_CALCULATOR`        |`KC_CALC`|Launch Calculator (Windows)  |
+|`KC_MY_COMPUTER`       |`KC_MYCM`|Launch My Computer (Windows) |
+|`KC_WWW_SEARCH`        |`KC_WSCH`|Browser Search (Windows)     |
+|`KC_WWW_HOME`          |`KC_WHOM`|Browser Home (Windows)       |
+|`KC_WWW_BACK`          |`KC_WBAK`|Browser Back (Windows)       |
+|`KC_WWW_FORWARD`       |`KC_WFWD`|Browser Forward (Windows)    |
+|`KC_WWW_STOP`          |`KC_WSTP`|Browser Stop (Windows)       |
+|`KC_WWW_REFRESH`       |`KC_WREF`|Browser Refresh (Windows)    |
+|`KC_WWW_FAVORITES`     |`KC_WFAV`|Browser Favorites (Windows)  |
+|`KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD`|`KC_MFFD`|Next Track (macOS)           |
+|`KC_MEDIA_REWIND`      |`KC_MRWD`|Previous Track (macOS)       |
+|`KC_BRIGHTNESS_UP`     |`KC_BRIU`|Brightness Up                |
+|`KC_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN`   |`KC_BRID`|Brightness Down              |
 
 ## Number Pad
 
 |Key                |Aliases  |Description                   |
 |-------------------|---------|------------------------------|
-|`KC_NUMLOCK`       |`KC_NLCK`|Keypad Num Lock and Clear     |
 |`KC_KP_SLASH`      |`KC_PSLS`|Keypad `/`                    |
 |`KC_KP_ASTERISK`   |`KC_PAST`|Keypad `*`                    |
 |`KC_KP_MINUS`      |`KC_PMNS`|Keypad `-`                    |
@@ -224,7 +250,7 @@ Windows and macOS use different keycodes for "next track" and "previous track".
 
 In addition to these, keycodes in the range of `0xA5-DF` are reserved for internal use by TMK.
 
-|Key             |Aliases  |Description                            |
-|----------------|---------|---------------------------------------|
-|`KC_NO`         |         |Ignore this key (NOOP)                 |
-|`KC_TRANSPARENT`|`KC_TRNS`|Use the next lowest non-transparent key|
+|Key             |Aliases             |Description                            |
+|----------------|--------------------|---------------------------------------|
+|`KC_NO`         |`XXXXXXX`           |Ignore this key (NOOP)                 |
+|`KC_TRANSPARENT`|`KC_TRNS`, `_______`|Use the next lowest non-transparent key|

docs/keycodes_us_ansi_shifted.md

@@ -1,31 +1,37 @@
 # US ANSI Shifted Symbols
 
-These keycodes correspond to characters that are "shifted" on a standard US ANSI keyboards. They do not have dedicated keycodes but are instead typed by holding down shift and then sending a keycode.
+These keycodes correspond to characters that are "shifted" on a standard US ANSI keyboard. They do not have keycodes of their own but are simply shortcuts for `LSFT(kc)`, and as such send a Left Shift with the unshifted keycode, not the symbol itself.
 
-It's important to remember that all of these keycodes send a left shift - this may cause unintended actions if unaccounted for. The short code is preferred in most situations.
+## Caveats
 
-## US ANSI Shifted Keycodes
+Unfortunately, these keycodes cannot be used in Mod-Taps or Layer-Taps, since any modifiers specified in the keycode are ignored.
 
-|Key                     |Aliases           |Description        |
-|------------------------|------------------|-------------------|
-|`KC_TILDE`              |`KC_TILD`         |`~`                |
-|`KC_EXCLAIM`            |`KC_EXLM`         |`!`                |
-|`KC_AT`                 |                  |`@`                |
-|`KC_HASH`               |                  |`#`                |
-|`KC_DOLLAR`             |`KC_DLR`          |`$`                |
-|`KC_PERCENT`            |`KC_PERC`         |`%`                |
-|`KC_CIRCUMFLEX`         |`KC_CIRC`         |`^`                |
-|`KC_AMPERSAND`          |`KC_AMPR`         |`&`                |
-|`KC_ASTERISK`           |`KC_ASTR`         |`*`                |
-|`KC_LEFT_PAREN`         |`KC_LPRN`         |`(`                |
-|`KC_RIGHT_PAREN`        |`KC_RPRN`         |`)`                |
-|`KC_UNDERSCORE`         |`KC_UNDS`         |`_`                |
-|`KC_PLUS`               |                  |`+`                |
-|`KC_LEFT_CURLY_BRACE`   |`KC_LCBR`         |`{`                |
-|`KC_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACE`  |`KC_RCBR`         |`}`                |
-|`KC_PIPE`               |                  |<code>&#124;</code>|
-|`KC_COLON`              |`KC_COLN`         |`:`                |
-|`KC_DOUBLE_QUOTE`       |`KC_DQT`/`KC_DQUO`|`"`                |
-|`KC_LEFT_ANGLE_BRACKET` |`KC_LT`/`KC_LABK` |`<`                |
-|`KC_RIGHT_ANGLE_BRACKET`|`KC_GT`/`KC_RABK` |`>`                |
-|`KC_QUESTION`           |`KC_QUES`         |`?`                |
+Additionally, you may run into issues when using Remote Desktop Connection on Windows. Because these codes send shift very fast, Remote Desktop may miss the codes.
+
+To fix this, open Remote Desktop Connection, click on "Show Options", open the the "Local Resources" tab. In the keyboard section, change the drop down to "On this Computer". This will fix the issue, and allow the characters to work correctly.
+
+## Keycodes
+
+|Key                     |Aliases            |Description        |
+|------------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
+|`KC_TILDE`              |`KC_TILD`          |`~`                |
+|`KC_EXCLAIM`            |`KC_EXLM`          |`!`                |
+|`KC_AT`                 |                   |`@`                |
+|`KC_HASH`               |                   |`#`                |
+|`KC_DOLLAR`             |`KC_DLR`           |`$`                |
+|`KC_PERCENT`            |`KC_PERC`          |`%`                |
+|`KC_CIRCUMFLEX`         |`KC_CIRC`          |`^`                |
+|`KC_AMPERSAND`          |`KC_AMPR`          |`&`                |
+|`KC_ASTERISK`           |`KC_ASTR`          |`*`                |
+|`KC_LEFT_PAREN`         |`KC_LPRN`          |`(`                |
+|`KC_RIGHT_PAREN`        |`KC_RPRN`          |`)`                |
+|`KC_UNDERSCORE`         |`KC_UNDS`          |`_`                |
+|`KC_PLUS`               |                   |`+`                |
+|`KC_LEFT_CURLY_BRACE`   |`KC_LCBR`          |`{`                |
+|`KC_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACE`  |`KC_RCBR`          |`}`                |
+|`KC_PIPE`               |                   |<code>&#124;</code>|
+|`KC_COLON`              |`KC_COLN`          |`:`                |
+|`KC_DOUBLE_QUOTE`       |`KC_DQUO`, `KC_DQT`|`"`                |
+|`KC_LEFT_ANGLE_BRACKET` |`KC_LABK`, `KC_LT` |`<`                |
+|`KC_RIGHT_ANGLE_BRACKET`|`KC_RABK`, `KC_GT` |`>`                |
+|`KC_QUESTION`           |`KC_QUES`          |`?`                |

docs/keymap.md

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 # Keymap Overview
 
-QMK keymaps are defined inside a C source file. The data structure is an array of arrays. The outer array is a list of layer arrays while the inner layer array is a list of keys. Most keyboards define a `KEYMAP()` macro to help you create this array of arrays.
+QMK keymaps are defined inside a C source file. The data structure is an array of arrays. The outer array is a list of layer arrays while the inner layer array is a list of keys. Most keyboards define a `LAYOUT()` macro to help you create this array of arrays.
 
 
 ## Keymap and Layers
@@ -89,11 +89,15 @@ There are 3 main sections of a `keymap.c` file you'll want to concern yourself w
 
 At the top of the file you'll find this:
 
-    #include "clueboard.h"
+    #include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
 
     // Helpful defines
     #define GRAVE_MODS  (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_LGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI)|MOD_BIT(KC_LALT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))
-    #define _______ KC_TRNS
+
+    /* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 
+     *  You can use _______ in place for KC_TRNS (transparent)   *
+     *  Or you can use XXXXXXX for KC_NO (NOOP)                  *
+     * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * */
 
     // Each layer gets a name for readability.
     // The underscores don't mean anything - you can
@@ -105,7 +109,9 @@ At the top of the file you'll find this:
     #define _FL 1
     #define _CL 2
 
-These are some handy definitions we can use when building our keymap and our custom function. The `GRAVE_MODS` definition will be used later in our custom function. The `_______` define makes it easier to see what keys a layer is overriding, while the `_BL`, `_FL`, and `_CL` defines make it easier to refer to each of our layers.
+These are some handy definitions we can use when building our keymap and our custom function. The `GRAVE_MODS` definition will be used later in our custom function, and the following `_BL`, `_FL`, and `_CL` defines make it easier to refer to each of our layers.
+
+Note: You may also find some older keymap files may also have a define(s) for `_______` and/or `XXXXXXX`. These can be used in place for `KC_TRNS` and `KC_NO` respectively, making it easier to see what keys a layer is overriding. These definitions are now unecessary, as they are included by default.
 
 ### Layers and Keymaps
 
@@ -113,7 +119,7 @@ The main part of this file is the `keymaps[]` definition. This is where you list
 
     const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
 
-After this you'll find a list of KEYMAP() macros. A KEYMAP() is simply a list of keys to define a single layer. Typically you'll have one or more "base layers" (such as QWERTY, Dvorak, or Colemak) and then you'll layer on top of that one or more "function" layers. Due to the way layers are processed you can't overlay a "lower" layer on top of a "higher" layer.
+After this you'll find a list of LAYOUT() macros. A LAYOUT() is simply a list of keys to define a single layer. Typically you'll have one or more "base layers" (such as QWERTY, Dvorak, or Colemak) and then you'll layer on top of that one or more "function" layers. Due to the way layers are processed you can't overlay a "lower" layer on top of a "higher" layer.
 
 `keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS]` in QMK holds the 16 bit action code (sometimes referred as the quantum keycode) in it.  For the keycode representing typical keys, its high byte is 0 and its low byte is the USB HID usage ID for keyboard.
 
@@ -125,7 +131,7 @@ Here is an example of the Clueboard's base layer:
 
       /* Keymap _BL: Base Layer (Default Layer)
        */
-    [_BL] = KEYMAP(
+    [_BL] = LAYOUT(
       F(0),    KC_1,    KC_2,   KC_3,   KC_4,   KC_5,   KC_6,   KC_7,   KC_8,   KC_9,    KC_0,     KC_MINS,  KC_EQL,   KC_GRV,  KC_BSPC,          KC_PGUP, \
       KC_TAB,  KC_Q,    KC_W,   KC_E,   KC_R,   KC_T,   KC_Y,   KC_U,   KC_I,   KC_O,    KC_P,     KC_LBRC,  KC_RBRC,  KC_BSLS,                   KC_PGDN, \
       KC_CAPS, KC_A,    KC_S,   KC_D,   KC_F,   KC_G,   KC_H,   KC_J,   KC_K,   KC_L,    KC_SCLN,  KC_QUOT,  KC_NUHS,  KC_ENT,                             \
@@ -143,7 +149,7 @@ Some interesting things to note about this:
 
 Our function layer is, from a code point of view, no different from the base layer. Conceptually, however, you will build that layer as an overlay, not a replacement. For many people this distinction does not matter, but as you build more complicated layering setups it matters more and more.
 
-    [_FL] = KEYMAP(
+    [_FL] = LAYOUT(
       KC_GRV,  KC_F1,   KC_F2,  KC_F3,  KC_F4,  KC_F5,  KC_F6,  KC_F7,  KC_F8,  KC_F9,   KC_F10,   KC_F11,   KC_F12,   _______, KC_DEL,           BL_STEP, \
       _______, _______, _______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,KC_PSCR,KC_SLCK, KC_PAUS,  _______,  _______,  _______,                   _______, \
       _______, _______, MO(_CL),_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______,_______, _______,  _______,  _______,  _______,                           \
@@ -155,62 +161,6 @@ Some interesting things to note:
 * We have used our `_______` definition to turn `KC_TRNS` into `_______`. This makes it easier to spot the keys that have changed on this layer.
 * While in this layer if you press one of the `_______` keys it will activate the key in the next lowest active layer.
 
-### Custom Functions
-
-At the bottom of the file we've defined a single custom function. This function defines a key that sends `KC_ESC` when pressed without modifiers and `KC_GRAVE` when modifiers are held. There are a couple pieces that need to be in place for this to work, and we will go over both of them.
-
-#### `fn_actions[]`
-
-We define the `fn_actions[]` array to point to custom functions. `F(N)` in a keymap will call element N of that array. For the Clueboard's that looks like this:
-
-    const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
-      [0] = ACTION_FUNCTION(0),  // Calls action_function()
-    };
-
-In this case we've instructed QMK to call the `ACTION_FUNCTION` callback, which we will define in the next section.
-
-> This `fn_actions[]` interface is mostly for backward compatibility.  In QMK, you don't need to use `fn_actions[]`.  You can directly use `ACTION_FUNCTION(N)` or any other action code value itself normally generated by the macro in `keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS]`.  N in `F(N)` can only be 0 to 31.  Use of the action code directly in `keymaps` unlocks this limitation.
-
-You can get a full list of Action Functions in [action_code.h](https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware/blob/master/tmk_core/common/action_code.h). 
-
-#### `action_function()`
-
-To actually handle the keypress event we define an `action_function()`. This function will be called when the key is pressed, and then again when the key is released. We have to handle both situations within our code, as well as determining whether to send/release `KC_ESC` or `KC_GRAVE`.
-
-    void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt) {
-      static uint8_t mods_pressed;
-
-      switch (id) {
-        case 0:
-          /* Handle the combined Grave/Esc key
-           */
-          mods_pressed = get_mods()&GRAVE_MODS; // Check to see what mods are pressed
-
-          if (record->event.pressed) {
-            /* The key is being pressed.
-             */
-            if (mods_pressed) {
-              add_key(KC_GRV);
-              send_keyboard_report();
-            } else {
-              add_key(KC_ESC);
-              send_keyboard_report();
-            }
-          } else {
-            /* The key is being released.
-             */
-            if (mods_pressed) {
-              del_key(KC_GRV);
-              send_keyboard_report();
-            } else {
-              del_key(KC_ESC);
-              send_keyboard_report();
-            }
-          }
-          break;
-      }
-    }
-
 # Nitty Gritty Details
 
 This should have given you a basic overview for creating your own keymap. For more details see the following resources:

docs/newbs.md

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# The Compelete Newbs Guide To QMK
+# The Complete Newbs Guide To QMK
 
 QMK is a powerful Open Source firmware for your mechanical keyboard. You can use QMK to customize your keyboard in ways both simple and powerful. People of all skill levels, from complete newbie to master programmer, have successfully used QMK to customize their keyboard. This guide will help you do the same, no matter your skill level.
 
@@ -6,11 +6,18 @@ Not sure if your keyboard can run QMK? If it's a mechanical keyboard you built y
 
 ## Overview
 
-There are 4 main sections to this guide:
+There are 7 main sections to this guide:
 
 * [Getting Started](newbs_getting_started.md)
-* [Building Your First Firmware](newbs_building_firmware.md)
+* [Building Your First Firmware using the command line](newbs_building_firmware.md)
+* [Building Your First Firmware using the online GUI](newbs_building_firmware_configurator.md)
 * [Flashing Firmware](newbs_flashing.md)
 * [Testing and Debugging](newbs_testing_debugging.md)
+* [Git Best Practices](newbs_best_practices.md)
+* [Learn More with these Resources](newbs_learn_more_resources.md)
 
 This guide is focused on helping someone who has never compiled software before. It makes choices and recommendations based on that viewpoint. There are alternative methods for many of these procedures, and we support most of those alternatives. If you have any doubt about how to accomplish a task you can [ask us for guidance](getting_started_getting_help.md).
+
+## Additional Resources
+
+* [Thomas Baart's QMK Basics Blog](https://thomasbaart.nl/category/mechanical-keyboards/firmware/qmk/qmk-basics/) – A user-created blog covering the basics of how to use QMK Firmware, as seen from a new user's perspective.

docs/newbs_best_practices.md

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+# Best Practices
+
+## Or, "How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love Git."
+
+This document aims to instruct novices in the best ways to have a smooth experience in contributing to QMK. We will walk through the process of contributing to QMK, detailing some ways to make this task easier, and then later we'll break some things in order to teach you how to fix them.
+
+This document assumes a few things:
+
+1. You have a GitHub account, and have [forked the qmk_firmware repository](getting_started_github.md) to your account.
+2. You've [set up your build environment](newbs_getting_started.md?id=environment-setup).
+
+
+## Your fork's master: Update Often, Commit Never
+
+It is highly recommended for QMK development, regardless of what is being done or where, to keep your `master` branch updated, but ***never*** commit to it. Instead, do all your changes in a development branch and issue pull requests from your branches when you're developing.
+
+To reduce the chances of merge conflicts — instances where two or more users have edited the same part of a file concurrently — keep your `master` branch relatively up-to-date, and start any new developments by creating a new branch.
+
+### Updating your master branch
+
+To keep your `master` branch updated, it is recommended to add the QMK Firmware repository ("repo") as a remote repository in git. To do this, open your Git command line interface and enter:
+
+```
+git remote add upstream https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git
+```
+
+To verify that the repository has been added, run `git remote -v`, which should return the following:
+
+```
+$ git remote -v
+origin  https://github.com/<your_username>/qmk_firmware.git (fetch)
+origin  https://github.com/<your_username>/qmk_firmware.git (push)
+upstream        https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git (fetch)
+upstream        https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git (push)
+```
+
+Now that this is done, you can check for updates to the repo by running `git fetch upstream`. This retrieves the branches and tags &mdash; collectively referred to as "refs" &mdash; from the QMK repo, which now has the nickname `upstream`. We can now compare the data on our fork `origin` to that held by QMK.
+
+To update your fork's master, run the following, hitting the Enter key after each line:
+
+```
+git checkout master
+git fetch upstream
+git pull upstream master
+git push origin master
+```
+
+This switches you to your `master` branch, retrieves the refs from the QMK repo, downloads the current QMK `master` branch to your computer, and then uploads it to your fork.
+
+### Making Changes
+
+To make changes, create a new branch by entering:
+
+```
+git checkout -b dev_branch
+git push --set-upstream origin dev_branch
+```
+
+This creates a new branch named `dev_branch`, checks it out, and then saves the new branch to your fork. The `--set-upstream` argument tells git to use your fork and the `dev_branch` branch every time you use `git push` or `git pull` from this branch. It only needs to be used on the first push; after that, you can safely use `git push` or `git pull`, without the rest of the arguments.
+
+!> With `git push`, you can use `-u` in place of `--set-upstream` &mdash; `-u` is an alias for `--set-upstream`.
+
+You can name your branch nearly anything you want, though it is recommended to name it something related to the changes you are going to make.
+
+By default `git checkout -b` will base your new branch on the branch that is checked out. You can base your new branch on an existing branch that is not checked out by adding the name of the existing branch to the command:
+
+```
+git checkout -b dev_branch master
+```
+
+Now that you have a development branch, open your text editor and make whatever changes you need to make. It is recommended to make many small commits to your branch; that way, any change that causes issues can be more easily traced and undone if needed. To make your changes, edit and save any files that need to be updated, add them to Git's *staging area*, and then commit them to your branch:
+
+```
+git add path/to/updated_file
+git commit -m "My commit message."
+```
+
+`git add` adds files that have been changed to Git's *staging area*, which is Git's "loading zone." This contains the changes that are going to be *committed* by `git commit`, which saves the changes to the repo. Use descriptive commit messages so you can know what was changed at a glance.
+
+!> If you've changed a lot of files, but all the files are part of the same change, you can use `git add .` to add all the changed files that are in your current directory, rather than having to add each file individually.
+
+### Publishing Your Changes
+
+The last step is to push your changes to your fork. To do this, enter `git push`. Git now publishes the current state of `dev_branch` to your fork.
+
+
+## Resolving Merge Conflicts
+
+Sometimes when your work in a branch takes a long time to complete, changes that have been made by others conflict with changes you have made to your branch when you open a pull request. This is called a *merge conflict*, and is what happens when multiple people edit the same parts of the same files.
+
+### Rebasing Your Changes
+
+A *rebase* is Git's way of taking changes that were applied at one point, reversing them, and then applying the same changes to another point. In the case of a merge conflict, you can rebase your branch to grab the changes that were made between when you created your branch and the present time.
+
+To start, run the following:
+
+```
+git fetch upstream
+git rev-list --left-right --count HEAD...upstream/master
+```
+
+The `git rev-list` command entered here returns the number of commits that differ between the current branch and QMK's master branch. We run `git fetch` first to make sure we have the refs that represent the current state of the upstream repo. The output of the `git rev-list` command entered returns two numbers:
+
+```
+$ git rev-list --left-right --count HEAD...upstream/master
+7       35
+```
+
+The first number represents the number of commits on the current branch since it was created, and the second number is the number of commits made to `upstream/master` since the current branch was created, and thus, the changes that are not recorded in the current branch.
+
+Now that the current states of both the current branch and the upstream repo are known, we can start a rebase operation:
+
+```
+git rebase upstream/master
+```
+
+This tells Git to undo the commits on the current branch, and then reapply them against QMK's master branch.
+
+```
+$ git rebase upstream/master
+First, rewinding head to replay your work on top of it...
+Applying: Commit #1
+Using index info to reconstruct a base tree...
+M       conflicting_file_1.txt
+Falling back to patching base and 3-way merge...
+Auto-merging conflicting_file_1.txt
+CONFLICT (content): Merge conflict in conflicting_file_1.txt
+error: Failed to merge in the changes.
+hint: Use 'git am --show-current-patch' to see the failed patch
+Patch failed at 0001 Commit #1
+
+Resolve all conflicts manually, mark them as resolved with
+"git add/rm <conflicted_files>", then run "git rebase --continue".
+You can instead skip this commit: run "git rebase --skip".
+To abort and get back to the state before "git rebase", run "git rebase --abort".
+```
+
+This tells us that we have a merge conflict, and gives the name of the file with the conflict. Open the conflicting file in your text editor, and somewhere in the file, you'll find something like this:
+
+```
+<<<<<<< HEAD
+<p>For help with any issues, email us at support@webhost.us.</p>
+=======
+<p>Need help? Email support@webhost.us.</p>
+>>>>>>> Commit #1
+```
+
+The line `<<<<<<< HEAD` marks the beginning of a merge conflict, and the `>>>>>>> Commit #1` line marks the end, with the conflicting sections separated by `=======`. The part on the `HEAD` side is from the QMK master version of the file, and the part marked with the commit message is from the current branch and commit.
+
+Because Git tracks *changes to files* rather than the contents of the files directly, if Git can't find the text that was in the file previous to the commit that was made, it won't know how to edit the file. Re-editing the file will solve the conflict. Make your changes, and then save the file.
+
+```
+<p>Need help? Email support@webhost.us.</p>
+```
+
+Now run:
+
+```
+git add conflicting_file_1.txt
+git rebase --continue
+```
+
+Git logs the changes to the conflicting file, and continues applying the commits from our branch until it reaches the end.

docs/newbs_building_firmware.md

@@ -16,12 +16,26 @@ Start by navigating to the `keymaps` folder for your keyboard.
 
 ?> Windows:
 
-    start keyboards/<keyboard_folder>/keymaps
+    start .\\keyboards\\<keyboard_folder>\\keymaps
 
 ## Create a Copy Of The `default` Keymap
 
 Once you have the `keymaps` folder open you will want to create a copy of the `default` folder. We highly recommend you name your folder the same as your GitHub username, but you can use any name you want as long as it contains only lower case letters, numbers, and the underscore character.
 
+To automate the process, you also have the option to run the `new_keymap.sh` script. 
+
+Navigate to the `qmk_firmware/util` directory and type the following:
+
+```
+./new_keymap.sh <keyboard path> <username>
+```
+
+For example, for a user named John, trying to make a new keymap for the 1up60hse, they would type in
+
+```
+./new_keymap.sh 1upkeyboards/1up60hse john
+```
+
 ## Open `keymap.c` In Your Favorite Text Editor
 
 Open up your `keymap.c`. Inside this file you'll find the structure that controls how your keyboard behaves. At the top of `keymap.c` there may be some defines and enums that make the keymap easier to read. Farther down you'll find a line that looks like this: